Administration Of The 

Marine Mammal Protection 

Act Of 1972 

April 1, 1975 through March 31, 1976 

Prepared by 

The National Marine Fisheries Service/National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 

Washington, D.C. 20235 June 1976 

REPRINTED FROM FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES *?. 1- 

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 

MARINE MAMMALS 

Report of the Secretary of Commerce 

Section 103(f) of the Marine Mammal 

Protection Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1361. 

86 Stat. 1927 (1972) ) states that "Within 

six months after the effective date of thls 

Act (December 21. 1972) and every 

l\rclve months thereafter, the Secretary. 

shall report to the public through publication in the FEDERAL REGISTER and to 

the Congress on the current status of all 

marhle mammal species and population 

stocks subject to the provisions of this 

Act. His report shall describe those actions taken and those measures believed 

necessary. including where appropriate. the issuance of permits pursuant to this 

title to assure the well-being of suc!~ marine mammals." 

Section 3(12) iX) of the Act 1i11iiLs the 

responsibility of the Departmel!t of 

Commerce to those mammals which are 

members of the Order Cetacea (whales 

and porpoises) and members, other than 

walruses. of the Order Pinnipedin (seals 

and sea lions). Accordingly, there is published herewith the report -of the Secretary of Commerce for the period April 1. 

1975. to March 31. 1976, on the administration oZ the Act with regard to those 

~nam~nals. 

Issued at Washington. D.C. 

Dated: June 21, 1976. 

Law of the sen.-Extenbed U.S. flisheriee 

ji~rlsdiction. 

Research program. 

Tuna-Porpotse revenrch and development. 

Gear dynamics and development. 

Biology and stock assesment. 

NorLhern fur seal. pinnlped. and cetacean 

research. 

Nsrthern fur seal program. 

Plnnipeds of the U.S. Paclfic coast. 

Rlarine mammals of the Arctic Ocenn 

and Bering Sea. 

cct2ceans. 

Fuxcilng. 

Part 11.--Current statw of the st,oclcs of 

marine malnmzls. 

Introducti~n. 

Sp:cies list. 

Status reporb. 

ContrlSutOrs cutsida 'the Department of 

Commerct. 

Laws and treaties governing the protection 

of marine mammals. 

Part 111.-Appeadlxes. 

.Appendix A.-Tables. 

Table I.-Common and sclentiffc nnn?es 

of marlne mammals. 

Table 11.-4ynopsk of permlt appllmt!OnS. 

Secretary of Coinme~ce. Table In.- umber of cetaceans re- quested under pennlt application~. fbMTN~TRATxON OF ' ''AMMA' Table IV.-Number of pjnnlpeds re- htoncrrow ACT OF 1972, APR~ 1, 1975. quested under pormlt appllcatlons. THROUGH MUCH 31.1978 Table V.-Number of c:taceans authorRYI'ORT OF THE gECBRARY OF COV%lERCI 

Intrcductlon. 

Authority for the report and adtninistration of the act. 

Program actlvftles. 

Summsry of mapr actlvities. 

Publlc display and sclenttfic research 

permits. 

Permit ilsuallcc policy. 

Regulations promulgated. 

General permfts Issued to the 3slllng 

industry. 

Waiver of the moratorium. 

Lnw enforcement. 

Internztional programs. 

Rosearch and development. 

Part I.-Natlonal marine .Asheries service ac- tlons taken pursuant to the provlslons 

of the act. 

Public display and scientfflc research permits. 

Publlc hearings. 

Permit Issuance policies. 

Status of general permits issued to the 

AshlnX Industry. 

Requests for Certfficste of Reglstratlon as tannery or as agent wlth respect to ma- rine mammals taken by Alaskan Natlves. 

Waiver of the moratorium. 

Legal actlons brought against the Department of Ccmmerce. L~W enforcement. ' 

International program. 

lnternatlonal Whallng Conlmi~ion 

(IWC). 

Food and Agriculture Oi'ganizatlon 

(FAO) . Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commlsslon (IATTC). 

U.S.-U.S.S.R. marine nlamlnal proJect. 

Environmental Prowctlon Agreement. 

North Pacific Fur Seal Convention 

(NPFSC) . International Commisslon for the Northwest Atlantic Ftsherles (ICNAF) . Convention on the Conservation of Antarctic Seals. 

Int$rnationel lnqulrles: Tuna-porpoise. 

United States-Mexfcosclentiac meetlng: 

Ized to be taken under permits. 

Table V1.-Nrimber of plnnlpeds authcrked to be taken under permits. 

Appzndlx B.-Permit Irsuance po1lcl:s. 

I. Pollcy to establish a standgrdlzed 

procedure concernlng the processlng 

of appllcatlons for permits and the 

suspension of actlvlties pursuant to 

existing'permits. 

2. Prohibltlons contained In sectlon 

102(b) would be considered In con- nection wlth permits, walvers. and 

foreign programs. 

Appendix C.-IncldentaI take regulnttons. 

1. September 5. 1974. 

2. September 20.1974. 

3. September 25. 1974. 

4. Janunry 3,1875. 

Appendlx D.-Amendment to Incidental 

take replstions (December 5, 1975). 

Appendlx E.-Methodology for comprrrlng 

1975 and 1976 porpola? mortality in the 

y,llowfin tuna purse selning fishery. 

Apnendlx F.-Notice of hearing to waive 

the moratorium to allow importation of 

fur sealskins from South Afrtca. 

Appendlx G.-Amendment to regulstlons governing the taklng and importlug of 

marlne mammals. 

AppendLv H.-Fundlng'table. 

INTRODUCTION 

Authority for the Report and 

Administration of the Act 

This report to Congress is purzuant to 

requirements of Section 103(f) of the 

Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972 

(86 Stat. 1027; hereinafter called the 

"Act"). The Act, with certain exceptions. 

placed an immediate moratorium on the 

taking and importation of all marine 

mammals and marine mammal products. 

The responsibility of the Secretars of 

Commerce. under the Act. -pertains to 

whales, porpoises, seals and sea lions: 

and the Secretary of the Interior is responsible for all other marhe mflmmels. 

specifldy sea otters, waEruseS. Pdai 

FEC-ERAL REGISTER, VOC. 41. NO. 142-THURSOAY, JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES -%-? 30153 

rs, dugongs, and manatees. On No- 

~ber 30, 1972, the Secretary of Com- rce delegated authority for the func- 1s prescribed by the Act to the Adlistrator of the National Oceanic and 

nospheric Administration (NOAA) . February 9, 1973, the Administrator 

egated this authority to the Director 

the National Marine Fisheries Service . MFS) . 

Program Actizlities 

The principal NMFS activities related 

administering the Act include: deci- 

)ns and activities regarding the waiver 

the moratorium, issuance of permits r scientific research and public disay, enforcement of the provisions of 

;e Act, promulgation of regulations to 

~ntrol the taking of marine mammals, 

search and surveys to determine the 

atus of marine mammal population mks. cooperation with the States, and 

~ternational activities and agreements 

, conserve and manage marine mam- IBIS. A close working relationship has een fostered with the Marine Mammal 

:ommission (established under Title II 

nf the Act) and its authorized Commit- ee of Scientific ' Advisors to facilitate 

nterchange and consultation on subjkntive program matters. 

In addition meetings were held perf- odically with interested national con- servation groups, fishing industry rep- resentatives, zoo and aquarium operators, and individual researchers, to dis- cuss the problems as well as proposed solutions involved in the implementation of the Act. 

Two major issues during the past year have occupied much of the program's attention: the incidental take of porpoise bv the sellowPn tuna purse seine fishery, and the request by the Fouke Company for a waiver of the moratorium on the 

importation of marine mammal products 

to allow the importation of sealskins 

from South Africa. 

Porpoise mortality incidental to the 

U.S. tuna purse seine fishery remains one of the most simificant problems 

NMFS continues to face in the administration of the Act. 

The Marine Mammal Protection Act 

of 1072 and the legislative history, taken 

together, direct that the mortality and 

serious injury of marine mammals be re- duced to insignificant levels approaching a zero mortality and serious injury rate. 

without shutting down or seriously cur- tailing the fishing industry. While there 

has been rrogress in reducing porpoise mortalitv throu~h improved technology and flshlng practices, the time required 

to attain the statutory goal to reduce 

porpoise mortality to insignillcant levels 

approaching zero cannot be predicted. 

The request by the Fouke Company for a waiver of the moratorium to allow 

Importation of fur sealskins from South 

Africa was exceptionally difacult to deal 

with because the request involved several major precedent-setting policy con- siderations such as: management programs for commercial harvest, importa- tion, humaneness, and the age at whlch 

marine mammals are taken. In addition 

the waiver request raised foreign pohy considerations. 

Summary of Major Activities 

PUBLIC DISPLAY AND SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH 

PERMTS 

At the beginning of this report period (April 1. 1975). 24 permit applications were pending action. During the period of this report, 37 permit applications were submitted. Of these 61 applications. 

42 have been approved, 1 denied, 1 inactivated due to LnsufBciency, 1 withdrawn, and 16 remain under consideration. 

PERMIT ISSUANCE POLICY 

The following policy determinations were made: (1) Prohibitions contained 

in Section 102(b) would be considered 

in connection with permit applications, waivers of the moratorium, and foreign programs with respect to takihg marine 

niammals that are pregnant or nursing 

at the time of taking or are less than 8 

months old, whichever occurs later: for 

the following purposes: (a) public display; (b) resource management; or (c) scientific research; and (2) a standardized procedure was established for proc- essing applications for permits and the 

suspension of activities, pursuant to ex- isting permits issued under the Act. 

RECULATXONS PROMULGATED 

Regulations covering administrative 

hearings in cases of proposed civil assessments for violations of the Act were amended to shplify procedures and to 

afford alleged violators a prompt hearing on the charges. 

CENERAL'PERMITS ISSUED TO COMMERCML 

FISHERIES 

The Act allowed the taking of marine 

mammals incidental to commercial fishing without a permit during the first 24 

months following the date of enactment of the Act. me Act provides that 

after October 20. 1974. no marine mam- mals may be taken in the course of com- merclal Ashing operations unless the 

taking is done under permits. Under the 

regulations promulgated on September 5, 

1974, as amended on December 5, 1975, 

flve General Permits were reissued for 

the 1976 fishing season, for the following classes of gear: (a) encircling gear, yellowfln tuna purse seining; (b) en- circling gear, seining other than yellow- An tuna; (c) stationary gear; (dl other 

gear; and (e) towed or dragged gear. 

WAIVER OF THE MORATORIUM 

The Fouke Company applied for a waiver of the moratorium to allow the 

importation of raw sealskins from South 

Africa and Southwest Africa for the pwpose of processing. A public hearing was held, and the Director adopted the Administrative Law Judge's conclusion on several issues, deciding to waive the 

moratorium on skins from South Africa 

under certain specmc conditions. Due to 

foreign policy considerations. the Director denied importation from Southwest Africa (Namibia) . The Director's 

decision has been challenged in two civil 

actions filed in U.S. District Court, 

Washington, D.C. 

The State of Alaska applied in January 1973 to have the moratorium waived 

and State laws and regulations certified so as to return management of nine 

species of marine mammals to the State. 

A draft enyironmental impact statement 

and appropriate proposed regulations under which management could be re- turned to the State were issued on March 5, 1976. Hearings are expected 

to be held in July 1976. 

LAW ENFORCEMENT 

The first criminal indictments under 

the Act were returned by a Federal grand 

jw. 

An investigation into a large-scale illegal commercial fur seal importation 

operation was concluded with the seizure 

of 500 fur sealskins from South America. 

Contracts were renegotiated with Alaska, California, Washington, Oregon, and Florida that provide Federal funds 

to these States for enforcement of the 

provisions of the Act. 

INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS 

, At the International Whaling Commis- 

$ion (IWC) meeting held in June 1975, 

the United States indicated continuing 

support for a 10-year moratorium on all 

commercial whaling. Such a moratorium was not adopted by the IWC but rather a "New Management Procedure" was es- tablished and subsequently all member 

nations of IWC, including Japan and the 

Boviet Union;-have agreed to abide by all 

of the conservation measures, that include initially a moratorium on the harvest of any stock of whales which falls 

into the category of Protection Stocks. 

The Marine Maanmal Project of the 

U.S.-U.S.S.R. Environmental Protection 

Agreement, coordinsted by NMFS, has 

promoted collaborative research programs conducted by scientists of both 

countries. 

Delegations from U.S.. U.S.S.R., Canada, and Japan met to renegotiate the 

Interim Convention on Conservation of 

North PaciAc Fur Seals in December 

1975. The Delegations agreed to recom- mend to their respective Governments 

that they approve a draft protocol agreed 

upon at the December Conference. In 

view of the lack of agreement on opti- mum sustainable population the United 

States supported an amended 4-year extension of the Convention. 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 

A ~romtsine: tzear development being tested in the tuna-porpoise research pro: 

gram is the Bold Contender system which 

incorporates a porpoise apronchute com- plex consisting of small-mesh webbing added to the net along the top of the 

required porpoise safety panel, and the 

"porpoise grabber," a specifically fitted 

pole used by men in a small liferaft to 

remove porpoise from the net. In testing of the Bold Contender system the POTpaise kill rste was substantlaJly reduced 

when compared to the kin of a commer- cial fishing trip early in 1975 on the same 

vessel. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22. 1976 
A joint cooperative program of re- search has been developed by the tuna 

industry, the Marine Mammal Commission, and NMFS. which will provide $750,000 for an additional new research 

effort in FY 1976. 

Based on the latest porpoise stock as- sessment hta available. NMFS believes 

that the affected porpoise stocks are stable and are not considered to be 

threatened. 

In FY 1976 the Marice Mammal Program recelved a program increcse of 3 

positions and $600,000 to provide for add~tional research effort. 

PART I.-NATIONAL F'XSHERIES SERVICE ACTIONS TAKEN PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE ACT 

PubZic Displag and Scientific Research 

Permits 

Section 1Dl(a) (1) of the Act and Section 216.31 of the regulations gwerning the taking and importing of marine 

mammals authorize the NMFS Director 

(by delegation) to issue -its to take 

and import marine mammals and marine 

mammal products for the purpwes of 

scientific research and public display. 

Although the Act declares a moratorium on the tam or importing of marine 

mammals and marine mammal products, the Act included exceptions that allow 

continuing march on marine mammals 

and taking of marine mammals for pub- lic display. providing that the health and 

well-being of the marine mafnmal species and populations involved as well as the 

marine ecsystem are not adversely affected. Permits may, however, be granted only after a review of the application by the Marine Mammal Commission and its 

Committee of ScientMc Advisors on Marine Mammals. 

One of the major considerations in issuing permits, which involve captive marine mammals for either scientific re- search or public di$play. is the quality of care provided. Following enactment 

of the Act. the National Marine Fisheries 

Service developed requirements for 

marine mammal care and maintenance, 

which have since been used as ,criteria 

for all permits involving captive marine 

mammals. These requirements appeared as Appendix C to the July 1973, Report of the Secretary of Commerce on Administration of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972. Since enactment of the 

Act, the National Marine Fisheries Service has worked in close cooperation with 

the Marine Mammal Commission. the 

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) 

of the Department of Interior. and the 

Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS.) of the Department of 

Agriculture. as well as representatives of 

the display industry and concerned pub- lic g~oups, to develop more comprehen- sive standard6 for the care and maintenance cd captive marine mammals. In 

October 1975, these &ow resulted in a set of strndards md guidelines prepared by the Marine Mammfd Commission. The 

NMFS FWS, md APHIS under the au- thmity of the aadrmd Welfare Act of 

1970 have been developing the means by 

which these standards and gutdelines will 

be Implemented by the involved FedemI 

agencies. The criteria to be used by the Director 

in determining whether to issue a xientific research permit include such con- siderations a% whether the proposed taking or importing is consistent with the 

policies and purposes of the Act and 

whether the granting of the permit ~s 

required to further a bona fide, neces- sary, and/or desirable scientific purpose. Other factors in such decisions are the 

benefits anticipated to be derived from 

the scientific research contemplated and 

the effects of the proposed taking or import.ing on the population stocks and the 

merine ecosystem. 

Ln determining whether to issue a pub- lic display permit. the Director considers, 

among other criteria, whether the pro- posed taking or importing will be consistent with the policies and purposes of 

the Act; and whether (1) a substantial 

public benefit will be gained frm the 

display contemplated, taking into ac- count the manner of the display and the 

anticipated audience on the one hand. 

and the effect of the proposed taking or importing on the population stocks of the 

marine mammals jn question and the 

marine ecosystem on the other; and (2) 

the applicant's qualifications for the 

proper care and maintenance of the 

marine mammal, and .the adequacy of 

his facilities. 

Appendix A provides an overview of 

the scientific research and public display permit program, both for the period of 

this report and for the cumulative pe- riod since enactment of the Act. Table I 

of Appendix A provides a listing of the common and sclcntific names of the 

marine mammal species which may be involved in permit applications. Table TI 

provides a summary of the applications received, the number of marine mammals 

requested, the various actions taken on awlications. and the number of marine 

mammals authorized to be taken and/or 

imported. Tables III and TV provide analysis of the number of each species of 

marine mammals requested in permit applications. Tables V and VI provide a similar analysis of the marine mammals 

authorized to be taken and/or imported under scientific research and public display permits. Scientific research permit applications have involved the following: 

(1) Activities requiring the removal of 

living manne mammals from the eco- system. which include: (a) Killing wild 

animals for the collection of biological specimen materials and measurement 

data; and tb) Holding animals in cap- tivity for laboratorg-orienbed research. 

(2) Activities rwuirinn the removal of 

dead marine mammals fimn the ecosgstem, which include: 

(a) Collecting biological specimen materials and measurement data from 

dead marine mamals, not killed by permit holders (1.e.. materials obtained 

from animals killed incidental to com- mercial fisheries, taken in native harvests, found beached m floating at sea) ; 

and (b) ImportfnH 6blogical specimen 

materials taken Srm previously Billed 

animah. 

3. Activities not requirLng the removal 

of marine mammals from the ecosystem, nor involving any significant probability of accidental injury or death. which include: (a) Capturing, tagging, and/or 

marking. followed by release of the nnimals: (b) Marking and/or tagging by means of a remote technique, not involving capture and release; tc) Taking skin 

samples from cetaceans to determine 

sex; (d) Collecting measurernen.t data 

and limited biological specimcn material 

from living, restrained animals (i.e.. 

blood samples, toenails, teeth), followed 

by release of the animals: and (e) Taking by actions technically considered 83 

harassment. such as may occur in the course of aerial surveys, population counts, filming and ,wund recording ac- tivities, not involving direct contact with 

any marine mammals. 

The research activities of greatest 

scope, in terms of the number of animals 

affected, involved animals which were not removed from the ecosystem. During the period from April 1, 1975. 

through March 31, 1976, 37 permit ap- plications have been received, in addition 

to 141 permit applications previously re- ceived (Table 11). Of these 178 permit applications, 111 had been forwarded to 

the Marine Mammal Commission as of 

March 31, 1975. and 44 were fomrdcd 

to the Commission during the period of 

this report. As of March 31. 1976. the 

Commission had reviewed and submitted 

recommendations on 146 of the 155 ap- plications referred to the Commission. 

As of March 31. 1975, 117 permit ap- plications had been resolved by means of 

permit issuance or denial, withdrawal of 

application, referral of applicants to the 

appropriate States involved in beached 

and stranded marine mammals. and 

through interagency agreements. During the period of this report, an additional 

45 applications have been resolved in the 

following manner: 1 application hns been 

withdrawn; 1 application has been inactivated due to insufficient response from the applicant to request for additional information necessary to certify an application complete; 1 applic?tion has been denied: and 42 applications have been approved. The 16 remaining applications of the 178 received to date 

are pending. 

One of the 42 pennits was issued to 

Wational Zoological Gardens orf Sri 

Lanka, (Ceylon). This was the first permit issued to take marine mammals to 

be maintained in areas outside the ju- risdiction of the United States. The per- mit was hued in accordance mith 

NMFS policy pubbhed in the Federal 

Register March 12. 1975 (40 F.R. 11619) - - (Appendix B) . The Regulations provide that s permit may be modifled, with sufficient 

prior notification to the permit holder. 

followed by publicatton of notice of the 

modification in the FE~ERAL REGISTER. 

During the mod of this Report. 22 

permit modifications have been pro- posed and 18 made effective by publica- tion in -the FEDERAL RSCISTEB, in addition 

to 21 modiffcations previously prom 

and made effective. 

Fr-OFRAL REGISTCD. VOL. 41, NO. 142-THUBSDAY. JULY 22. 1975 
NOn CES 

All permit holders are required, under lations governing the issuance of permits permit conditions, to provide a number for the incidental take of marine mam- of reports, which may be of the following mals in the course of commercial fishing 

types : operations; and a formal hearing, pre- 

(1) Reports on the taking of marine sided over by an Administrative Law 

mammals; (2) Reports on the importing Judge, dealt with the consideration of 

of marine mammals; (3) Reports on waiver of the moratorium on the Impor- specific aspects of the husbandry of cap- tation of South African sealskins. 

tive marine mammals. such as water PERMIT ISSUAlPCE POLICY 

quality; (4) Reports on marine msm- ma1 mortalities; (5) Monthly. quarterly, Notices of all policg determinations 

semiannual and/or annual reports on and final actions taken thereon were the health and condition of marine published in the FEDERAL RzCISTER (AP 

mammals held h cantivity: (6) Reports PendixB). on activities conducted under scientiflc On April 23. 1975, after receipt of pubresearch permits; (7) Preliminary re- lic comments and consultation with the 

ports on the prog- of scientific re- Marine Mama1 Commission, the NMFS 

search projects; and (8) Final reports published in the F'EDERAL R~crsre~ (40 

concerning the results of scientific re- F.R. 17845) a Policy under which. with 

search proiects. certain exceptions, the prohibitions conDuring the period of this renort. 136 ifl Section 102(b) would be con- marts have b- submitt,&: 43 on the sldered m connection with the internataking of marine mammals: 2 01, im- tional taking of ~arine maIll.Illals On 

pod: 58 on the health and mndltian the high seas and in waters or on lands 

of marine mammals held in caativitv; subject to the Jurlz(.Uction of the United 

15 on mortalitv; 17 on research activl- States- Thb Wli~ is wed in mnqidering, th: and 1 on final research. where appropriate. permit apwlications. 

The Act and the Regula%ims provide applications for a waiver of the morafor the chargbg of a reasonable fee to torium* and fomign Programs with re- cover the admlni4rative costs of issuing spect to t-g marfne n~m which 

a permit. ~ubvc Dfsplay permit holders are 1) pregnant at the time of Wing. or are assessed a fee of $200, and scientific 2) nursing at the the of taking. or less 

restm&rch permft holders are &s,med a than 8 months old. whichever Occurs 

fee of $25. SUC~ fees are waived for Fed- later in the follming cases; 

era1 and State agencies. A total of $5 200 1. such taking is for the Purpose of 

has been collected durlng the period of Public display. will further the educathe report from permit holders and de- tlon of the pnblic, add will not be detrlposited in miscellaneous receipts of the mental to the health and well-being of 

U.S. Treasury. animals taken into captivity; or 

PUBLIC nmaLNcs 2. Such taking is detennlned by the 

Director, in consultatton with the Marine 

The Act and NMFS Regulations pro- Ma-] Commission, to be a part of a 

vide for public hearlngs for several types resource management program which 

of actions includhg: scientific rvmrch is consistent with the purmes and poli- and public display permit applications, cies sets forth in Section 2 of the Act; or 

permit rnodiflcation, regulations, and 3. such tm is far amrwed scienwrafver applications. In addition, meet- tific purp6m. 

lngs are held periodically with interested PUWaeS of thb policy "nursing" 

national conservation groups. fishing in- means riming which fs obligatory for 

dustry representatives, public display the physical health and survival of the 

faCmtg operators, State and Federal riming ania 

agencies, and individuals to discuss the A second policy established a standardproblems as well as proposed solutions ized procedure concerning the messing involved In the implementstion of the of application for Pennits and the sus- Act. pension of activities pursuant to existing 

In determinhg whether to hold a pub- pernits tssued under the Marine MamHc hearing on an application for pubrjc mal Act the Endisplay or scientiflc research, it is the danger* Species Act (Appendix B). me Policy of the Director to consider policy states that "No permit shall be 

factors as 1) whether any interested per- under Act to any person son has requested a public hearins on is under invmugation for or ofmch application during the tirne period ficially charged with a violation until the 

set for public comment on the applica- matter is resOhred. 

tion, 2) the views of the Marine warnma] The prov1d0nS of this W~~CY also apply Commission on the desirability of hold- to 811 Permittees who have been issued 

ing a punlic hearing, 3) the nature of the pe-fb under the Act where a permittee 

application and the number of animals 1.5 under investigation for or has been 

and srecies involved. 4) the extent to fomally charged criminally or adminiswhich a public hearing would facilitate tmtivel~ with an alleged violation of 

the Proceqsing of the ap~lication. and 5) either Act, the regulations promulrnted 

whether the applicatfon has aspects thereunder or permits Issued pursuant to 

which require e. major rolicv deckion the Act and regulations. In such cases. prior to making a determination on the- action will be initiated to suspend. in ac- permit application. cordance with applicable regulations, the 

Three public hearings were held dur- Permit of any person under investigation 

fng the reportfng period: two informal or officiaIIy charged with a violation. In 

public hearings on proposed 1976 regu- addition, the pollcy appUes to all permittees or applicants who have been convicted of or administratively assessed a 

penalty for such violations or have disposed of charges by a civil compmmise 

acceptable to the NMFS. If a person, who has been found guilty of a violation 

(either through administrative or criminal proceedings) or has disposed of a 

Notice of Violation in a manner ace- able to the National Marine Fisheries 

Service, should (i) appb for a permit: 

(ii) be working under a permit, issued by the National Marine Fisheries Service. or (iii) be included as a participant in 

activities authorized by a permit or ac- tivities set forth in a permit application. the Nations1 Marine Fisheries S&e 

will consider each such case on its mer- its, taking into consideration the drcumstances surrounding the vfolaYion and 

severity of the penalty imposed. 

STATUS OF GFRFRAL PERMIT ISSUAIPCE 

TO THE FIsmvc INDUSTRY 

The Act provided. In +tbn 101 (a) 

(2). that during the %-month period 

initially following the date of enactment 

of the Act. the Wring of marine mfunmals incidental to the course of commer- cial flshing operations was permitted. 

Therefore after October 20. 1974. no ma- rine mammals may be taken in the course of commercial f%hing o~ratfolls 

unless the taking is done under a General Permit and C~rt?flcate of Inclush as specifkd in r@atim. All Bve General Permits which were designed& re- duce marine mammal modality and serious injury were estaMished by -lations momulgated on Pentember 5. 1974. 

The five qenersl mits were 1- to 

allow marine mnmmJs tn be taken tn 

the course of cO~TYI~F~R~ fishins mtfms during the period from October 21, 

1974. through Decemher 31, 1975 (AD 

pendix C) : (a) encin'ling gear. vellowfh 

tuna purse seining: (b) endrcling gear. 

seining other th~n yel~owfin tma: (c) 

stationary gear: (d) other gesr; and te) 

towed or dragged e;ear. 

In Januarv 1975. NMFS annaunced a goal of B 50-percent reduction in the 

number of mdh killed per ton of tuna 

taken in association with porpoise in 

1975, compared with 1974. This wss a 

goal, and not a quota. In setting the kill 

rate of one porpoise per 2 tons of tuna 

8s a goal. it was assumed that Ming 

conditions in 1975 would be cornparable 

to those in 1974. Conctitions were not 

comparable. and the goal was not 

achieved. The kill per ton rate Infrom 1.1 in 1974 to 1.2 in 1975. The final 

estimate of porpolse mort3ity for 1975 was 194.200. an increase of 36,400 animals over 1974. The 3'1-percent inetease 

in porpoise mortalib was due to differ- ences in fishing conditforts such ss: an lncrease in porpoise school size, species 

composition of the porpoise schools. and 

because a greater portion d the total 

yellowfln tuna catch was caught in association with porpoise fn 1975, compared , 

with 1974. 

When the data were adjusted for com- , parable conditions of fishing, the rate of : 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES 

porpoise killed per set apparently decreased between 1974 and 1975 by 22 per- cent. with an overall decrease of 44 percent between 1973 and 1975. The apparent improved U.S. fleet performance in 

1975 was most likely due to the increased use of rescuers at the corkline to remove live porpoises by hand as required by reg- ulations. 

- In the course of develo~ing 1976 lncidental take regulations, NMFS proposed 

several modiflcations to the 1975 regu- lations which were designed to further 

reduce the incidental mortality. These Proposed modiflcations Were ~ublished 

in the FEDERAL REGISTER on ~eptember 5. 

1975. The modification Included gear and 

flshinq techninues which have been prov- en effective in redr~cing porpoise mor- tality as well as a 100-perceht observer 

effort., Followln~ ~llblfr: herrrine on October 9 and 10. in Wnchineon. D.C., and on October 24 and 25, 1975, in San Diego, Califo-~ig, C--wr--+olral he~rinm on October 21. 1975. and the National 

Environmentel Pnli*v Act reouirements. 

NMFS pr~muleat~rl the rew regulations on Decemberk, 1975 (Appendix D) . All the prnrm-ed morliflcations an- nounced in Sept-mber 1975 were not 

adopted. Althouph the trairring of fishermen and gear inqpection proerams have 

been continued. the pronosed 100-percent observer prowam and the immedi~k imposition of a nuota were not adopted. 

NMF3 had announced in the F'EDERAL 

REGISTER that it wag considering placing observers aboard all U.R. purse seinetuna 

vessels openting under a general permit. 

It was decided not to implement the 100- 

percent observer program after it was determined th~t the scientific data to be 

collected and the beneflt to be gained from such a prosram could be achieved. 

to a large degree. at A substantial cost 

reduction by plactna observers on a scientiflcally acceptable 10-percent sample trips by tune vessels. The Marine Mammd Commission, the Agency destgnated by Congress in the Act to oversee marine 

mammal protection activities, stated that a 100-percent observer program was "not 

worth the expenditure of time, eflort, 

and money." Requests for Certificate of Repistration 

The remations for the 1976 fishing as Tannery or as Agent with Respect season included fishing gear and techni- to Marine Mammals Taken 

que requirements that have been proven Natives 

45 have been selected to cany.observers. The Aeld 0bseNers generally are biologists, hired and trained by NMFS. and 

preferably have had some sea experience. 

In addition to the observers, 20 NMFS 

gear technicians are planned to accom- pany U.S. purse. seiners to record data 

concerning experimental net modifications and gear being voluntarily tested by the vessels. 

To ensure continued progress toward 

reduced porpoise mortality. a quota would be established if the total mortality for 1976 were projected to exceed 70 

percent of the 1975 morta1ity:based on a comparison of the 1975 and 1976 observer 

data through April 14. A decision as to 

whether a quota will be established. in 

1976 will be announced at a public meeting in late May 1976. The level of the 

quota if required will be established following the initial decision as to whether a quota is to be imposed. 

There is no reason to believe that a quota on incidental taking, if established 

at the commencement of the flshing 

season, would have been any more effective than the action taken. A quota imposed at, the beginning of the year could 

have undermined the observer-crew re- lationships, hindering cooperation with 

carrying out needed scientific research. 

There has been a marked increase. during the part several months, in the degree of cooperation and good faith by the 

fisherman and the tuna flshing industry. Since the ,immediate imposition of a quota might have tended to stifle this 

cooperative attitude. it was preferred to 

allow an interval in which to evaluate the 

industry's willingness and ability to pro- duce significant results. This approach seems to have been borne out by the fact 

that preliminary, unedited data from the 

observer trips early in 1976. indicate a significant reduction In porpoise kill of 

up to 50 to 60 percent as compared to a similar time period in 1975. The reduction in mortality appears to result from 

fewer sets being made on Porpoise due to 

the availability of "non-porpoise fish" as well as improved performance of the 

fleet (lower kill per set). 

to be effective in reducing the causes of 

porpoise mortalities. They include the use of sections of small-mesh webbing to re- duce entanglement. the closure of small 

openings to reduce entrapment, backdown procedures to release encircled por- poises, and hand-release procedures when necessary, among other things. The 

regulations also require that vessels take 

observers when selected. 

Each year since 1971, U.S. tuna seiners 

have carried Increasing numbers of 

NMFS field technicians to collect biologi- cal and mortqlity data. These observers are placed on vessels selected by a random drawing. Vessels are stratified 

into three vessel-category groups in 

order to obtain a representative sample 

of the total fleet performance. In 1975. 

36 vessels carried observers, and. in 1976, 

Section 216.23 of the RkgulationS pro- vides that marine mammals taken by an Indian. Aleut, or Eskimo resident of We 

coast of the North Pacific or Arctic 

Ocean, for the purpose of creating and 

selling authentic native articles of handlcraft and clothing may be transferred to a registered tannery. either directly by the Indian, Aleut. or Eskimo or through a registered agent. Similarly, marine mammals taken by Alaska Natives for subsistence may be sent to a registered tannery for processing and subsequent re- turn to an Alaska Native. 

Any tannery or person who wishes to 

act as an agent within the jurisdiction of the United States may apply for regbtration as a tannery or an agent allowed 

to possess and process marine mammal 

products for Indians. Aleuts, or Eskimos. 

Prior to April 1. 1975. six tanneries and 

five agents had boea granted Certificates 

of Registration as Tannery or Agent in 

accordance with Section 216.23 of the 

Regulations. Two of these registered tanneries had surrendered their Certificates ' 

prior to April 1975. During the period of this report. one additional Certificate 

has been granted to a tannery, and four 

to agents. 

Wafver of the ~oratorium. 

Two waiver avplications were under 

consideration : The Fouke Comuang ap- plication relatine to the imnortation of 

Cape. fur sealskins and the State of 

Almka request for return of management authoritv for nine species of marine 

mgmmals (6 under NMFS iurfsdictfon 

and 3 under Fish and Wildlife Service 

jurtrdictlons). The Fouke Company of Greenville, 

S.C.. is the sole nracessor of fur sealskins 

in th? United States and the lnrqest fur 

sellskin processor In the world. The Companv has processed fur ~ealstins plrrn~t cont.inuouslv under contract with the 

United States Government for over a half 

century. and has imnort.ed raw s~alskins 

from South Africa for 50 vears. Its yri- marv sources of raw product have been 

Northern fur sealskjns from the PriWlof 

Islands. Alaska. and Cape fur sealskins 

from South Africa. 

The Fouke Company. on Warch 17. 

1975. applied for a waiver of the mora- torium to allow the imrort~tion of 

70,nOO Oa?e fur s-alcktns fr*m the 1975 

harvet to be conducted in South Airica 

and Namibia. A sfmilar waiver rpquest, for the 1974 harvest, was denied by tho 

Director due to a determination by two 

independent veterinarians that t.he harvest was conducted In r\n i~hlirnane p-~- 

ner. Provosed regulations to govern the 

pro.nosed waiver, information required by Section I03Cd) of the Act. ,and a notice of hearinR were published on Julv 

7, 1975 (40 FR 28469) (App~ndix F). In 

considering the 1975 waiver request 

NWS contracted the same two veterinarians whose.reports were the besis for 

the 1974 denial. They determined that 

sufficient improvem~nt had taken place in the 1975 harvest to conclude that the 

harvest was co~ducted in a humane maq- ner. A me-hearinq conferenre was held on September 8. 1975. and t.herortft.pr a public hearinq was held on September 18 through 24, 1975. On D~cember 16. 

1975. the Administrat.ive Lam Judge issued a recommended decision based on the record that a waiver should he 

granted. 

The Director adonted the recom- mended decision of the Edrninistr~tive . Law Judoe with some modiflcations ard 

waived the moratorium to remit the 

importation of up to 19.189 skins of Cane 

fur seals harvested within the Renublic .* 

of South Africa and harvested by or under the auspices of th4 Revhlic of 

South Africa and under the following conditions: (1) no more than 70.000 Cape fur seals are harvested in any one annual 

harvest conducted by or under the auspices of the -Republic of South Africa 

commencing with the 1975 haNeSt. This 

FEDERnL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
level of harvest will be'adjusted to reflect the results of an annual. view 

which may indicate that a diffexent harvest level is appropriate to allow the pop- ulations to remain within the range of 

ortimum sustainable population. (2) The 

skins were taken from Care fur seals 

which at the time of taking were not: (8) 

pursing; (b) pregnant; or (c) less #an ; 8 months old. (3) The skins are from 

Cape fur seais not taken in a marwer deemed inhumane by the Director. (4) 

Skins from Cspe fur srals harvested subsequent to 1975 may be imported; provided. the Director, upon annual review 

determines that conditions v.mmnt con- tinuation of the waiver. This review will 

include, among other things, an assess- mcnt of whether efforts have been msde, 

in good faith, to: (a) develop a pr-m which will provide edditional information regarding age,, sex. mortality rate, and fecundity rate of Cape fur seals; (b) 

expand the program of taggfng, aerial 

photograrhs and other rnethfds of collecting data, in order to provide an ac- curate and systematic monitoring of the 

Cape fur seal population; (c) develop a program which will provide additional 

information 6n the interrelat.ionship of 

thz Cape fur seal and its ecosystem; and 

(d) expand upon pmgrams to ensxre the 

continuation of acceptable standards of 

humane taking. 

The State of Alaska hqs applied b the 

Secretray to waive the mmtarium wfth 

respect to nortbern sea lions. harbor snd 

spotted seals, ringed seals, beanled ~~. 

ribbon seals, and beluga whales, and re- turn management of these species to the 

State. A similar request ftas been made 

of the Secretary of the Interior with re- svect to walrus, sea otter, and polar bear. 

The NXdFS and the U.6. Fish and Wildlife Service are jointly considering the 

request and have issued a draft envimnmental impact statement (DEIS) eover- ing all species requested. This DELS was filed with the Council on Environmental 

Quality on Adarch 5. 1976. Consideration 

of the waiver will involve an agency hearing before an Administrative Law 

Judge regarding the extent of a waiver 

that may be grsnted and whether State 

laws and regulations are consistent wia 

the puwoses and policies of the Act un- der Section 109 before management can be returned to the State. 

A major problem in preparing the 

DEIS related to application of the terms 

"optimum sustainable population" 

(OSP) and "optimum carrying capacity" as used in the Act. The major objective cf the Act in the management of marine 

mammals is to not pennit such species 

and population stocks "to diminish beyond the point at which they cease to be 

a significant functioning element in the 

ecosvstem of which they are a part." 

and.- consistent with this major obj&- tive, they should not be permitted to 

diminish below their OSP. There is not 

yet wide agreement within the scientific 

community as to exactly what OSP means or its relationshi!, to maximum 

sustainabl? yield. Another Droblem in 

NOTICES 

lished scieritific information on some species of marine mammals involved in the 

Alaska request for a waiver. 

Legal- Actiony Brought Against the 

Department of Commerce 

During this reporting period there were further developments in several legd actions discussed in the last annual 

report, as well as several new actions initiated These actions related to the adninistration of the Act by MWS. These cases are: Committee for Hmne LepisZation v. Dent, et a2.aivil AcCm NO. 74-1465 

(D.C. D.C. 1974)-This wit, discussed in an eariier report, was filed October 4, 

1974, for preliminary and permanent injunctions forbidding the issuance of general permits that will allow cammercial 

fishermen to take marine mammals. The case was merged with a suit Ned in February 1975, Fund for Animals, et aI. v. 

Dent. et d.-Civil Action No. 7M227 

(D.C. D.C. 1975). Plaintiffs Aled a motion 

for summary judgment on January 23, 

1976; Mendant DOC, aiong with DefendantbIte~enors American Tuuaboat Associatian. flled cross-motions for 

summary judgment on February 20, 

1976. On Mxch 9, 1976, a hearing was held before Judge Richey of the US. District Court for the District of Co!umbia, 

concerning the motions. There being no facts in dispute, both parties claim judgment as a matter of law. A deckion with 

respect to the motions for summary judgment is pending. Loesche v. Department of CommerceCivil Action No. C-75-10-(E.D. Washington 1975). This case, also discussed in 

the previous report, challenged the con- stitutionality of the Marine Mammal 

Protection Act on the grounds that here 

were no facts to warrant the imposition 

of a moratorium on the taking of all marine mammxb, and that the plaintiff was 

denied due proms because the Act made 

his occupation illegal. Government's mo- tion to dismiss granted in Fkbruary 1975. 

State of Washington, et aI. v. Elliot 

Richardson, et al.. No. C76-57T (WD. 

Washington, 1976). This action arose out 

of the captnre on March 6 and 7. 1976, 

of a small pod of kiiler whales (Orcinlrs 

orca) in Budd Inlet, Olympia. Wsshlngton, by an employee of Sea World. Inc. 

Sea World operates marine aquaria and is 

the holder of a valid permit issued by the 

National Marine Fisheries Service which 

authorizes the capture of up to four killer 

whales for purposes of public display. The 

capture took place within view of several 

hundred persons and was the subject of 

considerable public interest. The State 

sought the release of the whales. The case was dismissed with stipulations by 

the parties that: Sea World was to deliver 

the two killer whales takcn to the holder 

of a valid research permit who would re- lease the animals within 60 days; and 

that the two whales t?tken would not 

count against the four Sea World is au- thorized to take. Additionally it was agreed that Sea World would not exer- cise its right under the current permit or 

within 

m. 

the waters of the State of WashAnimal Welfare Institute v. Elliot 

Richardson, Robert W. Schoningqvil Action No. 76-0483 (D.C. D.C. 1976) ; and 

Committee for Humune LetrisZntiorc Inc.. 

ct aZ., v. ElHot L. ~hardsolcCivil Action No. 76-0484 (D.C. D.C. 1976). These 

actions seek 1) a declarafory judgment that the decision of the Dimtor. NPbF6. 

tD waive the mmtorium to allbw the importation of Cape fur sesls from the Republic of Sonth Africa contravenes the 

Marine Mammal Protection Act and is 

hvalid, void and of no effect; and 2) an injunction restraininq defendants 

from taking any stens which give effect to 

the aforementioned decision. 

Save Ule Doiphins v. US. Depa+tm+nt of Cotnmercz--Civil Action No. 744026 

iN33 California 1974)-Suit, discussed in 

previous reports, concerned status of re- search film on the incidzntal take of por- poise in commercial fishing operations. 

Film was ordered released by the Judge following deletion of portions containing information subject to Freedom of information Act (b) (4) (5 U5.C. 552(b) (4)) 

exemption and recluirement that film be 

released to public only after subtitles are added which state that film did not deMt typical fishing orerations but rather 

research operations. No appeal was Ned, 

and the case was dLsmissed December 22, 

1875 -- 

Lea actions brou~ht against the Department are lndlmtivs of problem being encountered in the administration d 

the Act. As pointed out in er por- tions of this report, slgnifican e" problems 

have been encountered in implementing some of the provisions of the Act. 

For example, the concypt of optimum sustainable po~ulation _as deflned by the 

Act is subject to multip!e intemretations. 

,&Jentists continue to have diiaculty in 

making this concept operational in practh. 

There are significant conceptual differ- ences regardinq other terms of the Act. 

For example, ''health and stsbilitv of the 

marine ecosystem" csnnot he defined in 

terms of unrhanginq conditions. Natural 

population fluctuations occur in ecosystems unaffected bv human intervention. 

Morts are contfnuin~ to resohe the 

very diicult mansgement and mvkction 

issues involved. Untll such time that 

clearer unde~t%ndjng can be reached, 

problems in admfni-tering the provisions of th? Act can be exrecteC to continue. 

Discussions have been held with the 

Marine Mammal Commission and the 

Council on Environmental Quality re- garding these def;n;tional problems. Be- cause o: their complexity. no final solutions have been reached. Discussions will 

continue, and dependiny on the outcome 

modiftcations of the Act may be in order. 

Law Enforcement . 

The activities of the NMFS Law Enforcement Division remained at a high 

level during the period of this report as public awareness of the Act's provisions 

continued to increase. The five -8 repreparing the DEIS was the lick of pub- subsequent permits to take kffler whales gional ILW enforcement OfEces recorded a 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES 

total of 20.174 man-hours in responding 

to requirements of the Marine Mammal 

ProtectJon Act during the reporting 

period. Enforcement activity of the Northeast, 

Northwest. Eoutheast. and Alaska Regions of NMFS centered around fllegal tabir.g of marine mammals, monitoring of ports of entry to detect importation violations. and illegal sale of marine 

mammal products, including scrimshaw. Tuna-porpoise responsibilities continued 

to receive emphask in thesouthwest Region. 

Special agents initiated 218 investigs- tions into alleged violations of the Act. 

resulting in the documentation of 116 

violations. Seventy-two cases were closed 

through the assessment of civil penalties. 

in addition to forfeiture of the seized contraband. Sixteen cases involving insufficient documentation accompanying the 

items at time of importation were re- solved through substantiation of their 

pre-Act status or subsequent compliance with necessary certification requirements, and 37 cases were closed as unfounded. 

At prerent there are approximately 93 cases pending, which includes 7 cases in 

which hearings have been requested. Of 

the 116 documented violations for this 

period. a total of 81 seizures involving 

629 31.egal items was made. The remaining 35 violations involved illegal takings, such as harassment, which generally do 

not concern a tangible. seizable object. 

Two U.S. citizens mere indicted by a Federal grand jury in Miami. Florida. 

on November 13. 1975. on 32 counts involving alleged violations of the NMPA. 

including conspiracy to violate the Act. 

Charges against the men resulted from an intensive investigation by NMFS spe- cial agents. in cooperation with Bahami- an authorities, which disclosed that the 

defendants were en~aged in the illegal 

capture of 21 Atlantic bottlenosed dolphins (Tursiops trur.catus) on the high seas from an operations base in the 

Bahamas. The animals were sold commercially to Canadian and European 

marine mammal public display attractions. Trial is scheduled for May 1976. 

The Regulations Governing the Taking and Importing of Marine Mammals were amended on November 24, 1975, 

(Appendix G) in order to: - (1) simplify the procedures for hearings authorized by Section 105 of the Act; (2) facilitate 

the holding of hearings in areas where 

administrative law judges are not readily available; and (3) provide those persons alleged to have violated the Act with a 

prompt hearing with respect to such violations. The amen lment. specifically, deleted the term "administrative law 

judge" from Sectiors 216.53 through 

416.60 of the Rtigulations. and substituted 

the t,:rm "preciding omcer.' Since the 

~ct does not rxuire the use of an adnlinistrative law judge. the regulatory 

change does not cohiict with the Act's 

mandate. 

Recently, NMFS special agents seized 

500 fur sealskins which were illegally imported into thc United States from South 

America. The investigation of the principal k continuing at this time. 

In addition to direct involvefnent in en- forcement of the Act, NMFS lam enforcement personnel conducted many training and familiarization presentations with various industry and fishermen's 

groups. State and Federal lam enforcement agencies, and civic a~d student 

groups. As public knowledge of the ex- istence and purposes of the Act contin- ues to increase. interest on the part of 

nonfisheries-related groups and individual citizens has shown a notable 

increase. 

The NMFS continued to work closely with State agencies to attain nationwide 

compliance with the provisions of the 

Act and to ensure that State efforts in 

marine m2mmal enforcemenf, activities. as provided for in several cooperative 

enforcement agreements, were continuing to b: effective and commensurate 

with contract requirements during FY 

1976. Contracts, which provide funds for 

enforcement of the Marine Mammal Protection Act' of 1972, were renegotiated with Alaska. California, Washington, 

Oregon, and Florida. at a total cost of 

approximately $445,000. 

Inte~national Program 

The Intornational Marine MsmmaI 

Program, as carried out by the National 

Marine Fizheries Service, is continuing 

its efforts to achieve the objectives of the 

Marine Mammal Protection Act through 

international cooperation. The following details the principal thrusts of the international program during this past 

year. 

INTERNATIORAL WHALING COMMISSION 

(IWC) 

At the 27th Session of the International Whaling Commission (IWC) . June 

23-27, 1975, the United States indicated 

continuing support for a 10-year mora- torium on all commercial whaling. Such a moratorium was not adopted by IWC 

but rather a "New Management Procedure" was established and subsequently all member nations of the IWC, including Japan and the Soviet Union. have 

agreed to abide by all the conservation measures. This procedure calls for a mor- atorium on the taking of any stock of 

whales which is not at or near maximum 

sustainable yield (MSY) and later. when 

such can be determined. at optimum levels. Although the bask for the "New 

Management Procedure" continues to be 

maximum sustainable yield with the addition of safety factors, the goal of the 

IWC and its scientific Committee k to 

establish catch limits on the basis of 

"optimum levels"-taking into consideration the "interactions within marine 

ecosystem." This is clearly recognized in 

the agreed language in the Schedule of 

the IWC Convention. 

While the new management approach 

is a recognized coqpromise for the 

United States, it shows significant prog- ress and Ls a desirable basis from which 

to achieve greater forward motion in the 

conservation of the world's whales. The new approach has resulted in a mora- torium on the taking of An whales worldwide with two minor exceptions, one in 

the Antarctic and one in the North Atlantic. Moratoria are also in effect on -the taking of sei' whales in the North 

Pacific and in one are3 of the Antarctic 

rind on populations of male sperm whalps of Eastern Australia. Most of these . moratoria are expected to last longer than 10 years. The total of the 1975-76 season catch 

limits approved utilizing the new BP- . proach resulted in a reduction of abwt 

8,500 whales from the catch limits 

adopted for the 1974-75 seasons. In addition. coverage of whaling operations 

previously not regulated by the IWC was achieved, i.e.. North Atlantic fln and 

minke whales and lsnd station catches of 

minke, sei, and Bryde's whales in the 

Southern Hemisphere. Other major activities connected with 

the IWC have been (1) efforts to encourage both whaling and certain n9nwhaling nations currently not membors 

of the IWC to become members. and (2) 

special scfentific meetings to examine the 

st~tus of stocks of sperm whales and 

whales of the North Atlantic to determine if addltional protective measures are indicated. 

The task before the Adviso~y Committee on Marine Resources Research 

(ACMRR) Working Party on Marine 

Mammals to objectively examine all data 

available on the status of all marine 

mammals is close to completion by the 

experts. All four groups of expertsGroup. I (Large Whales), Group (Small Cetaceans and Sirenians) . Group 

111 (Pinniptds and Sea Otters). and 

Group IV (Ecological Aspects) -have 

met, and reports are In va~yina stages of completion. Reports of the flrst three 

groups will describe (1) the status of 

marine mammal populations and (2) re- search priorities in each of the three 

marlne mammal groupings. Research 

priorities are designed to provide Information needed for proper conservation 

of all species. The review of status of 

marine mammal populstions was con- ducted through specifically prepared scientific papers which are part of the re- ports of the first three groups. The Scientific Consultation on the 

Conservation and Management of Marine Mammals and Their Environm-nt to 

be held in Bergen. Norway. August 31 

to Se~tember 9, 1976, is the final step in 

ACMRR's responsibility to provide an cbjective reoort on status of marine mam- . 

mals to FAO. The Concult,ation will be 

attended by a large numbor of scienti5ts 

from around the world. These scientists . will critically review and discuss the re- ports of Groups I. 11, and III t)n statils 

of all species. Other major discussions 

of the Consultation will involve ccnzid- ' 

cration of the ecological relation~hlps 

of marine mammals. Research proposals 

concerning marine mammals will be reviewed and assembled into a single 

worldwide program. The final report and 

recommendations of the Consultation 

will be published. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. i42-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
INTER-AMERICAN TROPICAL TU?JA 

COYYrssIOlP (MTTcI 

At the 1975 Annual Meeting of the 

IATn=, the United States continued its 

eflorts to achieve international action to 

reduce the incidental take of marine 

mammals. As in past years, the United 

States stressed the ixnportance of the 

problem of the incidental kill of porpoises during tuna purse seine operations, ex- plained and made available copies of the 

1976 domestic regulations affecting U.S. 

fkhermen, and urged the countries in attendance to adopt comparable measures. The United States again asked the 

Director of Investigations to comment on 

the possibility of making recommendations to member countries regarding the 

use of Ashing methods and gear which 

available research indicates is effective 

in reducing the incidental marine mammal mortality and serious injury rate. 

The Director indicated that the IA'ITC 

Convention could be interpreted as authorizing the scientific staff to be involved in research concerning the tunaporpoise relationship; however. under 

the current budget the Commission does 

not have the resources to embark on a significant porpoise research program. Noting the limitations of the present budget and not desiring to divert funds 

from the present program of tuna research. the Commission instructed the 

Director of Investigations to develop a 

program of tuna-porpoise research with 

estimates of the flscal and personnel resources necessary to carry out the program. The United States also asked for a 

discussion of the possibility of arranging for a mutual observer prog-ram at some 

point in the future. Responses from various countries indicated a willingness to 

transmit to their governments any information on such a program. 

The United States described the U.S. 

gear research made possible in 1975 

through the Commission's approval of a 

1,000-ton allocation of the IATIY= q\;ota 

to the United States for this purpose. Emphasizing the need for the continuation of such research, the United States 

requested and was granted an additional 

1,000-ton allocation for gear research in 

.the Commission Yellowfin Regulatory Area during 1976. 

Culminating the discussions, Mexico 

proposed a resolution which was passed by the Commission supporting joint 

agreements between the Commission 

and any country to conduct research 

concerning the tuna-porpoise problem. 

US.-U.S.S.R. blARINE MAMMAL PROJECT, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGREEMENT 

The objective of the international 

marine mammal project is to develop collaborative research on the biology, ecology, and population dynamics of ma- rine mammals of mutual interest to both 

nations that will contribute toward 

sound management and conservation of 

these animals. 

Two Soviet scientists worked on por- poise mowhology and taxonomy with the 

porpoise research program at the NaNOTICES 

tional Marine Msheries Service, &uthwest Fisheries Center, from mid-April to 

mid-May 1975. 

A project meeting was held in Lenbgrad. U.S.S.R.. on June 2-12. 1975. Principal accomplishments were: final agreement for coordlnated aerial surveys of 

bowhead whales and walrus in the Bering and Chukchi Seas in the fall of 1975; 

flnal agreement for participation of at 

least two and possibly four U.S. scientists 

in the spring of 1976, walrus-ice seal 

cruise in the Bering Sea (final arrangements were concluded in January 1976, 

with three U.S. scientists participatfng in 

the ice edge studies aboard the Soviet 

vessel Zagotiani from mid-March to 

early May 1976), and agreement to hold 

the walrus-ice seal biology meeting in 

January 1976 in Moscow. 

The special Conference on Walrus and 

Ice Seal Biology convened by the U.8.- 

U.B.8R. Marine Mammal Project was 

held in Moscow, U.S.S.R.. January 12-20. 

1976. 

The Protocol summarized the direction of a long-range research plan for walrus and ice seals. The Protocol calls 

for Increased emphasis on studies at the 

community and ecosystem levels, evaluation of current aerial survey techniques, and development of joint studies in Alaska and Ihe Chukotka region of Siberia 

Special attention was drawn to the Berlng Strait region as an important location for studying m,igratory species such 

as bearded seals. 

The Conference reached agreement on 

a system of standard measurements for 

plnniprds that would be used by both 

U.S. and Soviet scientists and agreed to 

take up standardization of cetacean 

measurements at the next Project meet- 

 in^. 

The need for a conservation convention on walrus and ice seals was discussed 

at length. The Soviets pointed out that 

national protective measures by both 

nations during the past decade had re- 

'versed the declining population trends 

of walrus and ribbon seals and that the 

populations of all five species dealt with 

were either increasing or already high and stable. The United States discussed 

the need for international management of these pinniped species, particularly in 

view of potential environmental degra- dation. The Soviets wantzd additional 

time to consider the issues involved. 

Therefore, it was agreed that the ques- tion would be reconsidered at the next 

Project meeting. 

WORTH PACIFIC FOR SEAL CONVENTION 

(NPPSC) 

In accordance with the terms of the 

present Interim Convention on Conservation of North Pacific Fur Seals, the 

United States continued to share the 

harvest of fur sealskins from the Pribilof 

Islands with Canada and Japan. The 

United States also continued-land research and the analysis of pelagic re- search data collected in previous years. The moratorium on the commercial 

harvest of fur seals on St. George Island, for the purpose of fscilitating intensive study of the factors which goyern 

67 - 30159 

ithe survival of fur seals, remained in 

effect. 

The flrst North Pacific Fur Seal Conference called to renegotiate the Interim 

Convention took rlzce in Washington, 

D.C., in March 1975. No general agreements regarding alternatives to the present Convention were rwched at that 

time. In the succeeding months, further 

discussions were held by NMFS with the 

Marine Mammal Commission, Congres- sional staff, and with renresentatives of 

various private organizations. One result 

of these discussions was a jointly pre- pared document explaining the optimum sustainable populstion concept which the 

United States prorosed at the March 

Conference be included in a renegotiated Convention. 

At the December 1975 Conference, the 

delegates resolved to recommend to the 

respective Party governments that they 

amend the Interim Convention by concluding a Protoc~l conforming to a draft 

agreed to at the Conference by the rep- resentatives of the Parties. The Interim 

Convention will terminate in October 

1976 under its present terms. The 

Protocol, if approved. will extend the 

Convention for 4 years and make certain revisions. Recommended revisions 

relate to the uce of humane methods 

of marking and harvesting seals. meeting subsistence neods of the native popu- lation, research on the relntionsMp between fur sesls and other living marhe 

resources, as well as reszarch on the 

eilects of man-caured environmental 

changes on the fur se?l populatfons. h 

additional recommended revision would 

provide-for a reductic~n or suspension of 

the fur sml harvert on any island or 

group of islands if the tchl number of 

seals on an island ar groun of islands 

falls below the levcl of rnaxlmum sustainable productivity. 

The United States was unable to.obtain 

unanimous agreement on the inclusion of 

an optimum sustainable population management concept in a revised Convention. 

Because of the lack of agreement on this 

hue, the United States supported an extension of the agreement for only 4 

years. Furthermore. in conaideration of 

the need for flexibility in view of pos- sible changes in fisheries jurisdiction in 

the future, the United States supported the inclusion of langunge allowing a 

Party to call for a meeting of represent- atives of the Partis mithin 30 days of 

such reluest to consid-r modifications of 

the Convention, and. if necessary, terminate the Convention mith 1 year written notice to the other Parties. These provi- sions are included in the draft Protocol 

approveq by the December Conference. 

The 19th Annual mceting of the 

NPFSC held in Mo:c3w, U.S.S.R.. 

March 22-26. 1576. The meeting ms 

preceded by a meetirlz of the standing scientific committee, March 15-19, 1976. 

Research plans for 1975 and 1976 were 

reviewed. The prohibition on pelagic 

sealing for wmmercial purroses was continued. Recommendations were made on 

the 1976 commercial harvest, and discussion carried out on the problems of 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 41, NO. 142THURSDAY. JULY 22, 1976 
fur seal entanglement in debris discarded 

at sea. The United States noted its intentions to harvest up to 200 fur seals on St. George Island in 1976 for subsistence Purpases. Thls harvest will be 

taken under cl3se supervision with a view 

to obtaining the best biological information and will not interfere with the on- going St. George research program5 and 

commercial harvest moratorium. 

LVTERNATTONAL COMMISSION FOR TIIE 

NORTRWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES (ICNAF) 

At a special meeting of the ICNAF in 

January 1976, the Commission approved a 1976 hood seal quota 01 15,100 seals and 

a 1976 quota of 127,100 harp seals, re- duced from 150.500 in 1975. Harp seal 

quotas were allocated to Canada and 

Norway and in jigenous nonmobile f~sheries. Heod seal quotas were allocated to 

Canada and Norway. The Commission 

also agreed on seasons and open times for the taking 01 harp and ho~d seals. 

Furthermore. the Commission agreed to 

prohibit the killing oi adult harp seals in 

whelplng patches in designated Convention ar- oiT the coast of Canada and 

the killing of whelping hood seals in the 

Davis Strait fr~m vessels of over 50 gross 

tons. In view of the fact that the harp and hood seal proposals would not have 

entered into force during. the open sea- son under normal approval procedures of 

the Convention, the Commission ap- prwed a recommendation that the reg- ulations enter into effect on March 12. 

1976, the beginning oi the open season for harp seals in one area. Although a member of ICNAF, the United States does 

not participate M any Atlantic sealing. The United States is not a member of the 

special ICNAF panel which deals with 

harp and hood seals, although a U.S. ob- server has attended panel meetings. 

CONVENTION ON THE CONSERVATION OF 

mmncTIC SEALS 

The flnal Environmental Impact State- --- ment - (EIB) on the Convention was forwarded to the Council on Environmental 

Quality. Since the EIS. concurred in by all Government agencies, concluded that 

the Convention is csnsistent with the 

Act, the Department of State sent the 

Convention to the Whie House on November 12. 1975. for transmittal to the 

Senate. The White House subsequently 

sent the Convention to the Senate rec- ommending ratification on December 17, 

1975. As of the end of the reporting period it had not been ratified. 

INTERNATIONAL IIQOIRIES TUNA-PORPOISE 

In July 1975 the United States transmitted inquiries to governments whose 

vessels fish for yellow fin tuna in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. requesting in- formation from those countries believed 

to have experience with tuna fishing on porpoise p3pulations. Specifically, the 

United States asked: 1 ) whether the vessels of certain countries fish for tuna by 

setting on schools of porpoise in the Atlantic and. if .so. to what extent this fishing method has been employed and in 

what areas: 2) what research programs 

are underway or under consideration on specialized gear technology intended to 

reduce or eliminate the incidental take of 

porpoise in the tuna fisherg; 3) what 

mechanics are in effect at this time to 

regulate the incidental take of marine 

mammals by vessels in the Atlantic and 

Pacific yellowfjn. tuna fishery; and 4) 

whether it might prove useful to hold 

future discussions on the possibility of 

arranging a mutual observer program in 

,connection with the incidental take of 

 orp poise by vessels fishing for yellowfin 

tuna in the estern tropical Pacific 

Ocean. 

Responses to the transmittal were re- ceived from Mexico. Nicaragua, Canada, 

Ivory Coast, and Korea. Nicaragua and 

Korea noted that they have no purse seine vessels fishing for tuna and-thus 

the incidentaf take of porpoise is not a 

proklem. The lvory Coast pointed out that the incidental capture of porpoises 

by fishing vessels is unusual in the Gulf 

oi Guinea and certainly does not endanger the local population of porpoises. Information received from Mexico em- phasized that the mechanisms in effect on Mexican vessels to reduce the incidental take of porpoises include the por- poiS3 safety panel and the use of the 

backdown pro-edure: No research programs arc underway or under considerati~n on specialized gear technology. Canada noted thxt Canadian vessels also 

us2 the Medina prtnel and the backdown procedure, but Canada is not in a position to undertake research programs oo. specialized gear technology ... With re- gard to observers, Canzda pointed out 

that observers were aboard two of its five 

vessels and the ogerations were con- sidered satisfactory. 

dealing with We economic zone. This text 

includes language concerning marine 

mammals. 

Enactment of Fishery Conservation and Management legislation which would 

extend the U.S. boundary of the fishery conservation zone to 200 nautical miles 

is expected in April of 1976. The legisla- tion would amend the Marine Mammal 

Prot~ction Act of 1972 to encompass the 

wzters within 200 miles. The effect of the 

amendment will be that incidental or deliberate take of marine mammals by 

foreign flshermen perrnjtted to fish Inside the flshery conservation zone must 

be in conformance with the Marine 

M?mmal Protection Act. 

Research Program 

TUNA-r70RTOISE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMEFIT 

The marine mammal program at the 

NMFS Southwest Fisheries Center 

(SWFC) is concerned with oceanic porpoise populations and their relation €0 

the tuna fishery. The major objective of 

the program is to carry out NMFS re- sponsibilities under the Marine Mammal 

Frotection Act of 1972. especially in re- spect to Sections lOl(a) (2)). 103 (b) and 

(d). and 111. 

The research program has been developed along the general philosophy. priorities, and organizational structure 

outlined in the "Report of the NOAA 

Tuna-Porpoise Review Committee" of, 

September 1972, and subsequent ~dvice ' 

of the Committee of Scientific Advisors 

of the Marine Mammal Commission. Accordingly, the first priority is to reduce 

the porpoise mortalitg and serious injury 

rate thst is incidental to tuna purse seining as rapidly as possible. The sec- ondary goals are: (1) to generate base- UNITED STATES-DXEWCO SCIENTIFIC MEETING line biological data On R0XTOiSe PORdaScientisCs of the United Stat,es and 

Mexico met in La Paz. Mexico, January 

19-21, 1976, to dtcuss research, needs for a better understanding of marine mam- mal issues of mutual concern to both 

countries. Subjects &cussed at the 

meeting included the status of marine 

mammal stocks of mutual concern, par- ticularly the gray whale and their calving in the lagoons of Baja California, 

the Gull of Californi~ harbor porpoise, and the manatee. Other subjects discussed were porpoise mortality incidentll to the tuna fishery. the merits of introducing set otters along the coast of 

lower California, and the possibility of 

cooperation between U.S. institutions 

and the Centro de Invcstigzcones Biologicos de la Paz. Mexico. 

LAW OF THE SEA 

NOAA/NMFS continued tosupport the 

inclusion of 'language expressing the intent of the Marine Mammal Protection 

Act in economic zone articles which 

might result from the third United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea. 

Since the last Report on the Administration of the Act, an informal Single Negotiating Text. intended to provlde a basis 

for negotiations, has been prepared by 

the Main Committee of the Conference 

- - 

tions in the eastern tropical ~aciflc. and 

(2) to establish the status of these popu- lations. The two major components of 

the NMPS program are gear dynamics and development, and biology and stock 

assessment. The gear dynamics and development program. although managed from the SWFC. is based on the 'input and expertise of specialists from the 

Northwest Fisheries Center (NWF'C) at 

Selttle. The biology and stock assess- ment work is carried out at the SWFC. 

It is generally accepted that the ultimate solution of the tuna-porpoise prob- lem is a technological one. Toward that 

end NMFS has been successful in secur- ing increased funding in FY 1976 to 

strengthen the research effort. In addition a joint program of research has 

been developed by the tuna industry, the 

Marine Mammal Commission and 

NMFS, which provided for an immediate expansion of research into porpoise mortality reduction, relating primarily 

to gear testing and behavioral studies. 

This cooperative research effort will re- sult in an overall expanded, better co- ordinated, and effective research pro- , 

gram on ways to reduce porpoise mor- tality. Gear Dynamics and DevelopmenLSeveral stgnificsnt advances have been 

made in gear research during the repartFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY. 22, 1976 
Ing period. Perhaps the most important experiment involves what has come to be 

called the Bold Contender system. This 

system is designed to reduce backdown 

and postbackdown related mortality. The system consists of the porpoise apron-chute complex, the porpoise grab- ber, and a one-man life-raft for use as a 

 orp poise rescue platform. The apron-chute complex has evolved 

from the porpoise apmn-a long trape- zoidal-shaped strip of small-mesh webbing added to the net along the top of 

the required porpoise safety panel. The 

basic apron was developed in the fall of 

1974 and placed aboard nine volunteer 

vessels in the spring and summer of 1975 

for testing. The apron provided a shallow 

area at the backdown apex where the 

porpoise were released. This shallow 

area prevented: 

(1) fish from "boiling" directly be- neath the porpoise which drives the por- poise away from the opening and (2) 

fish from escaping over the corkline, because the porpoise physically block the 

exit. There was general agreement 

among the participating captsins that 

the porpoise apron aided the release of 

pomoise but that a learning or familiarization period was required on the part of the captains for its proper deployment. All of the participants have kept the apron in their nets after the test 

cruises. 

To maximize the positive aspects of the 

porpoise apron idea, an additional, more 

sharply tapered trapezoidal strip of 

small-mesh (1 % " stretch mesh )webbing 

was laced to the top of the porpoise 

apron thus producing the apron-chute complex. The apron-chute complex was 

placed aton a double depth 11/4'' stretch 

mesh webbing safetv panel and taken to 

sea for testing in September-November of 1975 aboard the tuna vessel Bold 

Contender. After a suitable learning and 

adjustment period this net, in combination with a small liferaft as a ~latform 

for hand relesse of the porpoise, pro- duced an extremely low kill rate. In 25 

sets involving porpoise there were 15 sets 

where no porpoise were killed. 

At the same time, another vessel was 

equinped with one strip of small-mesh 

safety panel and an apron without the 

chute. Althouyh a variety of operational problems encountered during this cruise 

com~licated the evaluation of the apron performance, the kill was substantially 

reduced when compared to that for a 

commercial fishing trip eqrly in 1975 on 

the zame vessel. Both of the fall 1975 

cruises showed conclusively that porpoise onlv rarely become entangled in webbing of 1 %'' stretch mesh size. 

The NMFS. Marine Mammal Commission and the Tuna Industry concluded a 

coorerative research agreement whereby the Government agreed to match industry funds on a two-to-one basis. The 

Tuna Industry contributed $250.000. 

NMFS $450.000, and the Marine Mammal Commission $50.000. The Xndustry and NMFS funds are being used pri- marily for field testing of gear including the Bold Contender system and a Smallmesh Safety Panel System. MarineMamNOTICES 

mal Commission and a portion of the 

NMFS funds will be used for porpoise behavioral research studies. 

The joint NMFS/Industry test of the 

Bold Contender system versus nets with 

only double depth small-mesh safety 8 panel. involving 16 to 20 volunteer vessels, began in February 1976. Each vessel 

carries a small liferaft to be used as a 

porpoise rescue platform before, during and after the backdown procedure. Field technicians will be aboard to gather data 

on the performance of all gear and methods used. 

During the summer of 1375, the "large volume" net designed to alleviate por- poise mortality caused by crowding was 

lengthened and taken to sea under competitive fishing conditions in the nonregulated yellowfin tun area-of the Central Pacific. After some initial problems with net canopies, the incidental mortality rate for porpoises fell to encouraging levels. The three strips of 11/2" stretch 

mesh porpoise safety panel in the large- volume net were reported to have pre- vented large kills in at least two net sets 

in very rough weather. The net is now 

engaged in exploratory fishing in the 

Wetem Facific with excellent success 

reported. Although this latest trip is not 

associated with "porpoise fishing." its 

success in "school fishing" tnonporpoise) is an important prerequisite to acceptance of the net by industry. The antitolque purse czble that was 

designed to reduce net roll-ups, which delay fishing operations and endanger captured porpoises, is continuing to be 

used at-oard two seiners. Also, during the 

report:ng 'period, gear experts have brieed tuna vessel captains at required formal training sessions on the latest developments in techniques and gear that 

w~ll enable them to implement the prod- sions of the Act. 

As evidenced earlier, industry repre- sentatives and fishermen are showing increasing awareness and cooperatfon in 

creating and evaluating the several 

promising approaches to resolving the 

incidental porpoise mortality problem. Research and development in porpoise mortality reduction technology is pro- gressing steadily toward practical solutions to this most urgent problem. 

Biology and Stock Assessment.-Both 

the biological and stock assessment activities of the SWFC's tuna-porpoise program rely heavily on specimens and 

information collected by the scientific observers who, since the fall of 1975, have 

operated under the Southwest Regional Office at Termind Island. California. In 

addition to their management duties they collect specimens and samples aboard 

U.S. tuna seiners for life history studies and stock assessment, and make certain 

other observations on cetaceans and 

birds. They also record data on numbers 

and species of porpoise encountered, set 

dpon, and killed, and make detailed observations of the capture and rescue 

operations. 

Biological reserach during the period concentrated on estimation of important life history parameters of the major por30161 -7. I" poise species involved in the tuna fishery. 

Using specimens and data collected 

aboad commercial tuna seiners and 

standard techniques and analyses, the 

biological studies staff at Southwest 

Fisheries Center completed estimates of 

parameters of growth and reproduction of the spotted dolphin. SteneZla attenuata, the most important spcies in the 

tuna flshery, and produced a manuscript for publication. The parameter estimates 

were used in the assessment of the impact of the tuna ikhery on the stock of 

spotted dolphins. The biological studies 

stafl also completed processing of data 

-and specimens collected from spinner dolphins, Stenella longirostris, killed 

during fishing operations and produced preliminary estimates of life history 

pararncters for that species. Two forms 

of the spinner dolphin are involved in the 

tuna fishery, the eastern spinner and the 

whitebelly spinner, and the preliminary studies indicate that the two forms differ 

in growth and reproductive characteristics. 

The limits of the ranges of the stocks 

of Stenellor spp. In the eastern Pacific 

and the oceanographic or ecological bases for these limits are sdl poorly known. For this reason, SWFC fielded 

two research vesseIs, R/V Tomend 

Crmwell, based in Hawaii, and R/V 

David Staw Jordan, based in San Mego, 

for 2 months, January and February 

1976, to skirt and transect the known 

limits of the historical ranges of the 

species, to collect data on (1) limits of 

concurrence and estimates of school 

density, for possible use in new popula- tion estimates, and (2) physical oceano- graphic and fauniqtic correlations of the 

occurrences of dolphins and of the cooccurrences of dolphlns and tuna, which 

data may lead to cmstruction of models 

predicting distribution based on oceanographic data. 

Porpoise stock assessment studies ulldertaken by NMFS ..r2 designed to determine the current st?ttus of spotted dolphin stocks. projections of the status 

of these stocks given present technology employed in the tuna fi~hcry, and projections of the status of stocks under 

alternat e management stratepies and 

propos -2 changes in gear technology. Similar studies wjll extend these considerations to the spinner dolphin and the 

common dolphin. 

Combined information from a 1974 

aerial survey and data collected by NMFS observers used to make preli- minary estimates of the density and 

abundances of the stocks of the two 

major species involved. the spotted and 

spinner dolphin. The estimates required assumptions which were not investigated in 1974 regarding: (1) the average number of porpoises per school, and (2) the 

density of porpoise schools in unsurveyed 

areas. Thestudies of the present year examined the critical assumptions and 

improved the quality of the estimates. 

Survey data were also obtained from operati0n.E of the 1975 tuna fleet. The results of these surveys are now being used 

to dne sssumpticms of the previous 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 

i&hg protectfPe regulatfons for marine 

mammals b also included. 

References are not cited in the report 

except for the paragraph on abundance 

and trends. Because of the importance of data on abundance and trends, information in this section is cited and citations are given In the list of references. 

Data on the abundance of marine mam- mals are dimcult and costly to obtain. 

With the exception of a few species which have been wmmercially exploited, such as large whales and fur seals in the North 

Pacific Ocean. abundance data are usu- ally inadequate for management purposes. A list of scientists who have assisted 

either by providing information or re- viewing the status reports fs included 

In this report. 

SPIrCIBS 

7 

LlST 

Zalophas calflafanw cnNforntonus (California sea Itw) 

Errmetopfa9 jubatsl, (nortMrn sea lion) 

ArctwcqhaIw ansiroUs (South Amerlcan 

(Cape) fur m) 

Arctocephalut pusillw (South Arrlcan fur 

seal) 

Arctooephalw phillfpi (Jwm mnandezl fur 

-1 ) 

drctmxphdw tocow (Guadalupe fur 

Cdorhinus wrf7CILO (nmthern fur-) 

Phoca vitulina (harbor 8eol) 

Pwa (-Phoca) htopida (rlngedseal) 

Halichoerus gQFS (gray seal) 

HCt~oca fa3data (rlbbon seal) 

Pagophflur goecrhadicus (ha* d) 

Ertgnathus barbaiw (burcld asl) 

~onachou tropkatis (Caribbean monk seal) 

Monachus schauinslaffdi (Rawailan monk 

seal) 

Lobodon carcinophagus (crabeater seal) 

Cystophora crL9tata (hooded seal) 

Qmmatophoca rossf (Ross seal) 

Hyd~urga leptonyz (leopard 'seal) Lcptonychotes mddelli (Weddell aerrl) 

Mirounga baflur (southern elephant seal) 

Mtrounga angustirostris (northern elephant 

(seal) XYSnCErI 

Bdai?~ glncialia (black rlght whale) 

Balaena mysticetw (bowhead whale) 

Eschrfchtius robustus (gray whale) 

Balaenoptera mtorost~ata (mlnke whale) 

Bolaenoptera eM (BryQe's whale) / 

.Baiamopkra baedis (eel whale) 

BalaenopZera muscdrs (blue whale) 

Balaenoptcra phww (fip whale) 

Megaptera novaenglrae (humpback whale) 

OWlsToCEm 

Stcno bredanenrb (rough-toothed dolphln) 

Tursiops trnncahts (bottlenosed dolphin) G+ampus gueru (Rlsso's dolphln) Lagenorhyndrw oLbfrostris (white-beaked 

dolphln) 

.Lagen~rhynchw acuhu (Atlantlc whiteslded dolphln) , 

Lagenorhynchw 0bli~ufde~ (Pacific whlteslded dolphln) 

Plotanista gangetica (Ganges dolphin) Plotanisto minor (Indus River dolphh) 

LaSlen~e~phfs hosei (Sarawak dolphln) SteneUa attmunta frmtalts, gaflmani, and 

dubfa (spotted dolphln) 

Stenello pkr060doI (AUantlc spotted 

aolphint 

~tmU. bngbortt(r (splnncr dolphln) Stenella coeruleoalba (strlped dolphln) 

Delphinus delphis (common dolphin). Lfssodelphfs borealta (northern right whale 

dolphln) 

pe ba& ehtrtz (melon-headed 

pe~enunta (p-y UUer whale) 

Pseudwca crassidend (false killer whale) 

GlobiceprAda melaena (long-med pilot whale, pothead, Mack hh) 

Globicephah macrorhyn&us (short-finned 

pllot whale) 

Orcinus orca (Uler whale) 

Phocoena dnrs and Phocwna phocaffo 

(harbor porpolse) I 

Phocoenofdes dalli (Dall porpolse) Delphinaplerur L%tuxs (beluga, whale. 

bzlukha) ... Monodon monocenxt (narwhal) 

Physeter catodon (sperm whale) 

Kogia breviceps (pygmy .sperm whale) 

Kogia simus (dwarf sperm whale) 

Mesoplodon bidens (North sea beaked 

whale) 

.?,les@plodon europaeus (Antlllean beaked 

whale) 

Mesoplodon mbw (True's beaked whale) 

MadopZodon stejnegerf (Bering Sea beaked 

whale) 

fifesoplodon carVlubbsl (Arch-beaked whale) 

i%fcsoplodon pirrkgodenr (Ginkgo-toothed 

whale) 

Yeswplcn3on densirost& (dense-beaked 

whale) 

Ziphius caufrastfls (gooee-beaked whale) 

Berarditrs bafnif (glant bottlenppe whale) 

Hyperoodm ampullalur (North Atlantlc 

bottlencse whale) 

CAmORNlA SEA LION 

Distribution and M€graUon.-This subspecies of the Calqornia sea lion rawes 

along the west coast of Mexico from 

about kt. 81" N to southern British Columbia, Canada The California sea lion 

breeds on some Gulf of California islands 

northward to Ban Mfguel Island. California. in 1st. 34" N. Many adult and 

subadult males move northward along the California, Oregon. Washington, and 

British Columbia coasts after the breeding season. Feral animals which have 

escaped from captivity are beit?g reported in the southeastern U.S. (including the 

.Gulf of Mexico) but there is yet no evidence of breeding (Caldwell, D.K, pers. com.. 19741. 

Another subspecies occurs on the 

Galapagos Islands and still another, 

formerly found in Japanese waters, is now extinct, 

Abundance and Trends.-The California Department of Pish and Game censuses indicate that the California sea lion population reached a low level in the 

early 1930's In California waters, then 

made a steady recovery and apparently leveled off about 1961 with little variation 

in the counts since then (Ripley. Cox, 

and Baxter, 1962; Carlisk and Aplin. 

1971). Rice, Kenyon, and Lluch t 1965) 

counted 16,150 California sea l1on.s on Guadalupe, San Benito. and Cedros Islands. Mexico, in January and February 

1965. Orr, Schoenwald. and Kenyon 

(1970) counted this species in the Gulf of 

California between 1960 and 1968. and 

made counts on six Islands of about 5,400 

animals in April of 1966. Brownell. et al. 

(1974) statethey made counts in 1968 of 

15.467 on four islands off Baja California. 

Odell (1971) obtained mfnimum counts 

of 34.382 California sea llons on all Channel Islands in June 1964. Peterson and 

LeBoeuf (1969) estimated that 40.000 

animals were -ore on 9811 Nic0la.S and 

San Miguel Islands during the 1967 ar d 

1968 breeding seasons. Carlisle and Aplin 

(1966) obtained a total count in California of 22.000 animals in 1965. using 

aerial photography. The preceding Agures indicate a total popubYOn of about 

6o.ooo with near 20.000 animals in 

Mexlco and 40.000 in the United States 

Mate (pers. comm.) states that the California sea lion population in Oregm 

numbered about 2.500 in 1968. 1969. and 

1970. AS many as r.000 animals migrated 

through Oregon to the north during 

these yearn. 

On 25 Februarg 1972, 430 California sea lions were counted In Barklw Sound 

off Vancouver bland. 35 on Race Rocks 

off Victoria, B.C.. and 10 in Dodds Nyr- rows (1st. 4g007'N) near Nanaimo. B.C. 

(Bigg, 1973). 

Before passage d the Marine Mammal 

Protection Act by the U.8. Congress. CaHfornia sea lions were taken by state per- init each year f or scrle to eoons. oceanaria 

and circuses. Daaghertg (1972) states 

that 400 of thee animals were taken in 

1969 and 580 in 1970. 

General Biology r ' Species Stnetsf its.-'Ihe adult male 

grows to 2.1 m and 273 kg; the adult 

female to 1.8 m and 91 kg. Newborn pups are about 0.8 m long and 5.4 to 6.4 kg in 

weight. 

Reproductine Data.--On 8an Nicolas 

Islands, the pupping season begins about 

15 May md lasts about 5 weeks, with the 

peak during the first week in June. The 

females usually breed 15 to 30 da;vs after 

parturition and the mother and pup may , 

remainatoget,her the first year. The males 

establish and defend breeding territories on land: the females move about freely. Age-Growth Data.-California sea lions have lived 18 to 20 years fn 

captiviw. Feeding Habits.-The Califomla sea lion's food consists of squid, octopus. and , 

a variety of Ash such as herring, sardines. rockfish, hake. and ratflsh: 

Parasites and Diseases.-During the 

past 2 or 3 years an apparent increase in 

premature births and in the mortality 

rate of subadults and young adults has 

occurred. Three potential causes have 

been isolated : (1) chemical residues 

(polychlorinated biphenyls. DDT and 

metabolites; (2) a bacterium (Leptospira); and (3) a virus. The greatest 

single cause of death in wild and captive animals is lungworm. Animals in cap- tivity have also died from pleuropneu- monia, pneumonia, and enterlc infections, diseases which may also occur in 

wild populations. 

Ecological Problems.-Killer whales 

and large sharks are known to prey upon sea lions. California sea lions associpted - 

wlth certain haullng .grounds and rwkeries have practically abandoned the* areas because of harassment by man. -4lthough most major sea lion populatio-s are now located on sites'; not easily reached by the public. a few areas. such as the Monterey Bay breakwater in 

Monterey. California. are used extensiveIY as hauling grounds by Ca!;fornia sea lions and are visited frequently by tour 

boats. The latter sometimes pass xithin 

10 meters of tke hauling ground. 

' FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 41, NO. 142-iHU2SDAY. JULY 
Alloca'ion Problems.-A history of 

conflict exists between people for and 

against complete protection of this 

species. Some conservatiox groups would 

like complete protection for tha California sea lion while some fishermen 

want the number of California sea lions 

to be controlled. California sea lions are 

probably the most widely sought-after species of eared seals in the world for 

public display. 

Curren: Research.-The National Marine Fisheries Service conducts research 

on this species on San Miguel Island off 

California. The following organizatio-.s 

are conducting research on the California sea lion: University of California, 

Santa Cruz, CaXifornia; U~iversity of 

California. Berkeley. California; Calii 

fornia Academy of Science, San Francisco. 'California; Humboldt State College, Arcata, California; and Fisheries 

Research Board of Canada. Nanaimo; 

Naval Undersea Center, San Mego, California: Navy Biomedical Ftesearch Laboratory. Oakland. California. 

R-CES 

Banfield. A. W. F. 1974. The Magumis of 

Canada. Unlv. Toronto Press. 438 pp. 

- Blgg. Mlchael A. 1973. Census of Callfomla 

sea ll0nS on southern Vancouver ;sland. 

Britlsh Columbla. J. Mammal. 64:285-287. 

Bonnot. P. 1951. The sea llons. seals, and 

sea otters of the Callfornla coast. Callf. 

Ptsh Game. 37:371-389. 

Brownell. Robert L.. Jr.. R. L. DeLong, and 

R. W. Schrelber. 1974. Plnniped populations at Islas de Ouadalupe. San Benlro. 

Cedros, and Natlvidad. Bafa. Callfornia. 

in 1968. Jour. Mamtnal., 55 (2) :46%472. 

CalUcrnla Department of Fish and Game. 

1971. Callfornla's llvlng marlne resources 

and their utillzatlon, Herbert W. Frey 

(ed.). Callf. Dept. Fish Game, 148 p. 

Carllsle. J. G.. and J. A. Aplln. 1966. Sea 

lions census for 1965 Including counts of 

other Callfomla plnnlpeds. Callf. Fl?h 

- 

Game. 62: 119-120. 

1971. Sea llon census for 1970. lncludlng counts of other Callfornia plnnlpeds. Wti. Flsh same, 67:124-128. 

Daugherty. Anlta E. 1972. Marine mammals 

of Califomla, 26 rev. Callf. Dept. Flsh 

Game, Sacramento. 90 p. 

DeLong. R. L. W. 0. Gilmartln, and J. G. 

, Slmnson. 1973. Envlronmental pollutant 

residues In parturient Callfornla sea llons: . premature vs normal. Science. Vol. 181, p. 

1168-11'70. 

Gllmartln. W. G.. R. L. DeLong. A. W. Smlth, 

J. C. Sweeney, B. W. delappa. R. W. Rlsebrough. L. A. Grlner. M. D. Dalley. and 

D. E. Peakall. Premature Pupplng In the 

Callfornla Sea Lion. J. Wildl. Disease. 12(1). 

LeBoeuf. B. J.. and M. L. Bonnell. 1971. DDT 

ln Califomla sea llons. Nature 234:108-110. 

Mate. Bruce R. 1975. Annual mlgratlcns of 

the sea llons Eumetopias jubatus and Zalophus calilornianus along the Oregon coast. 

In K. Ronald am A. W. Mansfield (eds.). 

Blology of the seal. Rspports et PrOCeSVerbaux. 169. 

Odell. D. K. 1911. Censuses of plnnlped 

breedlng on the CalUornla Channel Islands. J. Mammal. 52:187-190. 

- 1972. Studles on the biology of the 

Calllornla Era llon and the northern alepharlt seal- on San Nlwlas Island. Callfornla. Ph.D. thesls, Uriiv. Callf.. Los Angeles, 168 p. 

Orr. R. T., J. Schoenwald. and K. W. Kenyon. 

1970. The Callfornla sea llon: skull growth 

NOTICES 

and a comuarlson of two populatlons. Proc. 

Calif. Acad. Scl.. 4th Series, 37(11) :38& 

394. 

Peterson. R. S., and G. A. Bartholomew. 

1967. The natural hfstory and behavlor of 

the Caltfornla sea llon. Amer. Soc. Mammal 

Srec. Publl. No. 1. 79 p. 

Peterson, R. 8.. and B. J. LeBoeuf. 1969. Population atudles of seals and sea llons. 

Trans. 34th N. Amer. Wlldl. Net. Res. Conf.. 

g . 74-79. 

Rice. D. W.. K. W. Kenyon and 0. L-1-uch-B. 

1955. PLnnlped populatlons at Islas Guadalupe, San Benlto, and Cedros. Baja Californla In 1935. Trans. Saq Dlego Soc. Nat. 

His. 14(7) :73-84. 

Rlyley, W. E.. K. W. Cox, and J:L. Baxter. 

10X. Califomla sea llOn census for 1958, 

1950, and 1961. Callf. Flsh Game, 48:22& 

231. 

NORTHERN (STELLER) SEA LION 

(Eumetmias jubatus) 

Digtributfon and Migration.-The northern sea lion is found in continental 

shelf wakr from the Sea of Japm and 

northern Honshu. Japan. northward 

.?round the North Pacac Ocean rim to 

the Okhotsk and Bering Seas and southward to the California Channel Islands. 

Some seasonal movements occur in parts of its range. Examples of such movements 

are differences in the winter and summer 

distribution of these animals in the Bering Sea, and the post-breeding movements in central California. 

Abundance and *ends.-Kenyon and 

Rice (1961) estimated t.he word popula- tion at between 240,000 and 300,000 in 

2961. No published estimates of.the total 

population h?ve been made since that 

time. Alaska has 202 known rookeries and 

hauling grounds. The Alaskan population has increased considerably since the 

ecrly 1900's and now exceeds 200.000 and 

mny be mar maximum levels in many 

areas (Alaska Department of Fish and 

Game. 1973). Since 1964, several thousand pups have been harvested annually in Alaska until 1973 when the Marine 

Mammal Protection Act became effective; 6.546 were taken in 1972. 

There has been a continuing control 

program on the British Columbia coast 

for many years. As early as 1917, 8,000 

sea lions were destroyed by professional hunters. 

The populat.ion of sea lions in British 

Columbia waters was estimated at 11,000 

to 12,000.from an a-rial census in 1956- 

57. The authorities undertoolc a heavy reduction program in 1959 and 1960, and 

the population was reduced to about 

4,000 animals in 1969 (Banfield. 1974). 

Kenyon and Scheffer (1962) made six 

aerial and one surface survey along the 

Washington coast between 1949 and 1959 

and stated that the population did not 

exceed 500. Pearson and Verts (1970) 

estlmated the Oregon population at 

1,078. Mate (pers. comm., 1975) estimated the Oregon breeding population to 

number approximately 2,000 animals. 

The California Department of Fish and 

Game makes periodic aerial censuses of 

sea lions in California. Carlisk and Aplii 

(1971) have given the foflowtng Awes 

for sea lions in California north of Pt. 

Conception: (1958) 7,053 ; (1961 6,675; 

(1965) 4,998; (1969) 7.156; and (1970) 

5,189. They consider these to be northern 

sea lions, although small numbers of 

California sea lions were known to occur 

north of Pt. Conception at the time the 

census was made. 

The northern sea lion ranges to the 

Channel Islands group south of Pt. Conception. In the Channel Islands, the 

population peaked at nbout 2.800 in the 

late 1930's and has declined since (Bartholomew, 1967). In 1975. the San Miguel Island population was estimated by DeLong (pers. comm.) at 30 to 35 plus a few pups. 

General Biology: 

Species Statistics.-The adult males 

grow to 3.0 m in length and over 900 kg 

in weight. The adult females reach 2.0 m 

and almost 300 kg. Newborn pups weigh 

16-23 kg. are 89-102 cm long. and have 

a dark chocolate-colored pelage. 

Reproductive Dafa.-Northern sea 

lions favor isolated locations with some 

shelter, free access to the sea, and freedom from human harassment. Colonies 

may became established on rock outcrops and boulder, cobblestone, and 

coarse sand beaches. 

Males may mature sexually by age 5 

years, but hoId breeding territories Arst 

at age 7 or 8. Fem~les can first produce 

young at age 5 or G, nnd breed 10-14 days after parturition. The ndult male maintains a territory 40 to 60 days and fasts 

throughout the yeriod. The harems consist of 10-30 cows. The female is aggres- sive toward other females for several 

days after her pup is born. 

Age-Growth Data.-The pup sheds its 

dark chocolate birthsoat for the tan 

pelage in the autumn of bir!h. Some pups remain with their mothers the Arst year. They have been known to live 17 years in the wild. 

The northern sea lion has only a few 

predators besides man-the killer whale 

and one or two species of large sharks. 

Feeding Habits.-The northern sea lion 

feeds on a varlety cf fish and cephalo- pods. A study of 282 stcmachs indicated 

the following diet: squid, octopus, sand 

lance, rockfish, clams, crabs. flounder, 

halibut, greenling, and lumpfish. 

Ecological Problems.-Northern sea 

lions in some areas may compete with other pinbipeds for rookery and hauling ground space. Excessive disturbance by humans of sea lions on their rookeries 

and hauling grounds has caused the 

animals to abandon these areas. 

Allocation Problems.-Northern sea 

lions have damaged gear and destroyed fish in the halibut longline, salmon purse seine, ~llnet, and troll fisheries. In recent 

months, the Alaska Department of Fish 

and Game has received increasing num- bers of gear damage complaints from 

fishermen with respect to the northern 

sea lion (J. Vania, pers. comm., 1974). 

The species has also destroyed herring 

in herring pots and has been accused of 

biting and sinking inflated plastic buoys 

used to mark crab pots. This species has 

considerable esthetic and recreational 

value. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JWY 22, 1976 
Current Research.-This mecies has so- -sum FUR SEAL . Current . Research.-bnn-term reits center of abundance in ~lkka where 

the Alaska Department of Fish and 

Game's management and research invgs- tigations have been directed primarily at 

determining abundance and distribution. 

and the effects of harvesting operations 

on rookery populations. A marking program began in 1975. and an aerial survey 

program in 1976. The University of California, Santa Cruz. is also canducting research on the species off California. 

R-mns 

Alaska Deparmtent of Fish and Game. 1973. 

Alaska's wlldllfe and habitat! Van Cleve 

Prlntlng. Anchorage. 143 p. 

Banfield. A. W. f. 1974. The Mammals of 

Canada. University of Toronto ,Press, 438 

PP. 

Bartholomew. G. A. 1967. Seal and sea llon 

populatlon~ of the Callfornla Islands. P. 

229-244 In Phllbrlck, R. N. (ed.). Proc. 

Symp. on the biology of the California 

islands. Santa Barbara Botanlc Garden. 

Bonnot. Paul. 1829. Report on the seab and sea lions of Callfornla. 1928. Callf. Flsh 

Game. Flsh Bull. 14.62 pp. 

Carllsle, John G.. and J. A. Aplln. 1971 Sea 

lion Census for 1970, including counts of 

other Callfornla pinnlpeds. Calif. E%h 

Game. 57(2) ~124-126. 

Flscus, C. H:, and G. A. Babes. 1966. Food 

and feeding behavior of Steller and Callforqa sea lions. J. Mammal. 47:195-200. 

Gentry. R. L. 1968. Censuses of Steller sea 

lions Ano Nuevo Island during 1967-1968. 

P. 23-25 In Peterson. R. L. (ed) Ano Nuevo , 

Reports. 2, Unlv. of Calf.. Santa Cruz. 

Gentry. R. L. 1970. Soclal behavior oY the 

Steller sea llon. Ph.D. thesis, Unlv. Callf.. 

Smta Cruz. 113 p. 

Kenyon. K. W.. and I). W. Rice. 1961. .Abundance and dlstributlon of the Steller sea 

llon. J. Mammal. 43:223-234. 

Kenyon. K. W.. and V. B. Scheffer. 1962. 

Wildlife surveys along the northwest coast 

of Washlngton. Murrelet, 42: 1-9. 

Mate. B. R. 1973. Population kinetics and related ecology of plnnipeds along the Oregon cosst. Ph.D. thesis, Unlv. Oreg. Eugene. 

- 

92 p. 

1976. Annual mlgratlons of the sea 

lions Eumetoplas jubatus and Zalophvs calilorniaus along ,the Oregon cosst. K. 

Ronald and A. W. Mansfleld (eds.) . Biology 

of the Seal. Rapports et Proces-Verboux. 

169. 

blathisen. 0. A.. R. T. Wade, and R. J. Lapp. 

1962. Breeding habits, growth and stomach 

contents of the Steller sea non ~LI Alaska 

J. Mammal. 43:469477. 

Nbhlwakl. M.. and F. Nsgsbehl. IQSO. Seala of 

the Japanese coastal waters. Mamma!ia. 

24 :459467. 

Orr, R. T.. and T. C. Poulter. 1965. The plnnlped population of An0 Nuevo Lsland, Callfnrnia. Proc. Calif. Pcad. Scl.J2:377-404. 

Pearson. J. P.. and B. J. Verts. 1970. Abundance and distribution of harbor seals and 

northern sen llons ln Oregon. Murrelet. 51 : 

1-5. 

Pike. G. C.. and I. B. MacAskle. 1969. Marine 

mammals of Brltlsh Columbla. Fish. Res. 

Bd. Can. Bull. 171.54 p. 

Sandegren. F. E. 1970. Brezdlng and maternal 

behavior of the Steller sea llon (Eumetopins jubata) in Alaska. MS ihesls. Unlv. 

Alaska. Fairbanks. 138 p. 

Smith. I. D. 1972. Sea llons wintering along 

the ouk' Coast ol Vanmuver Island. J. 

Fi-h. Res. Bd. Can. 20:1764-1766. 

Spaldlng. D. J. 1964. Comparative fecdlng 

habits of the fur seal, sea lion, and harbor~r seal on the Brltlsh Columbia corrst. 

FIs11. Rea. Bd. Can.. Bull. 146. 52 p. I 

( Arctoceplralus austtrrtis) 

Distribution and Migration.-Tbvo major populations of the South American 

fur seal. identifiable only by siee, are 

found. one on the Falkland Islands (Islas 

Malvinas) and the other on coastal Uruguayan Islands. Minor populations of this' 

species occur in Argentina. Chile, and 

Peru. The adults are og the Uraguayan breeding grounds in November and December, and offshore up to 200 miles east 

on the edge of the continental platform during the austral winter. An extreme 

northern record for the South American 

fur seal was of one identified at Rio de 

Janeiro, Brazil. 

Abundance and Trends.-In 1972. the 

Uruguayan population was estimated at 

252,000. This population grew from, an 

estimated 129,000 in 1060 to an estimated 

174,000 in 1965. Other populations are 

also increasing. Information on abundance and trends was furnished by Isaih 

Ximenez, Uruguayan Government biologist. General Biology: Species Statistics.-Adult males on the 

Fallrland Islands grow to 159 kg, whereas 

those in Uruguay reach only 136 kg; the 

females weight 33-48 kg. The males are 

blackish-gray, the females and immature 

animals vary but usually have a silverygray neck and back and a yellow tint to 

the belly. 

Reproductivs Data.-Males are polygynous and establtsh territories in early November. Most of the pregnant females 

arrive on the rookeries in mid-November. 

and form small harems of about six animak. Within 6-7 days. each female bears 

a single pup and breeds 2-3 days later. Most males breed at age 7 years and the 

females at age 3 years. Uterine implanta- tion of the blastocyst probably occurs in 

March. Gestation, including the period of delayed implantation, lasts nearly 

one year. 

Age-Growth Data.-Most of the animals leave the rookeries during the austra! winter. On the rookeries. the fur 

seals are in close contact with South 

American sea lions. Otarfa flavescens. 

Main causes of death in order of Importance are from sporadic starms, wMch 

wash large numbers of pups out to sea; 

the seven-gilled shark; and probably the 

killer whale. mhlch fs common around 

the larger rookeries. 

Feeding Habits.-Investigation of 

stomach contents has revealed little except stones, but the seals are believed to 

eat fish and cru+%ceans, and probably cephalopods. Parasites and Diseases.-The South 

American fur seal has nasal mites end 

10 sp-cies of endoparasites, but no heart 

or lung worms. 

Ecological Problem.-Offshore . oil 

wells are planned in the near future 

which may result in an ecological hazard. 

Allocation Problems.-The specles has 

ezthetic, educational, and economic values!The Government of Uruguay annually harvests about 12,000 male fur seals 

on the Islands. 

- ~- 

search on this species is carried out by the Governments of Uruguay and Argen- tina. In addition, short-term projects are 

carried out by the National Rlstory Museum of Montevideo and the Smithnian 

Institution. 

Peso Blnnco. J. del. 1911. Pom de la Republlca o del Uruguay. Granada. Spain. 27 p. 

Perez-Fontana. H. 1943. Informe sobre 1s in- . 

dustralia lobera (Cknto dlez anos de explotacion de la'industrla lobera en nuestro 

pals). Informe sobre la lndustria pesquera 

naclonal. 1943. publicado por el Servlcio 

Oceanograflm y de Pesca. 

Smith, Hugh M. 1927. The Uruguayan fur 

seal Islands. Zoologicn 9 (5) :271-294. 

Vaz Ferrelra, Raul. 1950. CSsarvaciones mbre 

la Isla de Lobos. Ftevlstit de la facultad de 

Humhnidades y Clencias. Montevideo, Uruguay. 5: 145-176. 

- 1956. Gtologia terrestre de Arctocepho- lus aushalia (Zimmermann) ("lobo flno") 

en Ins Islw Urugapas. 8ervlclo Oceanograflm de Pesca. Trabajos 6obm de Lob- y 

lob08 marinos. 2: 1-22. 

Vaz Ferreira Raul, and Blanca Sierra de Sorlano. 1961. Dlvlsion funcional del habltat 

temntre y estructura de Ins ngregaclonea 

soclales de Arctocephalw atcshaltr (Zlrnmerman). estudio gra5co. Rev. Fac. Hum. 

Clenc. 18:253-260. 

xiinenez. Iselria. 1965. mcuencia y fluctuaclones estaclonales en la poblaclon de Arctocephalus australis en algunas zonas do 

la Isla de Labos. Rev. Inst. Invest. PW. 

l(2) : 141-158. 

- 1973. Nota prellminar sobre la repoblaclo de Arctonphalw awtralfa en 18 

Isla Rasa. 'ZTab. V Conga. Latlnoam. 2001.. 

Montevideo. 1 :281-288. 

SOUlli AFRICAN (CAPE) FUR SEAL 

Dfstributfm and Mfgtation.-The South African fur seal breeds on the 

mainland and coastal islands of southern 

Africa from Cape Cross (South West 

Africa) to Algoa Bay (South Africa). 

This species shows no deflnite seasonal 

mi-mtion. but disperses widely while 

feeding. A marked adult was seen in 

deep-sea trawling grounds 450 miles 

from its birthplace. Young seals in their 

first year (November to October) frequent protected bays and areas near 

their places of birth. 

Abundance and Trend%-Rand (1972b) 

esf,imates about 19,500 mature terrItoria1 

males and about 273.000 mature females 

on mainland and island rookeries of the 

Republic of South Africa. Best (1973) estimates that from 250.000 to 300,000 

Bouth African fur seal pups are born 

each year in the Republic of South 

Africa and South West Africa. Shaughnessy (1975) has reviewed the estimates 

of Best (1973) and revised them downward to between 211.000 and 213,000 

pups. First year pups (about 9 months) 

and a small (unknown) number of 

second-year animals of either sex are 

harvested in the winter (June-Septem- ber), although all cow seals are pro- tected (op. cit). In 1950. the winter harvest totaled 27,289 pups and has increased 

to 76.694 in 1971 (Laws. 1973). The summer kill of surplus adult males (OctoberDecember) has declfned from 3,000 In 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 

g*. 

NOTICES I * 30167 

Reproductive Data.-The' pups are 

bornin May, June, July. Although breeding has not beenobserved,. a postpartum 

estrus probably occurs, which would extend the breediny period into August. The adult males establish territories in 

isolated caves or recesses that have access to the sea or among large boulders 

close to the splash zone. Single or small 

groups of breeding territories are distributed along 20 km of the eastern 

shoreline of Guadalupe Island. The 

harems contain 1-10 females. 

Age-Grmlh Dnta.-The adult males 

apparently spend considerable time at 

sea; most sightings of males on other 

hlands have occurred during the nonbreeding season, but since 1973 males 

have observed at San Migel Island during the breeding season. The females 

may not mierate long distances from 

Guadslupe Island. 

Ecoloor'cal Problems.-Increasing numbers of human visitors to ~uadalupe Island are subjecting. the animals to 

more disturbance. Because they breed 

only on Gua.1alune 1-land, the seals need 

complete nrotection from undue disturbance and habitat mot-liflcation. 

Allocation Prob1rms.-None known. 

Current Research.-The University of 

California makes periodic censuses of 

this species. -Tn 1976. the University of 

Washington and NMFS, Marine Mammal 

Mvision, will begin a study oY the spe- cies. / 

RsFERewcEs 

Brownell. Robert L., Jr.. R. L. DeLong, and 

R. W. Schreiber. 1974. Plnniped populatlons at Islas de Ouadalupe. San .Benlto. 

Cedros. and Natividad. Baja California. in 

1968. Journal hlammalogy. 56(2) : 469-472. 

Hub&, Carl L. 1956, Ba?k from oblivion: 

Guadalupe fur sell: stlll a llvlng ,species. 

Pac. Disc. 9f6) :14-21. 

Petemon. R. S.. C. L. H1-b'l-. R. L. Gentry, and 

R. L. DeLonr. 1968. The Guadalupe fur 

seal: habltab. beh?vlor. population size. . and fleld identlflcation. J. Mammal. 49:666- 

675. 

Peterson, R. 5.. and Donald H. Ramsey. 1969. 

Reproductlve Pehsvlor of the Guadalupe ' fur seal. Prbc. Blol. S:n%r and D!vln~ Mammal Conf.. Sta-ford Res. Ynst., p. 35-42. 

Rcpenning. Charles A.. R. 8. Peterson. and 

C. L. Hubbs. 1971. Contrlbutlons to the spa- . tematics of t??e southern far seal with par4lculer refere?ce to the Juan Fernandez 

and Guadalupe qeclea. Antarctic Pinnipedig Antarctl? Res. Ser. 18:1-34. 

Rice. D. W.. K. W. Konysn. and D. Llucll-B. 

1965. Plnnl?ed ~opulltlons at Islas Guadalupe, San Be-lto. and Cedros, Bajs Californln. In 19'5. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. 

Hlst. 14(7) : 73-81. 

Scheffer. V. B. 1958. Seals, sea lions, and nalruses: a review of the Plnni?edla. Stanford 

Unlv. Press. 179 p. plus 32 pis. 

NORTHERN FUR SEAL 

tions occurs at sea and on land, primarily among males younger than age 6 years. Abundance and Trends.-A program of reducing the population of Pribilof Islands fur seals was begun in 1956 with 

the expectation that the rate of survival 

would improve (Roppel, et al., 1963) and 

result in an increased yield of pelts. BY 

11968, it had become evident that the 

herd had been reduced to a level somewhat below that of maximum sustainable 

yield, and that an increase in the number of pups tom Was desirable. Thus female fur seals have not been harvested 

commercially on the Pribilof Islands 

since 1968 with the exrectation that the 

population would increase. However, less 

than average survival of several year classes, the cause of which is not understood, has prevented the expected increase.' In 1975 the number of pups born 

was estimated to be 362.000 and in the 

past the maximum yield of furs was pro- duced when about 400,000 pups were 

born. 

Apparently the Commander Islands fur 

seals have not become reestablished on a 

considerable portion of their original rookery area. Consequently. this popula- tion should increase to a higher level. It 

is likely, that the Robben Island popula- tion is near the maxirpum. Johnson 

(1972) estimated the abundance of 

n~rthern fur seals by breeding lslands, as follows: b 

ESTIMATED NUMBER OF NOBTHERN FUR SEALS 

Lxation Of far real rookeries: Thousands 

Pribilol I?lavds ---------------_- I, 300 

San Ml51el Island --------------- 2 

Commander Islands -------------- 265 

Robben Island ------------------- 165 

KurU Islands .................... - 

- 33 

Total ......................... 1.765 

General Biology: Species Statistics.-The adult male , weighs 227318 kg, and the female 36-59 

kg.. newborn pups averaged 4.5 (female) 

and 5.4 kg (male). The male is polygynous and establishes his territory in late 

May and early June. 

Reproductive Data.-Most of the pregnant females arrive on the rookeries in 

late June and early July, when they form 

harems of 1-100 females to one adult 

male. Within 3 days of her arrival, the 

female bears a single pup (twins are 

rare). breeds 2 to 5 days later, then begins nursing-feeding cycles of 2 days on land and about 8 days ~.t sea within a 

200-mile radius. Implantation of the 

blastocyst is delayed until November. 

Most of the males first breed at age 10. 

and few live longer than 15 years. ~enerd Behavior. - Immature fw 

Seals arrive on the breeding grounds in 

cember. The adult males winter in northern waters. pregnant females usually migrate as far south as southern CalLfornia. 

and young animals of both sexes are 

found throughout that range. Diseases and Parasites.-The main 

causes of death among pups on the rookeries are, in order of importance: emaciation-malnutrition syhdrome, hookworm 

disease, bacterial infections, leptospirosis (perinatal hemorrhagic syndrome), and 

injuries. Pathogenic bacteria thus far 

isolated include: Clostrfdiun pezfringens, Proteus mirabilis. Salmonella en- teriditis, and Zeptospira sp. A psittacosis 

group chlamydia has been reported, but 

the c!inical syndrome caused by the 

agent has not been described. A calcivirus, indistinguishable from Vesicula Exanthema of Swine virus has been found 

associated with vesicles on the flippers and may be related to emaciation syn- drome. 

The fur seal has fllariid worms, stomach ascarids, intestinal flukes. cestodes. 

hookworms, and acanthocephalms, and 

nasal mites, but no heart or lungworms. Hockworms and sucking lice parasitize the newborn. 

Ecological Problems.-Northern fur 

seals concentrate within their body tissues contaminants such as pesticides and 

heavy metals. For example, mercury compounds have been found in fur seal 

liver, large quantities of which have been 

eaten by residents of the Pribilof Islands. 

No evidence exists that consumption of 

fur seal liver has been a health hamrd. 

but following the discovery of mercury in . this organ, little liver has been eaten by the people. The effect of contaminants on 

the health of fur seals is unknown. 

Allocation Problems.-In the North 

Paciflc Ocesn and Bering Sea, fur seals 

and commercial Asheries may be in competition for the same species of Ash. 

Harvesting of fur seals on the Pribilof 

Tslands has been criticized in recent years by animal protection organizations that 

would prefer esthetic and educational 

rather than economic use of the resource. 

Current Research.-Long-term research is flnanced and carried out by the 

Governments of Japan, Canada. the 

U S.S.R.. and the United States. Shortterm projects are frequently carried out 

on the Pribilof Islands by university pro- fessors or graduate students. 

In 1973 St. George Island was desig- nated by the North Pacific Fur Seal Commission as an area of intensive research 

where no commercial harvest would take 

place for some period of years. An expanded research program on St. George Bland was begun in 1973. 

REFRIENCES 

(Callorhinus ursinus) descending order of age, t6emales be- Anas. R. 1970. Mercury found in fur seals 

ginning in mid-June and the females in Comm. Fish. Rev. 32(12) :3. 

DktriEtiolr and Migration.-Most of ]ate July. Some l-year-o]ds haul out in Anas. R. E.. and A. J. Wllson. Jr. 1970. Orthe a~Ilmals are on their breeding September and October, but most fur ganochlorlne pestlcldes in nurslng fur seal 

grounds from May through November to seals return first at age 2. MO~ of the PUPSPfft.Monlt.J.4(3) :114-115- 

bear Young and breed. They other- animals have left the rookeries by m- Chapman. D. a- 1964. A crftfcfd study of 

wise are found at sea along the continen- Prfbllof fur seal populatlon estimates. U.S. 

Flsh Wildl. Serv.. Flsh. Bul. 6313) :657-669. tal from the Bering Sea south ' 

An average of 48.000 males were availa- Johnson. A. M. In Press. The status of north- both 'Ides of the No*h Ocean to ble annually for harvest h 1958-72. while ern fur seal populations. In Symposium on latitude 32"N. Some interminglhg of the average was 65,000 annualy from 1939- the ~io~ogy or the Seal, Guelph. Ontario. of eastern and western PacMc populn- 66. ~ugust 14-17.1972. 

FEDERAL IIEGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
30168 NOTICES *r - )" 

Kenyon. K. W., V. B. Scheffer. and D. G. 

Chapman. 1954. A populatlon study of the 

Alaska fur seal herd. U.S. Flsh Wlldl. Serv.. 

Spec. sci. Rep. Wlldl. 12. n p. 

Keyes. M. C. 1966. Pathology of the northern 

fur seal. J. Amer. Vet. Med. As. 147(10): 

1090-1095. 

Lander, RH. and 8. Kajlmura. 1975. Status 

of northern fur seals. FA0 workleg party 

of Advisory Commlttee on Marine Resource 

Research (Group III-Seals and marine otters) Seattle, .Wcshlngton, 1976. processed 

report. 

North Pacl5c Fur Seal Commtrslon. 1965. 

North Pacltlc Fur Seal Commlwion Report on Investlgatiolw from 1968 to 1961. 

- 

Kenkyusha Co., Tokogo. 183 p. 

1969. North Padc Fur Seal Commlsslon Report on Investlgatlons irom 1964 

to 1966. Kenkyusha Co.. Tokoyo. 161 p. 

Roppel. A. Y., A. M. Johnson. R. D. Bauer. 

D. 0. Chapman, and F. Wllke. 1963. Fur 

seal lnvestlgatlons, Prlbilof Islands. Alaska. 

US. Flsh. Wlldl. Serv., Spec. -1. Rep. Pi&. 

464,6+ 101 p. . 

,HARBOR SEAL 

Dist.ribution and Migration.-The harbor seal is found in the North Atlantic 

wean from the Ice pack south to France 

and Georgia and in the North Paciflc 

Ocean waters from the Arctic 'ocean 

south to Baja California and southern 

Japan and Korea. mulations that breed 

on the Ice in the Bering and Okhotsk 

Seas are dktfnct from those that breed 

on land. P. a. largha, the ice-inhabiting form, lives in the seasonal pack ice in 

wlnter and spring, bearing and nurturing its pup there, and moves toward the 

coasts when the Ice retreats. The coast& 

forms (P. v. richardff and P. v. k9irilensis 

in the North Paciflc; P. v. vftulfna and 

P. v. concolor in the North Atlantic) are 

more sedentnry. The harbor seal is the 

predominant nearshore seal in ice-free 

waters nwth of 35"N latitude. 

Abundance and Tremk.-Overall, the' 

world population of harbor seals appears 

to be high and stable. About 750,000 are 

present in the North PaUc area (Alaska 

Department of Fish and Game, 1973: 

Bieg, 1969; Chapskii, 1966) and about 

150.000 in the European North Atlantic 

re~ion (Chanskii. 1966). General Biology: Species Statistics.-Harbor seals of all 

subspecies are of medium size; large adults of both sexes are from 160 to 180 

cm long and weigh about 130 to 150 kg. 

Pups weigh from 9 to 12 kg. and are about 

80 to 90 cm long at birth. Pups of iceMabiting harbor seals are born with 

white coats, whereas tho~e ofthe coastal 

form possess dark coats. Coloration in the 

adults varies considerably; the background varies from creamy white to dark 

brown with irregular dark brown 

blotches. 

Renrod.~cfive Data.-Adults of the iceinhabiting form pair In March for the 

duration of the breeding season, and a 

single pun is born to each wir on t.he 

ice, usuallv in M?rch or Anril. Adults of 

the coastal fonn congregate on islets 

and also bear R single pun, usuallv in 

April to July. The pups of each form 

nurse 4 to 6 weeks, in which time the 

weight is more than doubled. Males of 

both forms become sexually mature at 4 

to 5 years of age; females at 3 or 4 years. Breeding is annual, and the period of 

pregnancy (including delayed implanta- tion) is about 10.5 months. 

Age-Growth Data.-Adults of both 

forms are gregarious outside the breedIng season. The annual molt occurs between August and early Nsvember; lt 

proceeds from the posterior to the 

anterior parts. Predators include the 

sharks. Golden eagles have been known 

to prey upon newborn pups resting on 

sandbars. 

Feeding Habits.-The diet of the harbor seal, which varies according to season and location of specific populations. includes primarily pelagic, demersal and 

anadromous fishes, cepholopods, and 

crustaceans. In captivity a single animal 

eats about 4 kg of fish per day. This species has been known to dive as 

deep as 91.5 m for short periods and can 

remain under water for as long as 23 

minutes. 

Parasites and Diseases.-Almost all 

adult seals have anisakid roundworms 

and corynosomid acanthocephalans, and 

occnsior,ally, high infestations of anopluran lice. The latter seem associated 

with filarial heart worms and may be 

vectors. Toxoplasma has been reported in cafiive animals. but its presence in 

wild seals is not verifled. 

Ecological Problems.-In some parts of 

its range, the harbor seal contributes to 

high worm infections in Ash.- notably codflsh. This ahirnal b extremely sensitive to disturbance. and may l&ve an 

area temporarily or even permanently after continual harassment by people, equipment, or aircraft. Cont-mination af 

the environment with pesticides, heavy metals. and other contaminants may be 

a problem for the land-breeding harbor 

seal because it frequently inhabits the 

relatively closed waters of bays and 

estuaries where these contaminants are 

likely to concentrate. 

Allocation Problems.-These seals 

damage commercial aching gear and 

compete with man for such fish as herring. smelt, whitefish, and salmon. 

According to the Alaska Department of Fish and Game, hunting and the hatvest of the harbor seal have declined 

markedly during the p3st pear because 

of a reduced market for salable products from these species, mainlv skins. In 

southeastern Alaska, the decreased harvest has resulted in additional conflicts 

between the harbor seal and the fishermen. 

Current Research.---Ongoing research 

in Crlifornia. Washington. British Columbia. Alaska, the U.S.S R.. and Japan is aimed tgward the identification of 

North Pacific populations and describing their distribution and movements, reproductive biology, feeding habits; 

growth, physiology and ecology. 

REFEB~~ 

Alaska Department of Fish and Game. 1972. 

Testimony presented to Senate Sub-cornmlttee on Oceans and Arrno5phere. Nome. 

Alaska. May 11, 12, and 13. 1972. Serlol No. 

92-56, US. Gov. Print. 08.. Wash.. D.C. 

- 1973. Marine Mammal status reports. 

Unpubllshed, Juneau, Alaska. 

Banfield. A. W. F. 1974. The mammals of 

Canada. Unlv. Toronto Prew. 438 pp. 

Blgg. M. A. 1968. The harbor seal In Brltlsh 

Columbia. Fish. FWs. Bd. Can.. Bull. 172. 

33 p. 

Blshop. R. H. 1067. Reproduction, age determlnation, and behavltr of the harbor seal. 

Phoca tftultna L.. in the Gulf of Alaska. 

MS thesls, Univ. Alaska. 121 p. 

Bonner. W. N. 1972. The grey seal and mm- mon seal In European waters. Oceanogr. 

Mar. Blol. Ann. Rev., 10: 461-607. 

Burns. J. J. 1970. Remarks on the dlstributlon and natural history of pagophillc plnnlpeds ln the Berfng and Chukchl Seas. J. ' 

Mammal. 51 : 445-44. 

Burns. J. J.. and F. H. Fay. 1972. Comparative 

blology of Bering Sea harbcr seal populatlons. Paper presented at 2Sd Alaska el. 

Conf.. Palrbanks AK. Aug. 1972. 

Bychkov. V. A. 1971. Plnnlpeds of the U.S.S.R. 

P. 69-74 In Shaposb nlkov, L. K. (ed.) . Ftevlew of the status of U.S.S.R. Pfnnlpedla 

conservation. Mln. Sel. Khox. 8.S.S.R.. 

Tsent. Lab. Okhr. Prir. Moscow. Transl. 

IPST 6509443. 

ChapzkIl. K. K. 1986. Somrnennoe sqtopmle 

1 zaqachl vos stanovelenlna re-ursov momkogo zverobolnogo promyala (Present ate 

and tasks of the restorrtlon of resources 

of marine trapping) . Twlsy 3-go Vses. Soveshch. po Izu-h. Morsk. Mlek.. MoskvaLeningrad, "Nauka." 

Galster. W.. Bnd J. Burns. 1972. Accumulation of pesticides In Alaskan marine mam- mals. Paper presented at 28d Alssha ScL 

Conf.. Fairbanks. AK. August. 1972. 

Mansfield. A. W. 1967. Dlstrlbution of the harbor seal. Phoca tfiulina Llnnseus. In Canadlan arctlc waters. J. Mammal. 4824% .-.C" 1JI. 

Nalto. Y., and M. Nl~lshlwakl. 1972. The growth 

of two species of the harbor seal fn the 

adjacent watm of Fokkaido Scl. Rep. 

Whales Res. Lnst.. 24: 127-145. , 

Wilson. Susan. 1973. Mother-voung Intemctlons In the common seal Phoca vitulfna 

vftulfna. Behavlor, 48 (1-2) : 23-26. 

RINGED SEAL 

Distribution and Migration.-The ringed seal is circumarctic in distribution 

in the ice pack. In the North Pacific 

Ocean it is found in the Bedng. Chukchi. 

and Okhotsk Seas and in the permanent 

ice pack of the Polar Basin. In winter. 

most ringed seals occupy areas of landfast ice. but nontmding adults and ju- veniles may be found wherever ice occurs. Apparently. animals wintering in 

the Bering and Chukchi Seas move 

northward in spring as the ice recedes 

and southward in autumn as it advances 

again, whereas those in the Canadian 

Arctic may reside year-round in the same 

locality. In western Alaska, the ringed seal ts the dominant near-shore seal during months when sea ice is present and 

is replaced by the harbor aeaI during icefree months. A ?mall proportion of the 

population, mainly juveniles. remains in 

ice-free areas of the Bering Sea during 

summer; 

Abundance and Tren&.-ounts of 

ringed seals on land-fmt ice along the 

northern coast of Alaska made in 1970 

(Burns and Harbo. 1972) indicated thst 

the. density of resident animals varies 

from 5.36 per square miIe in the Chukchl 

Sea between Point Lay and Wainwright, 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
to 1.06 per square mile in the Beaufort 

Sea between Oliktok and Flaxman It+ 

land. Overall, the population in the Bering and Chukchi Seas appears high and 

is probably stable. Estimates of popda- tion size made by the Soviets are dLfBcult to evaluate because they recognize three subspecies with overlapping ranges. The Soviets estimate that the total pop- ulation of P. hispida is 5 to- 6 million 

(Chapskii, 1966): P. h. hispida (North 

Atlantic and Arctic Oceans) at 2,500,000; 

P. h. krascheninikovi (western Bering 

Sea) at 12,000; and P. h. ochotensis (Okhotsk Sea) at 830,000 to 1,000,000 animals. (Fedoseev. 1969. from Bychkov. 

1971). The Alaska Department of Msh 

and Game (1973) estimates the Bering- Chukchi Seas population at about 250.- 

000 ringed seals. The U.S. harvest is presently limited to an aboriginal harvest of 

9.000-13,000 animals. Soviet pelagic sealIng is now prohibited in the Bering Sea. and limited to a quota of 18.000 pelagic and 7,000 shore in the Okhotsk Sea; harvest in the Bering and ChuLchi areas is 

2.000-3,000 animals annually. General Bwlogy: 

Species Statistics.-The ringed seal is 

the smallest of the northern seals. The 

adults of both sexes grow to about 125 

cm in length and 66 kg in weight. A few 

individuals, usually females, become 

much larger. The animals undergo marked seasonal changes in weight, being heaviest in mid- to late winter. Newborn pups are 55-65 cm long, weigh about 

4.0 kg, and bear white coats. Coloration 

of the adults is variable. Dorsally they 

may be brown to blueish-black in background with irreqular creamy rings with dark centers. The ventral surface may be 

silvery white to creamy yellow with scattered black mots. 

Reproductfoe Data -Males become 

sexually mature at 6 to 8 years of age. 

females at 5 to 7 years. The ringed seal 

breeds annually. has a 10.5 month period of pregnancy (including delayed implan- tation) and is probably monogamous. The males are sexually active between 

mid-March and mid-May, but they do 

not collect harems. The females are monestrous, and the oestrous period is 

postpartum while the females are still 

lactating. The pups are born from March 

to about mid-May jn a birth lair within an ice pressure ridge or under drifted snow. The females nurse their pups for a full 4 to 6 weeks. A longer nursing period in sheltered northern bays. where snow and ice remain longer, produces larger pups. Age-Growth Data.-The weight of the 

pup triples during the nursing period. The annual molt occurs between mldMay and mid-July, but a few molting 

Individuals have been noted aa late as 

1 September. Maxjmum longevity ex- ceeds 35 years. but one individual (a 

male) was determined to be 43 years old 

from annuh on the dentine layers of its 

teeth. 

Predators of adults include sharks, 

killer whales, and polar bears. Polar 

bears and arctic foxes prey upon new- borrl "whitecoats" in their natural dens, 

NOTICES 

and even the larger and more powerful 

gulls attack exposed young pups. Feeding Habits.-Ringed seals tend to 

be salitary but congregate in areas favorable for feeding, along extensive tide 

cracks in land-fast ice, and during seasonal migrations. The diet of these seals 

varies considerably, depending on their 

location and water depth. Their diving potential appears to be a depth of 91.5 m and for as long as 20 minutes. In western 

Alaska, this seal feeds mainly on mysids, amphipods, euphasids, shrimps, saffron 

cod, polar cod, and sculpin. These seals 

fast from April to late June or July during their reproductive and molting seasons. Parasites and Diseases.-me mam- mals commonly have internal parasites. including round worms, acanthocephalans, and anopluran lice. 

Ecoldgfcal Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problem.-According to 

the Alaska Department of Fish and 

Game, hunting and the harvest of the 

ringed seal have declined markedly during the past year because of a reduced 

market for salable products from these 

species, mainly skins. 

Current Research.-The State of 

Alaska monitors the Eskimo harvest and 

conducts some biological research in con- junction with other programs. Canada 

conducts research on the ringed seal. 

Alaska Department of Flsh and Game. 1973. 

Marllie mammel status reports. onpubllshed report. Juneau. AK. 

Burns, J. J. 1970. Remarks on the dlstributlon and.natural hlstory of pagophlllc pinnlpe3s In the Bering and Chukchl Sess. 

J. ~amihal. 51 :445-464. 

Burns. J.'J., and S. J. EIarbo. Jr. 1972. An 

aerlal census of ringed seals. northern 

coast of Alaska. Arctic, 25:279-290. 

Bychkov, V. A. 1971. Pinnlpeds of the USSR 

P. 59-74 In Shaposhnlkov. L. I. (ed.), Review of the status of the USSR Plnnlpedja 

conservation. Mln. sel. Kohoz. SSSR. Tsent. 

Lab. Okhsr. Prlr, Moscow. Transl. IPST 

650946. 

Chepskil. K.K. 1966. (Present state and tasks 

of the restoration of reources of marine 

trapping.) Tezlsy 5-Go Vseaoyuznogo 

Soveshchsnlya po lzuchenlyu morsklkh 

mlekop tayushchlkh. Moscow, "Naulta." 

Fay. F. H. 1973. The role of Ice in the ecology 

of marine mammals of the Bering Sea. 

Paper presented at Internatlonal Symposlum for Bering Sea Study, 30 Jan.+ Feb. 

1972. Hokodate. Japan. (In press.) 

Johnson. M. L.. C. H. Fiscus, B. T. Ostensan. 

and M. L. Barbour. 1965. Marine mammals. 

P. 877-924 In Wlllmovsky. N. J.. and J. N. 

Wolfe (eds.). Envlrcnment of the Cape 

Thompson Reglon. Alaska. U.S. Atomlc 

Energy Comm.. Oak Rldge, Tenn. 

McLaren. I. A. 1958. The biology of the ringed 

seal (Phoca htspfda Schreber) In the Ewtern Canadlan arctic. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 

Bull. 118.97 p. 

Popov. L. A. 1975. Status of Maln Ice Forms 

of Seals inhabiting waters of the USSR 

and adjacent to the Country Marine Areas. 

Reportlpg of Working Oroup 111. Advlsory 

Commlttee on Marine Research. Food and 

Agriculture Organlzatlon. United Natlons. 

Gept. 1975. Seattle. Washington. 

smith. Thomas G. 1973. ~opulatlon dynamlca 

of the rlnged seal In the Cansdlan eastern 

Arctlc. ysll Res. Bd. Can. Bull 181, 66 pp. 

Tlkhomirov. E. A. 1966. On the reproduction 

of the seals belonging to the famUy 

Phocldae in the North Paclflc. Zoo1 

Zhur. 45(2) :276281. (Tram]. by George 

TSC~U~~OW-ROUX. Auke Bay BlOl. Lab., 

Juneau, AK.) 

.GRAY SEAL 

( Halichoerus grypus) 

Distribution and Migratfon.-The gray seal inhabits the North Atlantic Ocean.. 

with major populations in eastern Canada, Iceland, and northwestern Europe. Dispersion. particularly by pups, from 

the Canadian breeding coloni~s in late 

spring and summer presumably accounts 

for most of the gray seals seen scattered 

along the coast of Maine. The tendency for adults to disperse is far less, although they at times make pronounced local 

movements. One animal tagged in east- ern Canada was recently taken off west- ern Norway. 

Abundance and Trends.-The world 

population is estimated at 50,000 to 60,- 

000 animals, with about two-thirds of 

these animals in the Brittch Isles (Banner, 1972). Because the population estimates for 1956-71 At a straight line pro- jection reasonably well, it can be pre- sumed that the population will continue 

to expand in this manner (Bonner and 

Hickling, 1974). Platt, Prime, and Witthames (1974) state that the annual in- crease in the number of births indicates a similar trend in the total population in the Farne Islands. An estimated 5,000 

gray seals inhabit Canadian waters. A 

small colony of 10-15 animals was re- cently discovered on Muskeget Island, 

Massachusetts. 

General Biology: 

Species Statistics.-Adult males may, reach a total length of 300 cm and weigh 

290 kg; females are smaller, up to 23U 

cm and have a weight of 249 kg. The av- erage weight and length of the newborn 

pups are 13.6 kg and 0.9 m. respectively. 

The adult coat is gray with obscure black 

blotches on the flanks and back, with 

lighter underparts. The pups are born in a long white coat which they molt when 

3-4 weeks old to assume a dark gray. spotted juvenile coat. 

Reproductive Data.--Sexual maturity isxeported to be reached between 6 and 

7 years of age for members of Canadian 

populations. In the Farne Islands, bulls 

do not breed until their 8th year, and 

most do so between 12 and 18 years of 

age. Cows do not enter the breeding pop 

age. Cows do not enter the breeding Population until their 10th year. The apparent gestation period is 11.5 months 

and single births are the rule. Pups of 

the Canadian and Baltic populations are born mostly in February, whereas most 

of those in Britain are born in Septem- ber and October. The pups are weaned in 

about 3 weeks, at which time mating oc- curs. 

Age-Growth Data.--Following birth. 

the pup gains about 1.4 kg per day and 

weighs about 41-45 kg when weaned at 

about 3 weeks. It begins to molt after 

the third week. When the molt is com- pleted, they make their way to the sea 

RMRAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
and disperse. When caught as yearlings they have changed little in weight (40 

kg) but measure 115 to 127 cm in length. The cows molt annually between late 

Jsnuary and April, and males between 

late February and May. Estimated by dental rings, captive gray seals have 

reached an age of 41 to 42 years, and 

wild seals have reached an age of up to 

35 years. 

Feeding Habits.-The adult seals feed 

chiefly on skates. mackerel, flo.unders. 

cod, hake, and herring; and occasionally salmon. haddock, sea bass, dogfish, squid. and crustaceans. 

Parasites and Diseases.-In the Baltic 

Sea. the seals harbor an anisakine nematode, Terranova (Pmocamm) d&- 

pines. Ecolopfcal ProbZe7n-s.-People occasionally harass the animals and use them 

for target practice. Allocation Problems.-A significant indirect cause of damage by gray seals to 

fisheries in the waters around the Britbh 

Isles and oB Canada is the harboring by the seals of an anisakine nematode, Terranova (Pmucaecum) dedvines, the 

larvae of which infest cod and other 

gadids, reducing their commercial value. 

Current Research.-Research on biology, ecology, and populations continues by Canadian and British Governments 

and phte groups. Some work is also 

being carried out by the University of 

1\8assachusetts on Muskeget Island and 

by the State of Maine. 

Andrews, J. C.. and P. R. Mott. 1967. ~ra~ seals -at Nantucket. Massachusetts. J. 

Mammal. 48:657-658. 

Beclrbouse, K. M.. and H. R. Hewer. 1967. 

A note on sprlng pupplng in the gray seal 

(Halfchanu grypus Pab). Proc. Zoo]. Soc. 

London, 128(4) : 693-644.1 pl. 

Banfleld. A. W. F. 1974. The mammals of 

Canada. Unlv. Toronto Press. 438 pp. 

Bonner. W. N. 1972. The gray seal and com- mon seal In European waters. Oceanogr. 

Mar. Blol. Ann. Rev.. 10:461-607. 

Bonner, W. N. 1873. Grey seals in the Baltlc. 

mCN. Sur. Serv. Comm., Suppl. Pap. No. 

39:164-174. 

Bonner. W. N.. and 0. Hlchlln. 1974. Seals of 

the Fame Islands. 1971-73. TranB. of the 

Nat. Hlst. Soc. of North Umbrla. 42(2) :65- 

84. 

Cameron, A. W. 1967. Breedlng behavior In a colony of western htlantlc gray seals. Can. 

J. Zool., 46: 161-173. 

.Dubrovskll. A. N. 1997. On the biology of the 

grey ssl (Halfcharus gtypus Fabr.). Priroda Leningrad. No. 4 p. 107. Feb. 

Mansfield. A. W. 1963, Seals of arctlc and 

eastern Canada. Flsh. Re$. Bd. Can. Bull. 

No. 137. 

- 1966. The grey seal !n eastern Canada 

waters. Can. Audubon. 28:161-168. 

Platt, N. E.. J. H. Prhe, and Susm R. Wltthames. 1974. The age of the grey seal at the 

Fame Islands. International Council for 

the Exploration of the Sea. C. M. 19741 

N:3, Prellminarg Report, 7 pp plus 3 flgs. 

Smith, E. A. 1966. A review of the world's 

grey seal population. J. 2001.: 160:463-489. 

RIBBON SEAL 

(Histrfophoca fasciuta) 

Distribution and Mfgration.-Geo- graphically, the ribbon seal is separable into the Okhotsk and Bearing-Chukchi 

NOTICES 

Seas populations, and interchanges between these two groups are not known 

to occur. In the latter group, the center 

of aboundance is in the central Bering Sea. The ribbon seal bears and nurtures 

its pup on the sea ice. During winter and 

spring, the entire population is concentrated along the southern edge of the 

seasonal ice pack. Only a few ribbon 

seals remain with the ice edge as it retreats northward through Bering Strait. 

In sunmer and autumn, ribbon seals are 

believed to be pelagic, mainly in the 

ice-f ree Bering Sea. Abundance and Trends.--The population of ribbon seals is relative low having been markedly reduced by commercial 

sealers of the Soviet Union during the 

1960s. In recent years the species has 

been afforded increased protection by Soviet sealing regulation. and its numbers may be increasing again. U.S. citizens harvest very few ribbon seals. The 

Alaska Dept. of ESfsh and Game (1973) 

estimates that the populatbn probably does not exceed 100,000 animals, and 

Sovietastimates indicate a population of 

80,000 to 90,OO. Soviet sealers took less 

than 3.000 ribbon seab in 1973 from Bering and Okhotsk Seas. In Alaska, the 

native harvest is usually less than 250 

per year. r 

General Biology: Species Statf.stfcs.-Adults of both 

sexes average 155 cm in length and 80 

kg in weight. A very large female was 

179.7 cm long with a girth of 114.3 cm, a 

blubber thickness of 6.1 cm, and a weight of 148.2 kg. The pups are born with white 

coats. 

Reproductive Data.-Pups are born 

from late March to mid-April f@d average about 10 kg and 80 cm. Males become 

sexually mature between 3 and 5 years of age; females between 2 and 4 years of 

age. The species breeds annually, and 

pregnancy (including delayed implanta- tion) probably lasts 10.5 months. A very large 23-year-old female (see measurements given above) obtained in March 

was carrying a near-term fetus. 

Age-Growth Data.-The pup nurses 

for about 4 weeks, during which time its 

weight triples. Maxircum longevity is estimated at 26 Years. 

Feeding Habits.-The diet of these 

seals during late winter and early spring (in the ice edge zone) includes mainly 

pelagic and demersal Ashes, cephalo~ods. and small crustaceans. 

Parasites and Diseases.-Ribbon seals 

host anbakid round wonns in the stomach and corynosomici acanthocephalans in the intestine. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation ProbZems.-None known. 

Bychkov, V. A. 1971. Pinnipxis of the USSR. 

P. 59-74 In Shaposhnikov. L. K. (ed.). Review of the status of USSR Plnnipedla conservation, Mln. Sel. Khoz. SSSR. Tsent. 

Lab. Okhr. Prir, Moscow. Transl. 1PST 

650946. 

Fay, F. H. 1973. The role of Ice in the ecology of marlne mammals of the Bering 

Sea. Paper presented at International 

Sympaslum for Berlng Sea Study, 30 Jan.- 

4 Feb. 1972. Hakodate. Japra. (In press.) 

Popov. L. A. 1975 of Maln Ice Forms of seals 

lnhablting waters of the USSR and adjacent to the Country Marlne Areas, &port 

of Worklng Group 111. Advlsory Committee on Marlne Reaearch. Food and Agrlculture Organlzstlon. United Natlons. 

Sept. 1975: Seattle. Washington. 

llkhomlrov. E. A. 1966. On the reproduction of the seals belonging to the famly 

Phocldae in the North Paclflc. Z~ol. Zhur. 

45(2) : 275-281. (Transl. by George Tschlukow-Roux, Auke Bay Blol. Lab.. Juneau, 

AK.) 

RARP rnL 

Distribution and Mipatton.-The harp seal occurs in pack ice in the North Atlantic Ocean from Europe to eastern 

Canada. In the spring, it migrates south 

for breeding to the White Sea, to the 

Greenland Sea north of 73' N, and to 

southern Labrador, northeastern Newfoundland, and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 

Abundance and Trends.-Three breedstocks of harp seals are known, the easten (White Sea), central (Norwegisn Sea 

around Jan Masen Island), and western 

(Newfoundland). The latter is divided 

into two substocks, one east of Belle Isle 

on winter pack Ice drifting southwardthe "Pront." and the other in the southern Gulf of St. Lawrence on winter ice 

formed in situ-the "Gulf." Sergeant 

(1973) estimates the total eastern Canadian population at 1.3 million. The 

number of pups born decreased from 

about 400,000 in 1960 to 300,000 in 1970. 

The population size in 1970 was less than 

that giving maximum production. and 

estimates indicated the 1970 catch was 

well in excess of the sustainable yield (International Commission for the 

Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. 1971. Redbook, Part I, Standing Committee on Research and Statistics Proceedings. annual meeting). According b Bychkov 

(1971). harp sesl stocks of the northeastem Atlantic and Arctic Oceans (White Sea, Jan Mayen Island. and Newfoundland populations) numbered 3.0-3.5 million in the mid-20th century. Bychkov 

(1971) also stated that the White Sea 

population total 3.0-3.5 million animals 

in 1926-28 and only 400.000 in the 1960's. 

In 1971 the International Commission 

for the Northwest Atlantic Msheries 

banned seal hunting in the Gulf of St. 

REFEXEN- Lawrence from large vessels and from 

aircraft and set a quota of 150,000 harp Alaska Department Of Wsh and Oarne. 1973- seals for the hunt off Newfoundland and 

Marine mammals -status report. unpub- mador by Canadian and ~~~~~i~~~ llshed report, Juneau. AK. 

Burns. J. J. 1969. Marine mammal report. 

~ed. Ald Segmeht Report, pol. X. Unpub- General Biologv: 

Iished. Alaska Dept. Fbh Oame, Juneau. Species Statistics.-The adults grow to 

- 

AK. 25 p. 

1970. Remarks on the distribution about 1.8 m and 180 kg; newborn pups 

and natural history of pagophillc plnnipeds are about Oe6 long and 9.0 

In the Berlnp: and Chukch! Seas. J. Mam- Reproductive Data.-The females mamal. 61 :445254. ture at age 4-6 years and bear a single 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 

NOTICES 

mng. Judith. 1966. The monk seals (genus 

Morurchus). Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hlst.) 

Zool. 3(5) :201-256. 

Rlce. Dale W. 1973. Caribbean monk seal 

(Monachus tropfcalQ). IUCN, Survlval 

Service Commlssion, KJCN Pub. New Serles, 

Suppl. Pap. No. 39:99-112. 

Ward. L. 1887. (Bfonachus tropicalis). Notes 

of Its llfe hlstdry. Amer. Natur. xxl, p. 

254-264. 

HAWAIIAN MONK SEAL 

(Monachw schaufnslandi) 

Distribution and Migration.-The Hawifan monk seals breeds only on 

French F'rigate Shoals. Laysan Islsnd, 

Llsianski Island. Pearl and Hermes Red. 

and Midway and Kure Atolls of the Leeward Hawaiian Islands. The first four 

of these islands are within the Hawaiian 

Islands National Wildlife Refuge (BTNWR). Rarely do individuals wander 

southeastward to the main Hawsiian Islands. The species is not known to have 

a migratory pattern. 

Abundance and Trends.-The total 

population was estimated at 1.350 in 

1958 (Rice. 1960). It is not yet classifled 

as endangered by the Oflice of Endangered species. All work seals are considered endangered by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora, signed 3 March 

1973. The International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources lists this species as vulnerable 

(i.e., likely to move to endangered status 

in the near future). Counts in the 1960's 

and 1970's suggest that the population 

fs dklining (Kenyon, 1973) due to 

human disturbance on pupping and nursing sress. 

General Biology: Species Statfs2ics.-An adult female 

measures 2.3 m and her estimated weight 

is 273 kg. On the average, females wtweigh adult males. A typical male fs 

about 2.1 m long and weighs about 173 

kg. The newborn pups weigh 16-17 kg, and are about 100 cm long. Reprodactfoe Data.--Observations of 47 

tagged individuals on Kure Atoll indicate an annual reproductive rate of 15 

livtng pcps per 100 adults. About 19% 

of the adult females breed in successive 

years, and only 56% of the adult females 

had pups in either of two seasons. 

The age at which Hawaiian monks 

seals of either sex first breed is not 

known, but they may do so at age 3 

years. Pups are born from late December to July, with the peak in April and 

May. They nurse about 6 weeks. 

Age-Growth Data.-The pup grows from 100 to about 130 cm during its 

flrst Year. The weights of 6 yearlings averaged 45 kg. Two seals tagged as 

yearlings doubled their weight in their 

second gear and one indreased in length by 36% and the other by 15%. They proba.bly do not attain full growth until 

at least 4 Years of age. A technique developzd for determining the ages of these 

seals by examination of the upper canine 

teeth indicated an age for one female 

of about 11 years and about 20 years 

for a male. 

Sharks are serious predators. Feeding Habits.-SpewIngs found on 

haul-out areas included the remains of 

reef and bottom fishes, eels, and 

cephalopods. Ecological Problems-Harassment of 

the monk seal by humans and dogs on 

Midway and Kure-Atolls may be causing a problem by Preventing these animals 

from using sheltered dry pupping areas. Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-The HINW Refuge Manager, United States Fish and Wildlife Service, has a pup tagging and re- covery program in progress. The Refuge Manager also makes counts of animals 

on the beaches of the HINwR, usually in the spring and again fn late summer. 

A cooperative study under direction of 

the NMFS will begin in 1976, and include the small populations on Midway and Kure Islands. 

Kenyon, K. W. 19'72. Man versuo the monk 

- 

sell. J. Mammal. 53:687-686. 

1973. Hawaiian monk seal (Monachus 

schaufnslondi) . IUGN, Survival Servfce 

Commlsslon. IUCN Pub. New Serles, 

Supple. paper NO. 39:88-97. 

Kenyon, Karl W., and Cllfford H. Flscus. 1QBS. 

Age determlnatlon in the Eawallan monk 

seal. J. Mammal.. 44(2) :280-282. 

Kenyon. K. W.. and D. W. Rlce. 1959. LUe 

hlstory of the Hawallan monk seal. Pac. 

Sci. 133215-252. 

King. J. E. 1956. The monk seals (genus 

Monachus). Bun. Brlt. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 

3(5) :aio-ae8. 8ph. 

Rice, D. W. 1960. Populatlon dynamlcs of the 

Hawalian monk seal. J. Mammal. 41 :S78- 

386. 

- 1964. The Hawallan monk seal. rare 

mammal surveys in Leeward Islands. Natur. 

Hist. 73(2) :48-55. 

Scheffer. V. B. 1968. Seals. Sea Hons, and 

walruses; a revlew of the Plnnlpedla. Stanford Univ. Press. 179 p. + 32 pls. 

Tomlch. P. Quentin. 1889. Mammals In Hawall. BernIce P. Bishop Museum Spec. Pub. 

67, Blahop Museum Press, Honolulu, Hawall, a38 pp. -. 

Wfrtz, W. 0.. n. 1968. Reproductlon. growth 

and development, and Juvenlle mortality 

In the Hnwallan monk seal. J. Mammal., 

49 : 229-238. 

CRABEATER SEAL 

Distribution and Migration.-The spe- cies is circumpolar and abundant in pack ice of the southern oceans. It is found 

as a straggler in Uruguay, New Zealand, 

Australia, Tasmania, and South America. 

Part of the population moves toward the 

coasts in summer and away from land 

in the winter. 

Abundance and Trends.-The crabeater seal is the most abundant species of seal in the Antarctic, with popuIation estimates ranging from 2 to 5 million 

(Scheffer, 1958) to 30 million (Erickson. 

et al., 1971). Laws (1973) believes that 

the later estimate is unreliable, but that 

earlier estimates were too conservative. 

Gilbert (1974) Is in general agreement with Laws and provides an estimate of 

15,000,000. 

Laws (1972) reports that a total of 

1,251 crabeater seals were killed or capbred in the Antarctic Treaty area durIng the period 1964-1969, which does not 

pose a direct threat to these seals. 

General Biology: Specks Statfstics.-Adult males grow 

to a maximum length of about 2.6 m and 

270 kg In weight. At birth the pups are 

about 1.4 m long and the natal color is 

gray-brown. Color ranges from black 

to silvery white, depending on the individual, its age, time of year in relation 

to the molt, and dampness of pelage. Reproductive Data.-Little Information is available on the breeding habits; 

mating has not been observed but sperm 

are present in the testes of males in Oc-' 

tober and November. Single pups are 

born during the Antarctic spring (midSeptember to early November). Available 

data indicate that the adults attain sexual maturity between the 3rd and 6th 

years. Age-Growth Data.-By January or 

February the pugs have grown so large that they are difecult to distingukh from 

adults. The adults molt in January and 

February while partly fasting. The life 

span as determined from tooth sections 

is 29 years or more. 

Killer whales and leopard seals are 

known to prey won crabeater seals. and 

may be responsible for the numerous 

scars on a high proportion of these 

animals. 

Feeding Habits.-The mincipal food 

of the crabeater seal is krill. 

Parasites and Diseases.-The specfes has lfce on the skin. roundworms in the 

stomach, and, rarely, tapeworms in the 

Intestine. 

EcoZogfcal Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-The University of 

Minnesota is studying population dy- namics of Antarctic seals. 

Bertram, G. C. L. 1940. The biology of the 

Weddell and crabeater seal. Scl. Rep. Brit. 

Graham Land Exped. 193C37, 1 : 1-39. 

Ecklund. C., and E. A. Atwood. 1961. A pOpUIation study of Antarctic zeals. J. Mammal. 

43 : 229-238. 

Erickson, Albert W., and Robert J. Hoiman. 

1974. Antarctlc seals. In Antarctlc Mammals. Antsrctle map follo serles, Folio 18, 

Arner. Geogr. Soc., pp. 4-13. 

Erlckson. A. W., D. B. Slnlfl. D. R. Cllne, 

and R. J. Hofman. 1971. Distributional 

. ecology of Antarctlc seals. P. 55-76 In Symposh on Antarctlc Ice and Water Massee, 

Tokyo. Japan. 19 apt. 1970. Slr George 

Deacon (ed.) . Gllbert, J. R. 1974. Abundance and dlstrlbutlon of seals In Antarctlc pack Ice. Ph.D 

Dissertation, Unlverslty of Jdaho. 

Laws, R. M. 1972. Seals and blrds killed and 

captured In the Antarctlc Treaty area. 

1964-1969. The Polar Record. 18(101) :303- 

- 

am. 

1973. The current status of seals ln 

the Southern Hemisphere. lUNC. Survival 

Gervlce Commlsslon, IUNC Pub. New Series. Supple. Pap. No. 39: 141-161. 

Laws. R. M., and R. J. F. Taylor. 1957. A mass 

dying of crabeater seals. Lobodon cardnophagw (Gray) Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 

129:31&324. 

Oritaland, Torger. 1970. Btology and potion dynamics of Antarctic seals. P. 361- 

866 In Holdgate, hb W. (cd.). AnhrUtW 

mology 1 : 1-604. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY. JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES .*- - 1- 

am3 

-- 1870. Seallng and seal rcsenreh In the 

southwest Atlantic. GPptember-October 

1w. P. 367467 In Holdgate. M. W. (ed.). 

Antarctic Ecology 1 : 1-004. 

Schefler. V. B. 1958. Seals, sea HonS. and walNS: a revlew of the Plnnipedfa. Btanford 

Univ Press. 178 p. p?us 32 pls. 

Sealn. U. 6.. A. W Erlcksen. D 8. Sinlfr. and 

R. J. Hofman 1971. Biochemical. population genetic. phylogenetic and cytological 

studies of Antarctic seal species. P. 77-95 

In Symposium on Antarctic Ice and Water 

Masses. Tokyo. Jaaan. 19 Sept. 1970, Sir 

George Deacon (ed.) . Siniff. D. B.. D. R. Cllne. md A. W. Erlckson. 

1970. Populatlon denstties of seals ln the 

Weddell Bea, Antsrctic. in 1968. P. 377-394 

In Holdgate. M. W. (ed.). Antarctic Ecology. 1. Academic Press. London. 

HOODED SEAL 

(Cystophwa cristata) 

astrimtion ond MWra#uR.-l3e 

hooded seal occurs mainly in the east 

Greenland pack ice from Bear Island and 

Spitzbergen to Jan Mayen. Iceland. and 

Denmark Strait. It also occurs off muth- em Greenland. southemtern Labmlor. 

and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Stragglers 

appear on the AmeJcan coast as far 

south as Cape Kennedy. Flwidfi, along the Canncflan Arctic cc9ast aa far west as 

Herschel I~land. and on the European 

coast as far muth as the Bay of Bisca~. 

France. Hooded ~esls prefer deep water 

and thick, driftinn ice floes. 

In March of 1974, an aerial survey by 

the Fisheries and Marine Service of Canada rediscovered a whelping population 

that had been reported by two different sources. one in 1840 and the second in 

1873. -The seals were located between 

63-30, and 64"20'N. 56"OO' and 56O30.W. 

There were advlts puns and blood patch- es. indicatins that births had taken place 

recentlv. Tot~l numbers were estlmated 

to be 50,000 avimals. This population is 

believed to Pe the source of recruitment 

that malntacns the hvcl of haoded seals 

at icefields es4 of Nmoundland where 

the svedes is heavfh hnnted. 

Ab~indance awl Trends.-Hooded seals 

Age-Grotuth Data.--Tht pups are 

nursed about two weeb. The adnlts re- turn to sea after mating, leaving the 

pups on the Jce where they remain an additional 2 weeks befme following the 

adults. Hooded meals of an ages are preyed upon by polsr bears. 

Feeding Habits.-Hooded seals feed on octopus, squid. roseflsh, herring, capelin. 

cod. shrimp. mussels, and starfish. 

Ec~logical ProbZoms.-None known. 

Allocation Bobleius.-Nme known. 

Cltrrent Resewcir.-Research on the 

hooded seal is csmldl out by the Flsheries Research Bonrd of Cafiada. Denmark 

(Gronlands Fishkeriundersogelser) , Norway (Fichkeridrektorats Havf orsknin- Institutt), and the Soviet Unlon 

(VNIRO). 

BRE!mwas ' 

EIno. J. E. fQ64. Seals oY me world. Brit. Mus. 

(Nat. FIist.) London. 134 p. 

Manefield. A. W. 1967. Seals of arctic pnd 

eastern Canada. 26 eQ. (revised), Flsh Res. 

B4. Can. Bull. 137.30 p. 

Popov. L. A. 1857. Modern marine animal 

huntinq industry of the North Atlantic 

Sea% Problemy Severa (11) :160-165. 

Rasmursen. B. 1960. Om Klav~mvfsbestnnden 

of all awes ar? hsrvested commercially 

when the animlls are coneregated for 

moltine. Accnrdincr to Sph.?ffer (1958). 

the herds in the middle of the 20th cen- tury were e-t'mstotl nt 30n 000 to 500 000. 

Sergeant (1W5) states th~t the catch 

rate of hooded ~0-1s hns been hkh The averase ~nnlrol Wll fro? the Jan %yen Iclsnd herd derlined from about 53.000 

(1949-53) to about 40,000 (1959-63) 

(Poaov. 196') . Genwal Rjol-mr: 

Snec.iac Stnff-*;r- -adult males grow 

to 2 7-3.0 m find 408 k-: females are sltghtlv sm~ller The a.tiiTt coat is vy. 

covewd with bla -4 rwtrhes of irregular size. Th- rsrrns -he4 th4r lidht my em- brvonal ha* kfn- hcfth an4 when horn 

have an ~x?enTbnrflu beautiful dlver 

grav cost d~rc.tlly with a creamy white 

v~ntral eiirfn~~ 

I det nordllge ~tlanterha;d (on the stock 

of hoo3 seas in the North Atlantic). 

Msken og EIavet (Bergen). ND~ 1.23 p. Fish 

- 

Rer B*. Can. Trensl. Serles No. 387. 

1982. Klsppmyssen aldersfordellng 1 

Denrna~ketredet. Wets Gang (Bergen), 

NO. 5. 

Scheffer. V. 8. Bealq. sea llons, and walruses: a review of the Pinmipedtn. Stanford Univ. 

hew. Stnnforrl, Callf. 

Sergemt, D. E. 1965. Erploltation and conservation of harp arld hood seals. Polar 

- 

Record lZ(80) :541-561. 

1974. A redismvered whelplng populatlon of hooded seals, Cystophcwa crfstata 

Erxleben and Its posslble relatlonahlp to 

other populations. Polariorachung. 44. Nv. 

1 : 1-7. 

morm SEAL 

Distribution and Migration.-Leopard 

seals are clrcumpolar In Antarctic pack 

ice and in southern temgerature regions 

and subarctic islanda in the winter. 

They are @ccasiwally seen off the south- ern tips of New Zealand, Australla, South 

America, and South Africa. 

Abundance and Trends.-The leopard 

seal is a solitary animal. Scheffer (1968) 

estimated the population at 100-300.000. 

More recently. in 1972. laws (1973) estimated the population at 250,000 to 500,- 

000. 

Laws (1972) reports that 140 leopard seals were killed or captured in the Antarctic Treaty area. whioh does not indfcate any threat to the population. 

General Biolow: 

Species Statistics.-The adult msles 

grow to 3.0 m in length and 450 kg in 

weight; adult females reach 3.3 m in 

len~h and 500k.g in weight. Leopard 

seals have a lonq slfm body, large head. 

and wlde ~aoe. Newborn DW are 1.6 m 

at 2-6 years. al &am specimens indlcaks that pa?hriUon occnrs between Octvbm and %ember but. unlike crabeater and Weddell stsIs. breeding may nd occur until Jamram or Msrch. The gestatibn perled fs 240 days. 

Lactation lwts abont 2 months. 

Aw-Gtomth Data.-The span for 

hth sex& is jwd@ to be more thsm 

25 years. based on shydies ~f tooth sec- tlons. 

Feedfnq Habits.-The leopard ae~l. 

lareest of the Antarctic seals, is the onlg 

soal that regtlarly feeds on wnrrn- blqodetl animsl~. Their food consists of 

oth~r seal?. euphansl6. penguins, whale cama:asses. ffsh and squid. Pararites arld Diseases.-pard seals 

suffer from diseased tt~th, tumors. bony 

nodivles 1~1 nasal passwcs, and stomwh 

carctn mas. 

em la^ AobIems.-Kill hsrvest 

cmiM hsve 6elderrms upan mulatfw size. 

PTscntia PnM*s.-??me knvwn. 

n.rtrrrnt Reseamfc.-The UnMy d 

Minnesota is studying popuhtion dg,- 

namics of Antarctic seais. 

bma-r, W. M.. and R. III Lsvs. 1964. Sem 

and senllnv. In Ant-retic Beearch: R m- vier of grl~kh &enti*c schkvem-nt in 

Antarctica: 163-WO. R. Rtestlv. R. 8. Anle. 

and O. de Q. Robin (eda.). London. Butt=- 

worths. 

Brown. K. 0.1957. Th* lanard aed~t Red 

Dlsntl. tVSl-64. A.N;AR.S. Iuterlm Rep. No. 

18.1-54. 

Bl-k-on. Am W.. 8- Robert J. Edmn. 

WI4. Antutctlc seala. In AnOarctlc Mammrd-. Entn+etIc man folio 8trles. Pbllo l8, 

Amer. Oem. 80c.. pn. 4-13. 

Erlsksm. A. W.. D. B. SiniR. D. R. Cline. and 

p J. Roiman. 1971. Mstriho'tional eco!~ 

of Antsrctic seals. 'P. 65-75 k Bvmpo-lurn 

on Antarctic Ice and Water Maw. Ta)rya. 

Jaoan, 10 apt. 1070, 19ir f3roI-p Deacon 

fad.). 

hws. R. M. fB(#. Camp.raHls bblm of 

Antmrtic -1s. P. 44M67. In Carrlck, R.. 

M. floldwte, and J. Rwmt (eds.). Blotogi8 

Antarctlque-Antarctlc Biology, Rerman. 

- 

Paris. 

1972. Seala and birds km?d and cabtmea In the AntarcHc -sty firen. 9- 

- 

1969. The Polar Record 16( 101 ) :349-584. 

1075. The current SDa'hl- of seal* In 

the Southern Herds-here. IUCN. SutviM 

Berrfce Commlrlslon. IUCN Pub. New Series. 

Sunqle. Pam No. 39: 144-161. 

Oritsland. Xomr. 1970. Biology .and popnlatl-n dynamic. of Antarctlc eeals. P. 331- 

sae. In Hol-te, M. W. (edj, Antarctic 

ecolwy. 1. 

Bchefler. V. %. 1858. .8ealr. sea Ilnmr. and 

wal~ses: a redew of the Pfnnlmdla. Stanford Unlv. Press. 179 p. +32 61s: 

6ea1. U. S.. A. W. Erickcon. D. B. Sinif!, md 

8. J. Hofman. 1971. Biochemical. ponulation gendc. phylogmetic and ~~cal 

studles of Antarctic d specks. P. l7-85. 

In 6ympor;lum un Antarctic Jce and Water 

Mswes. SoLfo. Japan, 18 Gept. 195'0. Bir 

Oeorge DMcon (ed.). 

. -, ", . . . ... Renrod,rr+in~ Dntn.-The pups are 10% and weigh 29.5 kg.- The color of (Leptonychotes weddeUi) 

born fro- Int* Msrrii to eztrty And, are adults is dark gray dorsslly and light 

1.1 nl iona. ~nd we1-h 23 kq. Seals of may ventrally. and a variable amount mstributfonand Mimatfon.-Thisspeboth sexes mature at age 4-6 years. The of spotting 1s present. cles ls circumpolar ln fast Ice around 

adults mate when the lactation ~ ~ . ~eriod ---- ~ Rwoductioe Data.-Males are sex- Antarctica. tescbing as ffu 

ends (about 2 weeks). ually mature at 3-7 years and females nwth as flat. 35'6). Zt is UtFEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 

- 1956. The elephant seal, (Mirounga 

leonina, Linn.). 111. The physiology of reproduction. Falkland Islands Dep. Surv. 

- 

Sci. Rep. 15, 66 p. 

1960. The touthem elephant Gal 

(Mfrounga leonfna, Llnn.) at South 

Georgia. Nor-;: Hvalfangst-Tld. 49) 10: 

- 

11) :466-416. 520-542. 

1912. Seals and birds killed and captured in the Antarctlc Treaty area. 1964- 

- 

69. The Polar Record. 16(101) :343-364. 

1973. The current status of aeals in 

the Southern Hemirphere. IUCN, Survival 

Service Commission. IUCN, New Pub. 8er.. 

Supple. Pap. No. 39: 144-161. 

NORTHERN ELEPHANT SEAL 

iMirounga angustirosttis) 

~isttibution and Migratfon.-This species origina"~ occupied rookeries and 

hauling grounds on the mainland and 

islands from Caho San Laaaro. Baja California, northward to Pt. Reyes, just north of San Francisco. Nonbreeding animals range at least as far north as 

southeastern Alaska. 

This species is now known to breed on 

Isla San Benito. Islas Los Coronados, Isla 

Cedros. San Miguel Island, Santa Barbara Island, San Nicolas Island, and Ano 

Nuevo Island. Also, a northern elephant seal was born on southeast Farallon Island January 20, 1972, indicating that 

this species is continuing to expand its 

breeding range northward since its nearextermination during the last century (LeBoeuf. et al., 1974). 

Abundance and Trends.-By 1890 the 

population had been reduced to 100 or 

fewer animals found only on Guadalupe Island, but this number increased to an 

estimated 15,006~animals by 1960 (Bar- tholomew and Hubbs, 1960). A total of 

10,581 were counted in April 1968 on the 

six Mexican islands off Baja California 

(Brownell, et al., 1974). Peterson and 

LeBoeuf ( 1969) estimated a population ' of about 30.000 in 1969. This species has 

reoccupied most or all of Its historic 

rookeries and hauling grounds. The California Debartment of Msh 

and Game has counted elephant seals 

during sea lion censuses in early June 

since 1965 (Carlisle and Aplin. 1971). 

Carlisle (1973) has counted Mirounga on 

San Miguel Island each year from 1965 

'through 1973 except 1968. Recent California counts do not indicate any trend 

in abundance. 

Odell (1974) believes that the San 

Nicolas Island population is increasing. The largest California population of 

Mirovnga is found in S@n Miguel Island. 

where Johnson and DeLong (pers. comm.) suggest the population ts increasing. Carlisle (1973) count& 3,600 in 

1973. 

General ~iolo-gy: Species' Statistfcs.-Maximum body 

lengths are about 5 m for adult males and 

3.3 m for adult females. Newborn pups 

are about 1.2 m long and have black 

natal pelage. 

. Reprodwtive Data.-The adults males 

usually arrive Arst on the rookeries in 

November, followed by the pregnant females in December. Dominant gult 

males occupy choice locations within the 

NOTICES 

breeding colonies and do most of the 

mating. The female usually bears a single 

pup about 7 days after her arrival and 

weans it about a month later. The female 

is bred during her last few days ashore. 

Most pups are born January 1 to February 10. 

Age-Growth Data.-On Ssn Nicolas 

Island most pups have molted their black 

natal pelage for the gray pelage of older 

animals by 1 March. The age at which 

the pups go to sea is not firmly established but they spend at least 2 to 3 

months ashore. Older animals return to 

shore to molt beginning with the females 

about 1 April, followed by immatures of 

both sexes, and the males are the last to 

reutrn. 

Feeding Habits.-Little information on 

the feeding habits of Mirounga is available. The stomach of one elephant seal 

contained seven ratfish, one 66.0 cm 

Caljfornia dogfish shark, one swell or 

puffer shark, three skates, and four 

squids. The species apparently can feed 

at considerable depths, as indicated by prey species and the fact that three 

young Mirounga were taken on hooks set 

at about 100 fathoms. The stomach of a subadult mate fomd dead in CaUfornia 

contained the remains of cusk eels, toadfishes, scorpionfishes, flounder, cat 

sharks. and segments of undetefmined 

Teleosts and Elasmobranchs. 

Ecological Problems.-Oil from the 

Santa Barbara spill of 28 January 1969 

coated about 100 elephant seal pups esbore on one area of San Miguel Island. 

The pups had been weaned and appar- ently suffered no ill effects. 

Allocation Pro3lems.-Not known. 

Current Research.-Scientists from 

the University of Califoh at Santa 

Cm, CaIifokia, are studying thfs 

species. 

REFERENCES 

. Anthony. A. W. 1925. Expedition to Ouadalupe rsland. Mexiw In 1922. Callf. Acad. 

Scl., fourth series, 4 ( 13) :211-320. 

Bartholomew. O. A. 1952. Reproductive and 

social behavior of the northern elephant 

seal. Univ. Callf. Publ. 2001. 47(15) :369- 

411, pls. 38-57.2 fig. . . 

- 1961. Seal and sea llon populations of 

the Callfornla Islands. P. 229-244 In Philbr1ck.R. N. (ed.) Proceedings of the Symposlum on the Biology of the Callfornlu 

Islands. Santa Barbam Botanlc Garden. 

Bartholomew, 0. A., and C. L. Hubbs. 1960. 

Populatlon gowth and seasonal movements of the northern elephant seal. 

Mirounga angustirosCris Mammalla24:313- 

324. 

Brownell, Robert L.. ~r, R. L. DeLong, and 

R. W. Schreiber. 1974. Pinnlped populations at I81ns de Guadalupe. San Benlto, 

Cedros. and Natlvldad. BaJa California. in 

1968. Jour. Mammal., 66 (2) :468472. 

Carlfsle. John 0.. Jr. 1973. The census of 

northern elephant seals on San Miguel Island. 196673. Callf. Mah Oames, bO(4): 

311-313. 

Carllsle. John 0.. and J. A. Aplln. 1971. 6ea 

Uon census for 1970. including counts of 

other California plnnlpeds. Calif. Fish 

Oame. 67: 124-126. 

Daugherty. Anlta E. 1965. Marine Mammals 

of Callfornix calif. Dept. Fish Game, Sacramento, CalU. 86 p. 

Huey. L. M. 1930. Capture of an elephant seal 

off San Diego. Callf.. wlth notes on stomach 

conten-'. J. Marqm@.ll: 229-230. 

King. J. E. 1964. Seals of the world. Brit. Mus. at. Hist.), London. 164 p. 

LeBoeuf. Burney J. 1972. Sexu3l behavior in 

the northern ele~hant seal. Misounga an- g~stirost%. ~ehivior 41 (1-2) : 1-26. - Morejohn, O. Victor, and Donald M. Balk 

1970. Contents of the rtomach of an elephant seal. Jour. Marmnal.. 61(1) :113-174. 

Odell. Daniel K. 1974. Serrional oczurrence of 

the northern elephant se-1. Mfrounga an- gustirostris, on San Nicolas Island. CalUor- 

- 

nia. Jour. Mammal. 55(1) : 81-95. 

1912. Studles on the biology of the 

California sea llon and the northern elephant seal on San Nicolas Island. Calif. 

Pi7.D. thesis. Univ. Calif.. Los Angeles. 168 p. 

Peter;ou. R. S., and B. J. LeBoeuf, 1969. Population study of seals and sea lions. Trans. 

34th N. Amcr. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf.. p. 

74-70. 

Radford. K. W.. R. T. Orr, and C. L. Hubbs. 

1955. Reestablkhmcnt of the northern 

elephant seal 1 Miscunga angustirostrfs) 

oFf central California. Proc. Callf. Acad. 

' Scl. 4th series. 31 (22) : 601-611.6 nga 

R1-e, D. W.. K. W. Kenyzn. and D. Lluch-B. 

1955. Pinniped populations at 'slas Ouadalupe, S:n Benito. and Cedros, Bafa Callfornla. in 1965. Trans. San Dlego Soc. Nat. 

Hlst. 14(7) : 73-84. 

Scammon. C. M. 1874. The marine mammals 

of the northwestern coast of North America. John H. Carmany and Co., San Franclsco. Californla. 319 p. 

SchefIer. V. B. 1965. Deep diving of elephant 

seals. Murrelet 45(1) : 9. 

Townsend. C. H. 1912. The northern elephant 

seal 2,001. 1.159-173. 

- ROSS SEAL 

(Ommatopkoca rossi) 

Distribution and Migration.-The spe- cies is circumpolar in heavy pack ice of 

the Antarctic Ocean. 

Abundance and Trends.-The Ross 

seal is usually solitary. Scheffer (1958) 

lists the population at 20,00050,000 but 

more recent estimates of population size 

are: greater than 100.000 (Hofman et al.. 

1973) and 220,000 (Gilbert. 1974). 

Laws (1972) states that only 23 Ross 

seals have been killed or captured in the 

Antarctic Treaty area from 1964 to 1969. 

and that clearly there is at present no serious direct threat to these animals. 

The Ross seals account for 1.0-2.0% of 

the total Antarctic pinniped population (Hofman, et a].. 1973). 

General Biology: Species Statistics.-The adults reach a 

length of about 2.4 m. The animal is 

plump, with a short, wide head. a small 

mouth, and small teeth. The vocalizations of this mammal are striking and 

account for the common name "singing 

seal." - 

Reproductive Data.-Little is known of 

its reproduction. and newborn pups have 

never been seen. The male matures at 

3-4 years. and the female at 2-7 years. 

Breeding probably takes place in November, and available evidence indicates that 

the pups are born about 11 months after 

implantation. 

Age-Grmth Sata.-Molting probably 

occurs in January and February. These 

animals may live up to 12 years. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES e,.- . ) - 

Feeding HaEls.-Food consists prl- mariIy of fhh. ceahalowds. and krill. 

patkites and Diseases.-bundwom 

are found in the stomach, tapeworms in 

the intestine, and lice onlthe skin. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-The Universitv of 

Minnesota is studying the populakon dynamics of Antarctic seals. 

R~~ENCES . Eklund. D.. and E. A. Atwcod. 1962. A popu-- 

latlon study of Antarctlc seals. J. Mammal. 

43:-238. 

Erlckson, Albert W., and Robert J. Hofman. 

1974. Antarctlc Seals. In Antarctlc mam- mals. Antarctlc map folio series. Folio 18. 

Amer. Geogr. Soc., pp. G13. 

Erlckson, A. W., D. B. Sfnlf?. D. R. Cllne, and 

R. J. Hofman. 1971. Dlstrlbutlonsl ecology 

of Antarctlc seals. P. 55-75. Jn Symp:slum on Antarctlc Ice and Water Masses. Tokyo: 

Japan, 19 Sept. 1870, Slr George Deacon 

(&.I- Gllbert. J. R 1974. The blolwy and dlstrlbutlon of seals ;n Antarctlc pack Ice. Ph.D. 

Dissertation. Unlverslty of Idaho. 

Hofman, R.. A Wzkson. and D. Slniff. 1973. 

The Fbss seal (Ommatophoca sossf). 

IUCN. Survival Servlc? Commlsslon. 

IUCN Pub. New. Serv.. Supple. Pap. No. 

39:129-139. 

'KJng. J. E. 1964. Seals of the world. Brit. 

Mu. (Nat. Hlst.), London. 154 p. 

Laws, R. M. 1964. Comparative blology of 

Antarctlc seals. P. 445-457. In Carrlck. R.. 

M. Holdgate, and J. Prevort (eds., . Blolo~le 

Antarctlque-Antarctic Biology. Hermann. 

ParlS. 

Laws, R. M. 1972. Seals and blrds kllled and 

captured in the Antarctlc Treaty area, 

1964-69. The Pdar Record, 16(101) :343- 

3a4. 

Oritsland. T. 1970. Blslogy and population 

dynamic?. of Antarctlc seals. P. 381-366 

In Holdgate. M. W. .(ed.). Antarctlc ecology. 1. 

Bcheffer. V. B. 1968. Seals. sea Uo~s, and 

walrus; a revlew of the PlnnlpedJa. Stanford Unlv. Press. 179 p. + 32 pls. 

BLACK RIGHT WHALE 

(BaIaena olacia2is) 

Dfstribuh and Migration.-Thk rlght whale Inhabits all ternperate 

waters of the world. It migrates between 

summering grounds in cool temperate 

waters and wintering grounds in warm 

temperate waters; the wintering grounds 

are mostly along continental coasts or 

around islands. 

Three gmgraphically isolated popula- tions are recognized, one in the North 

Pacific Ocean, another in the North 

Atlantic Ocean, an'd a third in .the 

Southern Hemisphere. 

In the eastern North Pacific Ocean, 

the right whale ranges from Bristol Bay and the Gulf of Alaska south to 50"N 

latitude during the summer. and from 

Oregon south to central Baja California 

during the winter. 

In the western North Atlantic Ocean, 

it ranges from Labrador south to the 

Bay of Fundy during the summer, and 

Massachusetts south to Florida and Bermuda during the winter. 

Alnfndance and Tmzds.-The right whale was originally very abundant, but 

heavy exploitation, mostly during the 

19th century, reduced all populations 

nearly to extinction by the turn of the 

century. At least some local stocks have 

increased in recent years. Present numbers are: North Pacific Ocean--about 

220 (Wada, 1975). North Atlantic 

Ocean-no estimate; Southern Hernisphere-about 3.200 (Masaki. 1975). 

General Biology.-The black right whale is n heavy-bodied arirnal up to 

18.0 m long and ts characterized by lack 

of a dorsal fin and by a large head with a narrow arched rostrum. It feeds 

mainly on copepods. The reproductive biology is poorly known. Body length at 

sexual maturity is about 15.2 m in males 

and 15.8 m in females. Mating and calving occur in the winter. so the gestation period is probably about 1 year. The female probably bears a calf only once 

every 2 (or more) years. Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-Raearch on the 

black right whale is being carried out 

by the South African Division of Sea 

Fisheries and off Argentina by a joint proiect of the National Geographic 

Society and the New York Zoological Society. Observers aboard whaling and 

research vessels record siehtings of rieht 

whales and routfnelv report them to the 

International Whaling Commission. 

REmmmcFs 

Best. P. B. 1970. Exploltqtlon and recovery 

of rlght whdes Eubalaena aurtralfs off the 

Cape Province. S. Air. Dlv. Sea Fish.. Invest. Rep. 80: 1-30. 

Cummlngs. W. C., J. F. Flsh. and..P. 0. 

Thornpeon. 1972. Sound production and 

other behavlor of south?rn right whales. 

Eubalaem gLaCf4lh. Trans. San Dlego Soc. 

Nat. Hlst. 17(1) :1-13. 

Masakl. Y. 1975. Japanere pelaglc whaltng 

and sighting ln the Antarctlc. 1974/75. Unpublished report submitted to Sclentlflc 

Ccmmlttee, International - Whallng Commission. 

Omura. H. S. Ohsuml. T. Nemoto, K. Nasu. 

and T. Kasuya. 1969. Black rlght whales In 

the North Paclflc &I. Fkp. Whales Res. 

Inst. 21 :1-78. 

Wada. S. 1975. Zndlces of abundancs of largeshed whales ,in the North Paclflc In 1974 

whallng season. Unpnbllshed report submltted to Sclentlflc Committee. International Whaling Comml~slon. 

BOWHEAD WHALE 

(Balaena mysticetus) 

Distniution and Mfgration.-The bowhead whale inhabits arctic and subarc- , tic waters in four princinal areas: (1) from Snitzberaen west to east Greenland: (2) in Davis Strait, Bamn Bay. James Bay, and adjacent waters; (3) in 

the Bering, Chukchi. Beaufort, and East 

Siberian Seas; and (4) in the Okhotsk 

Sea. They migrate with ice movements. 

Abundance and Trends.-All bowhead 

whale populations were decimated bv the 

end of the 19th century becaure of the 

great value of this species for oil and 

baleen (Tomilin, 1957). No commercial 

whaling for bowheads has taken place since about 1915. Bowhead whales have 

been completely protected from commercial whaling by the International 

and the Endangered Species Act of 1973. 

These acts allow for a subsistence harvest of these whales by the Indians. 

Aleuts, and Eskimos; In $he last two 

decades the take of bowhead whales by Eskimos in Alaska has varied between 1 

(1959) and 37 (1972) (Maher and Wilimovsky, 1963; Durham, unvublished records). Much of this variation in take is 

because of variation in hunting conditions, although in recent years an .increase in hunting intensity may have 

taken place. Bowhead whales are taken 

only occa.cionally by USSR nationals 

(Zemsky. 1973, pen. comm.). The bow- . head whale population of Canada and 

the Bering. Chukchi, and East Siberian 

Seas appears to he increasing (Mansfield. 

1971; Bums. Fers. comm.). The stocks 

in the Spitzbergen area and the Okhotsk 

Sea are nearly extinct, but there have 

been a few sightinzs in these areas in 

recent years. General Biology: 

' Species Statistics-The b o w h e a d 

whale grows to 18 m in length. The color 

is generally black or da.rk or dark gray, marked by some white, generally on the 

chin but sometimes also on the belly. Reproductive Data.-Sexual maturity 

is reached at 11.6 m and 12 2 m in males 

and females. respectively. Mattng prob- ably occurs in early Anril or esrlier. Gestation lasts 12-13 months, with a single calf (3-4.5 m long) born in April-May. The reproductive cycle is apparently 2 

years long. 

Age-Growth Data.-The calf is weaned 

at 6 months. Yearlings are from 6.7 to 

7.9 m long. These whales travel singly, 

in pairs or threes during the spri~g. In 

autumn they are generallv scattered, but 

may occu in groups of up to 50. 

Feeding Habits.-The species feeds 

mainly on euphauslids and other ktffl. 

but occasionally on bottom-dwelling invertebrates. 

Parasites and Diseases.-Bowhead 

v;halcs appear to be remarkably free of 

external and internal parasites. 

Ecological Problem&-The north-slope oil project might alter the Inshore southward migration s3ould fall steamer and 

barge traffic increase to force the whales 

farther offshore. 

Allocation Problems.--Some conflict of - Interest may exist between people who would like comprete protection for bowhead whales and Eskimos who hunt these 

whsles. 

Current Research.-The National Marine Fisheries Servicc contracted with . the University of Southern California to 

gather biological data on bowhead whales 

ir 1973. In the sprjng of 1973 a group of 

scientists from U.S. and Csnadian universities attemnted to record underwater 

sounds of the, howhead whale. The Fisheries Research Board of Canada makes 

annual surveys from plane of bowhead 

whales in Canadian waters. In the spring . 

of 1974 t.he National Marine Fisheries 

Service re-instituted a research program 

on bowhead whales. 

Convention for the Regulation of pal- RZFZB~SCES 

ing siAce 1947, and, subsequently, by the Brelunmer, Fred. 1971. TKhalers of the north. 

Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972 Beaver. 302(3) :M5. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 12, 1976 
NOTICES 

Davldson. Art. No date. Esklmo hunting of ~o~ulation is hcertsin at the oresent 

bowhead whales. Rural Alaska Comm. Ac- iGe, but it appars to be nearly extinct. 

tlon Program. Anchorage. AK. 37 p. 

Fiscus, Clifford H.. and Wllliam M. Marquette. General Biology.-The gray whale is 

1975. National Marine Flsherles Bsrrfcs identified by Its gray '*Or and 

fleld studles relatlng t3 the bowhead whale low hump In place Of adorsal It feeds 

harvest in Alaska, 1974. National Marlne on benthic amphipods and other benthic 

Flsheries Service, Northwest Flsheries Cen- invertebrates op the summedng grounds, ter. Seattle. Washington. 98112, 23 pp. and fasts during migrations and on win- ' 

(Processed.) 

Mansfleld. A. W. 1971. Occurrence of the bowhead or Greenland rlght whale (Balaena 

mysticetus) In Canadlan arctic watam. 

J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28:1873-1875. 

Mansfleld, A. W., D, E. Sergeant, and T. 0. 

Smlth. 1975. Marine mammal research in 

the Canadian Arctlc. Dept. of the Environ., 

Fish. and Mar. Serv.. Tech. Rep. No. 507:23 

PP. 

Eiaher. W. J.. and N. J. Willmovsky. 1963. Annual catch of bowheail whales by Esklmca 

at Pt. Barrow. Alaska. 1928-1980. J. Mammal. 44: 16-20. 

Ross. W. 0.. 1974. Distribution, &ration. 

and depletion of bowhead whales ln Hud- son Bay. 1860-1916. Arct. Alp. Res. 6 (1) : 85-98. .- -- 

Bcammon. C. M. 1874. Marlne mammals of the 

northwestern coast of North America: together wIth an account of the American 

whale flshery. Jr H. Carmany and Co.. $an 

Franclsco. 319 p. 

Sonnefeld, J. 1960. Changes In an Eskimo 

hunting technolow. an introduction to 

lmplement geography. Ass. Amer. Geogr. 

Ann. 50(2) :172. 

Tomllin. A. G. 1957. Zveril SSSR 1 prllezhashchikh stran. Tom 9. Kitoobraznye. (Mammals of the USSR and adjacent countries. 

Vol. IX Cetacea.) Moscow. Akad. Nauk. 

SSSR, 756 p. (Rnnsl. by IPST. Jerusalem. 

1967, xxli plus 717 p.) 

GRAY WHALE 

Distribution and Migratfon.-The gray whale Is now restricted to the'North PaciAc Ocean, although it once occurred in 

the North Atlantic Ocean. 

Two geographically isolated popula- tions are recognized: (1) the eastern 

Paciflc ("California") stock; which 

spends the summer in the Chukchl, weitern Beaufort. and northern Bering Seas 

(and iarely along the coast as far south as central Californla), and migrates to 

the west coast of Baja California and the 

southern GuL" of California for the winter; and (2) th? western Pacific Ocean 

("Korean") stock, which spends the summer in the northern Sea of Okhotsk and 

migrates to the southern coast of Korea 

for the winter. 

Abundance and Trends.-Eastem 

North PacVlc Ocean--contrary to earlier published estimates. the original population was almost certainly less than 

15.000 (Henderson, 1972). During the 

late 18th and earlier 19th centuries the 

population was greatly reCuced. Since 

complete protection was given the stock 

in 1947, the population ilas increased to 

about 11.000 and has remained stable 

since 1967 (Rice and Wolman. 1971). An 

average of about 160 gray whales are 

killed each year in a subsistence Ashery 

on the 'Chukotskl Peninsula of Siberia. 

In Alaska, no more than 5 per year have 

been taken by Eskimos in recent years. Western North Paciflc Ocean-in 1910, 

the population rrobsbly numbered bet&-een 1.000 and 1,500. The status of this 

tering grounds. Sexual maturity is attained at an age of 5 to 11 years, at a 

mean body length of 11.0 m for ma]& 

and 11.5 m for females. The mating season is in late November and early December while the animals are on their southward migration. The calf is born following a 13-month gestation period after 

the pregnant females have arrived in 

certain shallow lagoons on the west coast 

of Baja California. The female bears a 

calf only once every 2 or more years. The 

calves average about 5.0 m long at birth 

and are weaned 7 months later when 

they are about 8 0 m long. Ecolooical Problems.-The arav whale 

is now taluable as a tourist atkction, 

and it supports a rapidly increasing cruise-boat industry. including 4/2-ctay cruises off 6an Mego and Los Angeles. and week-long cruises from these ports 

to Scammons Lagoon. These activities have generated a prob- lem of increasin~ hawment of the 

whales. In 1972, the Mexican Government declared Scammons L.agoon a 

whale refuge, so the activities of the 

cruise boats are now partly regulated. Allgcation problems.-None known. 

Current Research.--Studies on gray whales are beins conducted by the National Marine Fisheries Service and the 

Soviet Union's Far Eastern Institute of 

Marine Fisheries and Oceanography. 

REmumns 

Evans. W. E. (ed.) . 1974. The Cellfornia gray 

whale. Mar. Flsh Rev.. 36(4) :la. 

Henderson. D. A. 3972. Men 8nd whale8 at 

Scammon's Lagoon. Dawson's Book Shop. 

Los Angeles, 313 p. . Rlce, D. W., and A. A. Wolman. 1971. Life 

hlstory and ecology of the gray whale 

(Eschrfchtius robustw). Amer. Soc. Mammal. Spec. Publ. 3:l-142. 

Wolman. A. A.. and A. J. Wilson. Jr. 1970. Occurrence of pestlcldes In whales. Pest. 

Monlt. J.. 4(1) :8-10. . 

MIUKE WHALE 

(Balaenoptera acutorostrata) 

Dfstrfbutfon and Mfgratfon.-The minke whale inhabits all oceans of the 

world, except in equatorial regions, and 

ranges Into the polar pack ice zones in 

the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. It makes extensive seasonal migrations between high-latitude summering grounds and low-latitude wintering grounds. 

At least three geographicaUy isolated 

populations are recognized, one in the 

North Pacific Ocean, another in the 

North Atlantic Ocean, and a third in the 

6outhern Hemisphere. The afanfties of 

the minke whale stocks in the northern 

Indian Ocean are unhown. 

In the eastern North Pacific Ocean, 

the minke whale ranges from the 

Chukchl Sea south to northern Bsja 

California during the summer, and from 

** - 

3- 

30177 

central Californla south to within 2 

deg~ees of the equator during the winter. 

In the western North Atlantic Ocean. 

it ranges from BallSn Bay south to 

Chesapeake Bay during the summer, and 

from the eastern Gulf of Mexico and 

northeastern Florida south at least to the 

Bahamas during the ,winter. 

Abundance and Trends.-The exploit- able population in the Southern Hemisphere originally numbered about 140 

thousand. and currently numbers about 

122 thousand. For the North Atlantic 

there is no estimate of the original population, but the present population is 

about 80 thousrmd. No estimates are 

available for the North Psclftc. - 

The minke whale has long been an important spedes in the "small whale" 

fisheries of the world. In 1974:catches 

were over 10,875, distributed as follbws: 

~orth, Atlantic ..................... I. 966 

Japan -------------

372 

... Korea .............................. ('1 

Brazll .............................. 765 

Wect Africa --------,-------

2 

South Airica-------------------- 117 

Antarctlc ............................. 7.713 

General Bio1ogv.-The minlre whale is 

the smallest member of the genus Bdaenoptera, not exceeding 10 m in length 

In the Northern Hemisphere. The northem animals are distinguished by a white 

band on the fflpper; individuals from the 

Southern Hemisphere average about a 

meter longer, and usually lack the white 

flipper band. The mlnke whale feeds 

mainly on ~uphausiids, but also takes 

some small Ashes. In the Northern Hemisphere, it attains sexual maturity at an 

age of 7 to 8 years and an average body length of 7.0 an in males and 7.9 m in 

females. The female bears a calf only 

once every 2 years (rather than annually. as once believed). During the summer, 

pregnant females migrate to much 

higher latitudes than do the lactating and immature females. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Prob1etn.t.-None known. 

Current Research.-Research on 

minke whales is being conducted by the 

Japanese Far Seas Fisheries Research 

Laboratory, the South African Divislon 

of Sea. Fisheries. and the Norwegian 

State Institute for Whale Research. 

Rz:PERENCLS 

Jonsgard, A. 1951. Studies on the little plked 

whale or mlnke whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata. Lacepede). Norsk Hval- 

- 

fangst-lld. 40(6) : 209-232 

1962. Populntlon studles on the mlnke 

whale. Babenoptera acutmostrata Lacepede, p. 158-167 In LeCren, E. D.. and M. W. 

Holdgate (eds.) . The exploltatlon of natural anlmal populations. Blackwell Sci. 

Publ.. Oxford. 

Mltchdl. E., and V. M. Kozlki. 1976. Supplementary information on mlnke whale 

(Balaenoptcra acutmostrata) from Newfounqland fishery. J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Cen. 

32: 986-994. 

Ohsuml. 8.. and Y. Masakl. 1975. Blological 

parameters of the Antarctlc mlnke whale 

at the virgtnal populatlon level. J. Pish. 

W. Bd. Can. 32: 996-1004. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 . 
NOTICES 

Ohsuml, 5.. Y. Masakl. and A. Kawamura. 

1970. Stocks of the Antarctic mlnke whale. 

Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 23: 75-126. 

Omura, H.. and H. Saklura. 1956. Studies on the little plked whale from the coast of 

Japan. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst.. 11: 1- 

39. 

kergeant. D. 1963. Mlnke whales. Baloenoptera acuto~ostrata Lacepede, of the western 

- North Atlantic. J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Can. 20: 

1489-1 504. 

Wllllamson. 0. R. 1975. Minke whales off 

Brazil. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 27:37- 

69. 

BUYDE's WEZALE 

(Balaenoptera edeni) 

Distribution and Migration.-The Bryde's whale 1s found In tropical and 

warm temperate coastal waters around 

the world. In the westcrn Atlantic Ocean, 

It ranges from the Gulf of Mexlco south 

to Cabo F'rjo. Brazil, 2nd in the eastern 

Atlantic Ocean from Morocco south to 

the Cape of Good ITope. In the Indian 

Ocean, it ranges from the Cape of Good 

Hope north to the Persion Gulf, east to 

the Gulf of Martaban. Burma, and 

thence south to Shark Bay, Western Australia. In the western Pacific Ocean. 

it is distributed from northern Hokkaido, Japan. south to Victoria. Australia, and North Island. New Zealand, fn 

the eastern Pacific Ocean, it ranges from 

central Baja California, Mexico, south 

to Iqulque, Chile. 

At least some of the temperate me popuktlons (Japan, South Africa) make 

limited .seasonal migrations. The tropl- cal populatlons may be sedentary. 

Ahndame and Trends.-The population in the western Paciflc, north of 30- 

lat., numbers between 20.000 and 30,000. 

and has not yet been significantly reduced by whaling (Ohsumi, 1974). NO 

estimates are available of population sizes elsewhere in the world The Bryde's whale has been of minor importance in 

the modem whaling Industry. Until recently, only a few of these anlmals were 

taken by shore stations in Japan, South 

Africa, and rarely elsewhere. Since 1970, 

however. increasing numbers have been harvested by pelagic expenditlons in the 

western North PacMc Ocean, as these 

expeditions have shifted operations more 

to the south. 

In 1974. 1,363 were Billed there-1,116 

by Japanese and Soviet pelagic expedi- tions, and 187 by Japanese shore st,- 

tlons. The only ones reported taken in 

the Southern Hemisphere were nine 

taken by the shore station at Durban, 

South Africa. However, lt is belleved that 

most of the 449 "sei" whales taken by the 

.combination catcher-boat/factory-ship 

Sierra (registered in Somalia) off Angola were actually Bryde's whales. 

General Biolm.-The Bnde's whale 

is very similar in appearance to the sei 

whale, and the two species were formerly 

confused. The Bryde's whale is sllghtly 

smaller-usually less than 13.5 m long; 

its throat grooves extend posteriorly beyond the umbilicus, and it has a pair of 

lateral ridges on top of Its sllout. one on 

each side of the median ridge. The fringe 

on its baleen plates is much coarser 

than than of the sei whale. It feeds 

mainly on small schooling Ashes. and 

also takes some euphausiids and other 

crustaceans. Males attain sexual maturity at an average length of 12.2 m and 

females at 12.5 m. The mating end calving season is usually during the winter. 

but in some areas-South Africa, for 

example, they breed year-round. .me 

gestation period is about 1 year. The 

female does not bear a calf 2 years in 

succe-tsion. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Currmt Research.-Research on the 

Brsde's whale fs being conducted by the 

South African Divisicn of Sea Fisheries 

and the Japanese Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratmy. 

Mead. J. 0. 1074. Record of sel anWBryde.8 

whale from the Atlantic coast of the 

United States, the Gulf of Mexlco, and the 

Caribbean. Unpubllshcd report submitted 

to Sclentlflc Commlttee, Internatlanal 

Whallng Commlsslon. 

Ohsuml. S. 1974. Bryde's whaie in the pelaglc 

whallng ground of the North Pacltic. Unpublished report submitted to Sclenttflc 

Commlttee. International Whaling Commission. 

Ohsuml, 8, Y. Shlmadzu. and T. Dol. 1971. 

The seventh memorandum on the results 

of Japnnese stock assersment of whales In 

the North Pactflc. Rep. Int. Comm. 

Whallng. 21 :76-89. 

Omura. H. 1969. Bryde's whale from the coast 

of Japan. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 

- 

14:1-33. 

1982. Further 4nformatfon on Brvde's 

*- - >" -. - - .-. - -. -- - - . . 

Ocean 'Ori~inpl Crlrrrnc 

POp~lal~on popnlatlon 

North Atlanrlc ..-.-....-.- (1) 

North Pncifie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42. OM) . (I) 9.030 

Southem Own.. . . .-....- 162.000 R!b. 000 

Inclusion of sexually immature whales 

would increase these estimates by roughly 50 percent. The sei whale is the 

second most valuable baleen whale, and 

populations appear to be near the level 

of maximum sustainable yield. Catches 

of sei whales in recent seasons have 

been : --- -- -- 

Southern 6onlhern 

Season North Norlh oceans land 

Pacific Albtic fsluth of stallons 4v 8.) ' 8 

I Sobbthrrn nrrmns entches nrp for the seasons 1869-70. 

1giii-i1.1Gn-i2,1372-73. reswtivcly. 2 Does not include 490 takm In 8mlh Atlantic Ocean 

by n pirate combined eatehtrlfactory vessel. 3 No information from Braz~l and Chble in 1'363. 4 Uo data frornSmin. Azores. or Madeira 

No data lrom Chile. 

~&eral Biology.-The species resem- bles the fin whale but is slightly smaller, 

wlth less white underneath, and a large dorsal fm. In the far north of the northern hemisphere it feeds mostly on cope- pods. The diet is much more varied in 

lower latitudes-lncluding euphausiids. copepods. sauries, anchovies, herring. sardines. and jack mackerel. Sel whales 

whaXe from the coast of Japan. Bcl. ke~. u.Nallr kvel small wds of 2-5. They 

- 

Whales Res. Inst. 16 :7-18. 

1W. BrydeS whale In the northwest 

PecIfic. p. 70-70. In K. 8. Norrls.(edltor), 

Whales, dolphlns, and porpoises. Unlr. of 

Calliornla Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

SEX WHALE 

~ ~.- ~~- 

attain sexual maturity at 612 years Of 

age. at a body length of about 13.1 m (males) and 13.7 m (females). Females 

bear calves every 2 or 3 years. The matfng and calving season occurs in Wnter 

in the respective hemispheres. Gestation 

(Balaenoptenz borealis) lasts 1 year, and the calf is weaned when 

about 7 months old. Distribution anti Yipruffon.-The sel Seven percent of the sei whales taken whale is nearly worldwide in distribution. off ~~l~f~~nf~ have been infected with a 

In the eastern North PacLflc. it Sunmers unique disesse that causes progressive from California t0 the Gulf of Alaska shedding of the baleen plates md their 

and Aleutian Islands: in the North At- replacement by an abnormal papilloma- lantic. from New England and the likegrowth. 

British Isles to the Arctic Ocean. It ~~~l~*~~l problemf.-~one hewn. 

winters at low altitudes. In the Southern ~ll~~~ti~~ problem--~one Hemisphere this species summers in all cwe,t &search.-The National Maoceans from 30"s latitude rine Fisheries Service is conducting popand in winter lt is general& ulation and biological studies of this spe- of 40'5 latitude. cies. Other organizations carrying out re- Abundance and Trends.-Information search on this species are the Japanese in thk section is from the annual reports of the lnternatlonal Whaling Commfs- Whale Research Institute and Japanese 

sion and from recent re~orts of the Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory 

Bureau of International Whaling Statlstics. The number of sexually mature anlmaIs originally numbered about 204 

thousand (excluding the North Atlantic. 

for which no estimates are available). 

and has now been reduced to about 98 

thousand, distributed my major ocean 

areas as follows: 

(North Pacific and Antarctic). Fisheries 

Research Board of Canada (North Atlantic), Norwegian State Institute for 

Whale Research tAntarctlc). South African Division of Sea Msheries (South 

Africa), and Soviet All-Union Research 

Institute of Marine Fisheries and Ocean-j 

0pra~hY. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
Bannister, J. L.. and K Gumbell. 1066. The 

succession and abundance of fln, sel. and 

other whales off Durban Nor& Hvalfangst 

Tld.. M(3) :4M. 

Gambell. R. 1968. Seasonal cycles and reproductlon In sel whales of the SouthernHemkphere. Disc. Rep. 35:31-134. 

Internatlonal CommlssiOn on Whallng. 1973. 

Twenty-thM report of the Commission. 

1972. Twenty-second report of the Comm. 

Mumov, 5. 11. 1961. Plangton and the feeding of the whalebone whalea (Mpstsoocetl). Geiken Tsushln. 129(1962) 11-22. 

Matthem, L. H. 1938. The sei whale, BaZaenoptera borealis. Dlsc. Rep. 17: 183-290. 

Omura. H.. and T. Nemoto. 1955. Sel whales 

tn the adjacent waters of Japan. Sci. Rep. 

Whales Res. Inst. 10:74-87. 

BLUE WHALE 

(Balaenoptera musculus) . Distribution and Migration.-The blue 

whale is found throughout all oceans from the equator to the polar pack ice zones in the Northern and Southern 

Hemispheres. It makes seasonal migrations between rather restricted high-lati- tude summering grounds and low-latitude wintering grounds. 

At least three geographically isolated populations are recognized, one in the 

North Pacific Ocean, another in the 

North Atlantic Ocean, and a third in the 

Squthern Hemisphere. Each population 

is probably comprised of several more or less discrete stocks. The "pygmy blue 

whale" of the southern Indian Ocean is 

morphologically distinct from the stocks 

which spend the summer in Antarctic 

waters. The sfiinities of the blue whale 

populations in the Arabian Sea and Bay 

of Bengal are unknown. 

In the eastern North Pacific Ocean. 

blue whales range from the Aleutian Islands and Gulf of Alaska south to cen- tral California during the summer, and 

from central Baja California south to 

within 8 degrees of the equator during 

the winter. 

In the western North Atlantic Ocean,. 

they range from Davis Strait south to 

the Gulf of St. Lawrence during the 

surpmer and spend the winter in the wa- ters east of the West Indies. 

Abundace and Trends.-During the 

first half of the 20th century, the blue 

whale was one of the most important 

cetaceans to the whaling industry, but it 

is now so rare that it will require proba- bly half a century of complete protection 

to restore the stocks to a significant level. 

In the North Pacific Ocean the popula- tion. which once numbered about 5,000. now contains about 1,700 individuals 

(Wada. 1975). This species apparently has been slowly increasing since 1966, the 

year it was first given complete protec- tion. 

The population in the western North 

Atlantic (off eastern Canada), which 

originally numbered about 1,100 (Allen. 

1970). now numbers only a few hundred. 

Estimates of the eastern North Atlantic 

Population have not been made. 

The Southern Hemisphere population 

o%balb numbered about 200.000 

(Chapman, Allen, and Holt, 1964) but 

was severely depleted before complete 

protection was given the stock in 1965. 

The present Population Is estimated at 

about 9,000, half of which are pygmy blue 

whales (Msaki. 1975). 

General BioZogy.-The blue whale is 

the largest mammal that ever lived on earth, reaching a known length of 29 m and a weight of 136 tons. It is distinguished from the fin whale by its mottled 

blue-gray color dorsally and ventrally, its smaller dorsal fin, its broad flat snout. 

and its back baleen plates. Blue whales 

feed exclusively on euphausiids during the summer and fast during the winter. 

They become sexually mature at an aver- age age of about 10 years, when males 

of the Antarctic stocks averages 22.5 m and females 24.0 m; whereas the "pygmy blue whales" of the southern Indian 

Ocean average about 2 m less in length. Every 2 or 3 years during the winter the 

winter months the female gives birth to a calf after a 12-month gestation period. 

At birth the calf is about 7 m long: when 

weaned 8 months later it is about 15 m long. EcoZopicd Prob1m.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.--Observers aboartl 

whaling and research vessels record 

sightings of blue whales and routinely 

report them to the International Whrtling Commission. 

REF~RENCE~ 

Allen, K. R. 1970. A note on baleen whale 

stocks of the northwest Atlantlc. Rep. 

Int. Cumm. Whaling. 20:112-113. 

Chapman. D. G.. K. R. Alien. and S. J. Holt. 

1964. Reports of the Commlttee of Three 

Sclentlsts on the speclal scientific lnvestigatlon of the Antarctic whale stocks Rep. 

Int. Comm. Whaling, 14332-106. 

Gulland. John. 1972. Puture of the blue 

whale. New Sclentist, 27 April, p. 198-199. 

Jonsgard. A. 1955. The stocks of blue whales 

(Balaenoptera musculus) In the North 

Atlantlc Ocean and adjacent Arctic waters. 

Norsk Hvalfanst-Tid. 44(9) :506-519. 

Macklntosh. N. A,, and J. F. G. Wheeler. 1929. 

Eouthern blue and tin whales. Dlsc. Rep. 

1 :257-640.16 pl8.167 5gs. 

Masakl. Y. 1975. Japanese pelaglc whallng 

and slghtlng In the Antarctic. 1974/75. 

Unpubllshed report submltted to Sclenti5c Committee, Internatlonal Whaling 

Cornmlsslon. 

Ohsuml. S.. and S. Wada. 1972. Stock assessment of blue whales In the North Pacific 

Unpubllshed report submltted to Sclentlfic 

Commlttee. Internatlonal Whallng Commlsslon. 

Wada. S. 1975. Indlces of abundance of largeslzed whales in the North Pacl6c In 1974 

whaHng season. Unpubllshed report submitted to Sclentlfic Commlttee. Internatlonal Whallng Commlsslon. 

rim WHALE 

t Balaenoptera ghysalus~ 

Distribution and Migration.-The fin 

whale is worldwide in distribution. In the 

eastern North Pacific it summers from 

California into the Chukchi Sea, and in 

the North Atlantic from Cape Cod and 

Spain illto the Arctic Ocean. The fin 

whale migrates to more southern latitudes in minter. In the Southern Hemisphere it is generally found at latitude 

47"-6p zouth-in summer and from 20"- 

40" south in winter. 

Abundance and Trends.-Information 

in this cectionis from the annual reports of the International Whaling Commission and from the report of the Bureau 

of International Whaling Statistics. Sandefjord. The stocks available for 

commercial hzrvest originally numbered 

about 470 thousand, but have now been 

reduced to about 107 thousand. These are distributed by major ocean areas as follows : 

Nonh Altantic.. . . . .. . .. .. . 25.000 10,000 

North Pacific. . . . . . . . . . . . . - 44.000 17.00(1 

Sout hem Ocean.. . . . . . . . . . . 400,000 8(3 0(V 

Inclusion of immature whales shorter 

than the legal length limit would in- crease these estimates by roughly 50 per- cent. Recent catches from the stocks . have been : 

Norlh N~q Boutbern Boutheru 

Smso~r Pacific Allanllc oeeans 1 land 

rtPcions 5 - 

I Soul ))ern ocean cntehe, ere for Ue swns 1969-70, 

lhrough 1974-75. 1 No infomlion from Brsrll and Chile. 2 No data Lrom Spain. W67. or Madeira 

The An whale is commercially the most 

valuable baleen whale. Stocks in the 

North-Paciffc and southern oceans are below maximum sustainable yield levds. 

GewaI Biology.-This species is sec- ond in size only to the blue whale; in 

the Northern Hemisphere it grows to at 

least 23.2 m and Is distinguished by a gray back, white belly, and well-developed dorsal fin. Fin whales feed mostly on euphausiids. but often eat fishespecially anchovies in the North Paclfic 

and copelin in the North Atlantic. 

They usually travel in small pods of 2 

to 5 animals. Mn whales are sexually 

mature at 6-12 years, and at a body length of about 17.7 m (males) and 18.3 m (females). Females bear claves every 2 to 3 years. The mating and calving season occurs in winter in respective hemispheres. Gestation lasts 1 year and 

the calf is weaned at a.bout age 7 months 

Ecological Prob1as.-None known. 

Allocation Problem.-None known. 

Current Research.-The National Marine Fisheries Service is conducting popu- lation and biological studies of this 

species. Other organizations carrying out research on this species are the Japanese Whsles Research Institute and Japanese 

Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory 

(North Pacific and Antarctic). Fisheries 

Re~earch Board of Canada (North Atlantic), British National Institute of 

Oceanography (South Africa and Antarctic), South African Division of Sea 

Fisheries (South Africa), and Sovlet AllFEDERAL REGtSTEP. VCL. 5;. NO. I42.-THURSD.'3Y. JULY 12. 1976 
NOTICES 

t'nlon Research Institute of Marine 

Fisheries and Oceanogfaphy (North Paciflc and Antarctic). . 

R-mas 

1 :I Lernational Commislon on Whaling. 1973. 

Twenty-thkd report of the Commlsalon. -- 1973. Twenty-second report of the 

Commlsslon. 

Jonsgard. A. 1968. Blology of the North Atlantlc fln whale Balaenoptwa physalw 

(L.) : taxonomy, dbtributlon. mlgmtlon 

and food. Hvalradets Skr. 49:l-62. 

iaws. R. M. 1961. Reproductlon, growth 

and age of southern fln whales. Dlsc. Rep. 

31 :327486. 

5Iackintosh. N. A., and J. F. G. Wheeler. 

1929. Sowthern blue and fin whales. DISC. 

Rep. 1 :257-540. 

XIitchell. Edward. 1975. Present status of 

Northwest Atlantlc fln and other whale 

stocks. pp. 108-169. In W. E. Schevilt (edltor) The Whale Problem. Harvard Unlv. 

Press. Cambttdge. Ma=. 

Ohsuml, 5.; M. Nbhlwaki. and T. Hlblya. 

1958. Growth of fln whale In the northern 

Paciflc. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. '13:97- 

133. . 

HUMPBACK WHALE , 

(Megaptera ndvaeangliue) 

Distribution and Migration.-The 

humpback whale is found in almost all 

oceans from tropical waters to the edge of, but not into, the polar pack ice zones in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. It makes extensive seasonal 

migrations between higher lltitude summering grounds and low-latitude wintering grounds-the latter along continental coasts or around islands. 

Three geographically isolated popula- tions are recognized, one in the North 

Paciflc Ocean, another in the North Atlantic Ocean, and a third in the Southern 

Hemisphere. Each population is comprised of several almost entirely discrete 

stocks. 

In the eastern North Pacific Ocean. the 

humpback whale ranges from the 

Chukchi Sea south to southern California during the summer. and from 

southern California south to the Islas 

Revillagigedo and Jalisco; Mexico, and 

also around the Hawaiian Islands, during the winter. 

In' the western North Atlantic Ocean 

it ranges from Disco Bay in western 

Greenland south to Massachusetts during the summer, and from Hispaniola and 

Puerto Rico south to Trinidad during the 

winter. 

Abundance and Trends.-s he hump- back whale was important, especially to 

shore stations. durinq the Prst half of 

the 20th century. Now, however, this 

mammal is so scarce that it will require a half century of complete protection for it to increase to a significant level. A 

!ew are killed in subsistence fisheries in 

Greenland, the Lesser Antilles, and the 

Tonga Islands. It has a minor value as a 

tourist attraction in Hawaii and southewtein Alaska. The original population size of the North Pacific Ocesn is unkuown. but is now severely depleted to 

*bout 2.500 individuals (Wada. 1975). A 

.>unmer resident.ponulation of about 60 

afiirnals occupies the inside waters of 

Southeastern Alaska. The population has 

apparently not increased since complete protection was given the species in 1966. 

The original population size of the 

North Atlantic Ocean Lr unknown and 

the western North Atlantic Ocean stock 

is now reduced to about 1.000 animals 

(Winn, Edel, and Taruskl. 1975). A small 

increase may have occurred in recent 

years. Estimates of the eastern North 

Atlantic Ocean population have not been 

made. 

The original population of the Southern Hemisnhere. which probably numbered about 100.000, now contains about 

2.500 individuals (Masaki, 1975). The 

stock has apparently not increased since 

comnlete protection was given the species 

in 1964. 

General Biology.-The humpback whale is much more heavily bodied than 

members of the genus Balaenoptera, and 

is characterized by its extremely long flippers. It feeds mainly on euphausiids, but also eats anchovies and sardines 

wh~n aarrilable. The species attains sexuql maturity at an age of 6 to 12 years, when males averace 11.6 m long and 

females 11.9 m. The matine; and caldng 

season is from October to March in the 

Northern Hemisphere. and Aprll to Sep- tember in the Southern Hemisphgre. The 

gestation period Is 12 to 13 months and 

the calf nurses for about 11 months. The 

female rarely bears a calf 2 years in succession. 

The humpback whale, is heavily infested with three speci-s of ectocommensal barnacles and with whale lice. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None at prdent. 

Current Research.--Observers aboard 

research vessels and foreign whaling 

ships record sightings of humpback 

whales and routinely report them to the 

International Whaling Commission. The 

National Marine F'isherfes Service is conducting research on the summer grounds 

in southeastern Alaska and the winter 

mounds around the Hawaiian Islands. 

nllen. K. R. 1970. A note on baleen whale 

stocks of the Northwest Atlantlc. Rep. Int. 

Comm. Whallna. 20: 112-133. 

Chapman. D. O. Tn press. Stntus of research 

and baleen whale stocks in the Antarctlc. 

Presente3 at JBP Conference on the Bloloey of Whales. Luray. Vlrginla. June 1971. 

Chittleborough. R. G. 1965. Dynamlcs Of two populatlons of the humpback whale. 

Megaptera novaeanglfne (Borowski) . Austr. 

J. Mar. Reshw. Res. 16: 33-128. 

hlasaki, Y. 1975. Japanese pelagic whaling 

and sighting in the Antarctic. 1Q74!75. 

Unpublished report submitted to Scientlfic 

Committee. International Commission. 

Nlshlwaki. M. 1959. Humpback whales in 

Ryukyuan waters. Scl. Rep. Whales Res 

Illst.. 14:49-87. 

Wada. S. 1975. Indices of abundance of largesized whales in the North Pacific in 1974 

whaling season. Unpublished report submitted to Scientlflc Commlttee, Internfttlonal Whaling Commlsslon. 

Winn. H. E.. R. K. E9e1, and A. G. Taruskl. 

1975. Populatlon esthnate of the humpback 

whale (Megaptera novaeangliae) in the 

West Indies by vlsual and acoustlc means. 

J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 32:499-506. 

*? - >" 

ROUGH-TOOTHED DOLPHIN 

(Steno bredamis) 

Dfstribution and Mivation.-The 

rough-toothed dol~hin inhabits tro~ical 

and warm temperate seas. R rang& in 

the western Atlantic Ocean from Virginia south. In the North Paciflc Ocean 

it ranges north to southern Japan (35" 

N) where it Is rare, and to the Hawaiian 

Islsnds where it is fairly common. It is 

known In the eastern Pacific from standings near San Francisco and in the Galapagos Islands, and from several records 

in the tropical tuna fishery where it 

occasionally is captured together with 

bottlenosed. spotted, and spinner dolphins. Abundance and Trends.-The rough- toothed dolpi~in h uncommon but not 

rare thr~ughout most of its range. It 19 

caught infrequently in the Japanese dolphin flshery (Ohsumi, 1972). 

Gkneral Bidogy : 

Age-Growth Data.-This dolphin 

grows to about 2.4 m. 

Feeding Habits.-Very little is known 

about feeding habits of this species. The 

stomachs of specimens captured in the 

tuna fishery contained remains of Ash 

and squid. Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-Rough-toothed dolphins are occasionally trapped acCidentally in commercial Ashhg gear. In 

this way, a small number are lost in the 

eastern Pacific international tuna seine 

fishery. 

Current Research.-The Oceanic Institute in Hawaii is studying this species in the wild and had a Steno-Tursfops hybrid in captivity. Specimens retrieved from the incidental kill in the eastern 

Pacific international tuna fishery are examined at the Southwest Fisheries Center. La Jolla. California. 

Dohl. T. P.. K. S. Norrls, and I Klng. 1974. 

A porpoise hybrld: Tlrrsiops r Steno. J. 

Mamm. 55(1) :ZIT-221. 

NOAA. 1972. Observation on the status of 

stocks and a recommended program to reduce the Incidental klll of porpolse taken 

in the eastern troplcal Paciflc tuna selne 

flshery. Report of the NOM Tuna-Porpolse 

Revlew Committee. 63 p. 

Norrk. K. S.. and J. H. Prescott. 1981. Observatlons on Paciflc cetaceans of Callfornia and Mexican waters. Unlv. of Calif. 

Publlcatlons in Zoology. Univ. of Calif. 

he.??.. Berkeley and Los Angeles. 63:4.291- 

402. pl. 2741. 12 flgs. in text. Ohsuml. 9. 1972. Catch of mnrlne mammals. 

ma1111y of small cetaceans by local fisheries 

along the coast of Japan. Bull. of Far Sea8 

Fish. Res. Lab. No. 7: 137-166. 

Perria. W. F.. and W. A. Walker. (In press). 

The rough-toothed porpoise. Steno bedonemis, in the eastern tropical PacLflc. 

J. Mammalogy. 

Pryor, K. W.. R. Haag, and J. O'Reilly. 1969. 

The creatlve porpolse: tralnlng for novel 

behavior. J. Exp. Anal. Behav. 12(4) :66SBOTTLENOSED DOLPHIN 

Distribution and Migration.-The bottlenosed dolphin is widely distributed in 

FEDERAL REGISTER. VOl. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22. 1976 
NOTICES 30181 

temperate and tropical waters. but strays into much colder latitudes. In the western North Atlantic, it ranges at least as 

far north as Nova Scotia and southern 

Greenland but is best known from New 

England southward to Florida, westward 

throughout the Gulf of Mexico and 

thence throughout the West Indies and 

Caribbean to Venezuela. Frcm about 

North Carolina northward this species begins to distribute offshore, and southward its members are nearshore. riverine 

and estuarine with far fewer distributed 

to the edge of the Continental Shelf. In 

the eastern Atlantic, it is found frcm the 

northeast Scandinavian coast to South, 

Africa. In the eastern north PaciAc it infrequently occurs in offshore currents. 

perhaps as far north as southern Oregon, hut is far more common south of Point 

Conception, where individuals may be 

encountered primarily within the coastal 

zone but also less frequently on the continental slope and beyond. The species is 

probably continuous to central Chile. In 

the western Pacific, it is found north to 

Japan and south to Australia and New 

Zealand. Its Pacific range includes the 

Hawaiian Islands, where it is said to be 

common. Nominal species have been 

named from the tropical IndoPacific (T. 

adunctls) , and the northern Gulf of California and waters along the west coast 

of Baja California and southern California (T. gilli) . The geographical ranges and characters delimiting these named 

forms are still poorly deflned. The Small 

Cetaceans Subcommittee of the International Whaling Commission, commented on the taxonomy of Tursiops, as 

follows: "The necessary taxonomic work 

has not yet been done. it seems likely that 

there is only one species of Tursiops, with 

sharply-defined geographical races vary- ing in body size and tooth size and distributed differentially relative to sea temperature and depth. There is great need 

to gather materials that will anow deflnitive examination of the nominal species T. adunm. T. gilli, and T. nunanu, and 

materials from as many other popula- tions as possible. These rames are currently used by some workers." Subjective impressions and limited data from regional surveys and radio and static tag- ging programs suggest that populations 

are localized within about a 100-mile radius and that this species does not make 

long migrations. Bottlenosed dolphins 

are often seen in large loose schools of 

several hundred animals. which appear 

to consist of aggregations of small groups of no more than a dozen individuals. 

Humpback and right whales traveling along the Atlantic coast of Florida and 

pilot whales off the southern California 

coast are almost always accompanied by bottlenosed dolphins. Gray whales along southern and Baja California are also 

frequently accompanied by one or more 

Tursiop~. 

Abundance and Trends-In 1974-1975 

populations from Mobile Bay to western 

Louisiana alone were estimated from 

aerial surveys to number 3.500-10.00~ 

animals (Leatherwood and Evans. 1976). Population estimates currently are not 

available for other areas. 

In North Carolina. from 500 to 1,500 

animals were killed annually during the 

early 20th century (Townsend, 1914). A 

few bottlenosed dolphins are now taken 

for food in small open-boat pilot whale fisheries In the Lesser Antilles (St. Vincent, St. Lucia, Dominica) and some are 

harvested by Venezuelan flshermen. In 

the past, several hundred bottlenosed 

dolphins have been taken each year off 

Florida, Mississippi, and Texas for display in marine aquariums and for research. Based on subjective data it is believed that local populations of the 

southwestern United States are not now 

being significantly affected by these activities (D.K. Caldwell, Fers. comm.) . Small numbers are taken for food off 

Baja, California, and mainland Mexico, 

in the nets of tuna fishermen in the 

eastern tropical Psclfic, and for aquar- ium display in southern California and 

Hawaii. 

General Biology: Reproductive Data-Xestation lasts 

about 1 year, and calves may nurse for 

1.5 to 2 years, although they begin to 

take solid food at age 6 months. Breeding apparently occurs throughout the 

year. but the fact that most of the young 

are born during a certain time of year 

suggests that breedin-, h well as calving, takes place in the spring and summer. 

Age-Growth Data.-Bottlenosed dol- phins are 1.0 m long at birth and grow 

to 3.6 m in length and 650 kg. in weight. Captive animals have become sexually 

mature at 6 years, but recent evidence 

suggests that this species normally breeds at about 12 years. The estimated 

life span for this species is about 25 

years, but it may be longer indicating that natural mortality is low. 

Feeding Habit.?.-Bottienosed dolphins feed on several species of flsh, squid, and 

a few crustaceans. In many areas they 

are catholic in their food selection, seasonally capitalizing upon the most abundant or ~ccessible food species. They frequently feed on the by-products of 

human activity. Ecological Problems.-None known. 

AIIocation Problems.--Some flshermen 

state that bottlenosed dolphins harass 

fishing efforts by biting fish and shrimp 

nets and some attempt to drive them 

away. Bottlenosed dolphins are occasionally trapped accidentany in commercial 

fishing gear. In this way. a small number 

are lost in the eastern Pacific international tuna seine fishery. As indicated 

in the Tursiops truncatw Assessment 

Workshop (Odell. et. al., 1975). the effect on the population of taking these 

animals for display and research off the 

southeast United States requires further study. Current Research.Several agencies and institutions conduct or support research on the bottlenosed dolphin. Included are the Ofece of Naval Research. 

National Institutes of Health, and the 

National Science Foundation. The University of Florida concentrates its research on general life history, intraspecies communication. and ecological 

studies. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife ServIce is Zniu~tliig similar detailed studies 

of the life history of the animals near 

Tampa Bay, Florida. The Florida State 

Museum is studying systematics. Re- search in physiolo,~, echolocation. anatomy, life history and the behavior of 

captive and wild individuals has been 

done at the Naval Undersea Centers in 

San Diego and Hawaii. These laboratories are also assessing numbers and 

viability of regional stocks. Texas A&M 

University is conducting a detailed pop- ulation study of mas Bay. Texas. 

Studies on vision are being carried out 

by scientists from the University of Miami. The Dolfinarium at Hardewijk, Netherlands. has recently conducted 

studies of the physiology and handling of these animals. Specimens retrieved 

from the incidental kill in the eastern 

Pacilic international tuna fishery are 

examined at the Southwest Fisheries 

Cerrter, where studies are underway on 

their systematics, distribution. life hktory, and feeding habits. 

REvntENcEs 

Anderson. Harald T. (ed.) . 1969. The blology 

of marlne mammals. Academlc Press, New 

York. 611 p. 

Caldwell, Devld K.. and Melba C. Caldwell. 

1972. The world of the bottlenosed dolphin. J. B. Llpplncott Co., Phlladelphla. 

167 D. 

~eathkrwood. Stephen. 1976. Aalal assessment of bottlenosed dolphins oU Mkslssip1 and western Louisiana. p. 49-86. In 

Odell. D. K., D. B. Slnltl, and 0. H. Warlng 

ted.). FLnal mort Tursioms truncatus as- 

&&ent worLhop. ~nlv.. Mlaml Contract 

Rep. DM-RSXbAS-75042. 

Leatherwood, Stephen. 1975. Gome ohservatlons of feedlng behavior of bottlenosed 

dolphins (~ursiups truncatus) in the 

northern Gulf of Mexlco and (Tursiops cf 

T. dUf\ OR southern Callfornla. Bala C511- 

forha,'Ld Nagarlt, Mexico. &fa;. FG~. Rev. 

37(9) 10-16. 

Leatherwood, Stephen, and W. E. Evans. 1976. 

The bottlenosed dolphln. Turstops truncatus: a synoptic account of tbe epecles. In 

S. H. Rldgeway. Sam H. and R. Harrlsson 

(ed.). A handbook of marlne mammals of 

the world. New York, Academlc Press (In 

preparation). 

Leatherwood, Stephen. D. K. Caldwen, and 

H. E. Winn. 1976. Whales, dolphlns, and 

porpoises of the western North Atlantic: a guide to thelr ldentlflcation. NOM Tech. 

Rep. NMFS circ. (In prese) . Norrls, Kenneth S. (ed.). 1Q66. Whales, dolphlm, and porpoises Unlv. Callfornla hess. Berkeley. 789 p. 

Odell. D. K.. D. 8. Slnlff. and (3. H. Waring 

(ed.). 1976. Flnal report Tursiops truncatus assessment workshop. Unlv. Mlaml 

Contract Rep. UM-~S-76041 141 p. 

Rldgway. Sam H. (ed.) . 1972. Mammals of the sea: biology and medlclne. Charles C. 

Thomas, Sprlngfleld. Ill. 812 p. 

Sergeant. D. E.. D. K. Caldwell. and M. C, 

Caldwell. 1973. Age. growth. and matwlty 

of bottlenased dolphln ( Tursfops truncatw) from northeast Florida. J. Fish. 

Res. Bd. Canada 80(7) :1009-1011. 

Distribution and Migration.-The 

Rho's dolphln ranges through all temperate and tropical seas. In western 

North America Its northern limit la 

British Columbia, and it is sighted dur- , 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
:;ol$l NOTICES 

rng the winter in central California. In 

th:: eastern United States it ranges from 

Massachusetts south. Strandings in 

Britain are most common during the 

summer. The species probably migrates 

to higher latitudes in the warmer months. 

Abundance and Trends.-Risso's dolr~hin was described in 1894 as "abundant" 

near Monterey Bay. California (Daugherty. A. E.. 1972). Thc species is uncommon but not rare throughout most of its 

range. Over 200 of these animals were 

sighted in one group during 1972 off the 

Washington coast (Fiscus. Unpublished field notes. 1972). 

General Biology.-Risso's dolphin 

mows to 3.6 to 4.0 m. Its skin commonly has long, narrow. white marks believed 

to be scars caused by others of the same 

species. Solitary animals or schools of 12 

or less are generally observed. This 

species is frolicsome, and sometimes leaps clear of the water. Known foods are 

almost exclusively cephalopods. EcoIogical Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-Studies of distribution and abundance in the eastern 

Pacific are currently underway by K. S. 

Norris and a group of co-workers at Univ. 

of Calif.. Santa Cruz, and by J. S. 

Leatherwood of the Naval Undersea 

Center. C. S. Hubbs oi Scripps Institution 

of Oceanography and the Southwest 

Fisheries Center. 

Rsrtarnrrs 

Daugherty. Anita. E. 1972. Marine mammals 

of California. State of Callf. Res. Agency. 

Dept. Fish and Game. 91 pp. 

Orr. R. T. 1966. Rlsso's dolphh on the Paclflc 

coast of North America. J. Mammal 47:341- 

343. 

Tomllln. A. G. 1967. Zverll SSSR 1 prilezhashchlkh stran. Tom 8. Kltoobraznye. 

(Mammals of the USSR and adjacent countries. Vol. IX. Cetacea.) Moscow, Adak. 

Nauk. SSSR. 766 p. (Transl, by EST. 

Jerusalem. 1967. xxli plus 717 p.) 

WHITE-BEAKED DOLPHIN 

(Lagenorhynchug albirostris) 

Distribution and Migration.-The white-beaked dolphin inhabits the coastal waters of the North Atlantic Ocean 

from the Barents Sea and Davis Strait to 

France and Massachusetts. It is most 

common in the North Sea from the east 

coast of the United Kingdom to the Faroe 

Islands, and may winter in the southerly 

parts of the North Atlantic Ocean. It appears in Davis Strait in the spring and 

summer after the beluga and narwhal 

migrate north and leaves in autumn 

sometmes as late as November. It ap- parently ranges farther north into Arctic 

waters than its relative, the .white-sided 

d6lphh. Abundance and Trends.-This species is one of the more abundant of North 

Atlantic toothed whales. Schools of as 

many as 1,500 have been reported from the coast of Norway where it is attracted 

by herring (Fraser, 1949). 

Tomilin (1957) reports schools of 

several hyndred and states that this 

species is taken commercially in Norway. but gives no statistics on the catch. He 

also mentions that it was once take11 

commercially in Davis Strait. Mitchell 

(1975) summarized a small direct ex- ploitation in Newfoundland. 

General BioZopy.-This gregarious species grows to 3.0 m and matures at 

2.0 m or larger; the calves are as long as 

1.2 m when born. The mating period is 

long, but limited to the warmer half of 

th.e year. Most of the calves are born during midsummer. Food is mainly fish such 

as herring, cod, whiting, and capelin, but 

also crustaceans and mollusks such as 

hermit crabs, whelks, and squids. Ecological .Problems.-Strandings of 

schools of up to 30 animals have been 

reported. Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-None. 

Frnser. F. C. 1919. Whales and dolphins. Part 

I1 In J. R. Norman and F. C. F'raser. Field 

book of giant flshes. P. 201349, pls. 6-8. 

G. Putnam's Sons. New York. 

Mitchell. E. 1975. Porpobe; dolphin and small 

whale flsherles of the world status and 

problems. Int. Union Conserv. Nat. Resour., 

Morges Monogr.. 3:l-129. 

Moner Bruyns. Capt. W. F. J. 1971. Field 

Guide of Whales and Dolphins. Amsterdam. UitgeveriJ tor/N. V. Uitgeverlj v.h.c.a. 

mees. p. 258. 

Nlshlwaki. M. 1972. General Biology Chap. 1.. 

p. 1-204. In: Mammals of the sea, Blology 

and medicine. Ed. S. H. Ridgeway. Charles 

Thomss. Sprlngfleld, Ill. 

Tomilin. A. 0. 1957. Zvedi SSR 1 prilahashchikh stran. Tom 9. Kltoobramye. 

(Mammals of the USSR and adjacent countries, Vol. IX. Cetscea.) Mosww, Adak. 

Nauk, SS9R. 756 pp. (Transl. by IPST, 

Jerusalem, 1967. xxilf 717 pp.) 

Van Sree. P. J. H. 1970. Uber Wclsschnauzdelphine (Lagenorhynchw alMrosttts) von 

den deutschen Nordseekusten. Natur. and 

Mwum 100(6) :264-268. 

ATLANTIC WHITE-BIDED DOLPHIN 

(Lagenorhynchus acutus) 

Distribution and Migration.-The Atlantic white-sided dolphin ranges the 

coastal waters of the North Atlantb 

Ocean from the Barents Sea and Davis 

Strait south to France and Cape Cod. 

Abundance and Trends.-The status of 

this species is unknopm. According to 

Tomilin ( 1957). "this dolphin is taken 

only in summer in the waters of Norway: the animals are trapped in the fjords. which they enter .in vast schools puisu- ing herring. The takn may reach 1,500 

individuals at a time." It h sometimes 

taken in association with pilot whales in 

Newfoundland drive flsheries (Sergeant and Fisller. 1957) . General Biology.-This species grows 

to 3.0 m. Gestation is 10 months. The 

young are born mostly in midsummer and 

are about 1.0 m in 1e;lgt.h. The age of a 

1.5 m animal was estimated at 3 years (Sergeant and Fisher, 1957). It feeds 

mostly on squid, pelagic and benthopelagic Ash such as mackerel. salmonids. 

and herring, and some crustaceans and 

molluscs such as Pagum and Buccinum. 

Schools in excess of 1.000 animals have 

been reported while they were feeding; 

groups of 10 to 50 are nonnally seen. 

Ecological Problems.-Stranded schools 

of up to 30 have been reported. 

Allocation ~ro~ek.7~one known.

Current Research.-None. 

REFERENCES 

Sergeant, D. E., and H. D. Ffsher. 1957. The 

smaller cetacea of eastern Canadian waters. 

J. Fish. Res. Board Call., 14:83-115. 

Tomilln, A. G. 1957. Zverll SSR i prilezhashchlkh stran. Tom 9. Kitoobrsznye. (Mammals of the USSR and adjacent countries. . 

Vol. IX Cetacea.) Moscow. Akad. Nauk. 

SSR. 756 p. (Transl. by IPST. Jerufialem. 

1967. x~ll+717 p.) 

Utrecht, W. L. van and A. M. Husson. 1968. 

Strandlngen van Cetacea In het Voorfaar 

van 1967 op de Nederlandse Kusten. Lutra 

10:7-17, pl. 2-4. 

PACIFIC WHITE-SIDED DOLPHIN 

(Lagenorhynchus, obliquidens) 

Distributfon and Migration.-The Pacific white-sided dolphin ranges the 

northern North Pacific from the coast of 

Japan and Baja California northward. It 

is found year-round off California and 

Washington and in Alaska and Kurile 

Islands wnters during the summer. but 

has not been reported from the Bering Sea. It frequents the waters of the continental shelf and slope but on occasion 

has been sighted in large schools in offshore waters. Small numbers, which aR 

"resident" from Point Conception south 

to Cedros Island, appear to be morpho- logically different from northern forms 

(being larger and more robust). These 

resident stocks are supplemented in 

southern CaLifornia and Baja Califori in 

by migrants coming south and inshore 

migrations into Monterey Bay and the 

central California continental shelf also 

apparently occur during mid-winter. 

Abundance and Trends.-Norris and 

Prescott (1961) report the species as common OR southern California in inshore waters in winter and spring and 

offshore in summer and fall. Accordhg 

to sighting reports in the Ales of the National Marine Fisheries Service. Seattle. 

the University of California, Santa Cruz. 

and the Naval Undersea Center. Sa11 

Mego. as reported by Pike and MacAskie 

(1969). this species may be the most 

abundant dolphin north of southern California. No estimate of the size of the 

population along the west coast of North 

America has been made. 

Nishiwaki (1972) estimates the popu- lation in Japanese waters to be between 

30 and 50 thousand. Klumov (1959) reports that the Pacific white-side dolphin is one of the two most numerous dolphin8 found in the late summer and fall in the 

Kurile Islands area, and forms schools 

of up to several thousand animals. 

A few of these animals are taken for 

display in ocean aquaria. 

General Biology.-Thls species grows 

to 2.3 m. and weighs up to 181 kg. A male 

1.2 m in length with milk in fts stomach was taken off Washington. It probably breeds in late spring to autumn, with a gestation period of 10-12 months. Schools 

of thousands are seen, often together with common and right-whale dolphins and less frequently with Grampus. It is 

active day and night, frolics. follows 

ships. dashes across ships' bows. and ocFEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 41. NO. 142-THURSDAY. JULY 22. 1976 
casionally jumps clear of the surface. It. 

adapts well to captivity. This dolphin feeds primarily on cephalopods and small 

Ash such as herring. sardine, anchovy. and saw. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problem.-None known. 

Current Research.-A study of the 

natural history and behavior has been 

fu~ded by the Marine Mammal Commission. \ 

Klumov. S. K. 1069. Commercial dolphkus of 

the far east. Pac. Scl. Res. Inst. of Fiah. 

Scon. Oceanogr. (TINRO) Izv. Vol. K. 

TTB~~s~. by L. V. Sagen. 1962. 

Nlshlwakl. N. 1972. General Blology. Chap. I 

pp. 1-204. In Mammnls of the scal, blology 

and Med!clne (ed.) S. H. Rldgeway. 

Norrfs. K. S., and J. H. hescott. 1961. Obaervatlons of Pacific cetaceans of Callfornls and Mextcan waters. U. of CalU. 

Publ. 2001. (W(4) :291402. 

Plke, 0. C, and I. B. MacAskle. 1069. Marine 

mammIs of Brltish Columbia. Fish., Res. 

Ed. of Can. Bull. 171. 64 p. 

Scheder. V. B. 1960. The striped dolphln, 

Lagenorhynchw obliquidem OW, 1865, on the coast of Nortb Amerlca. Am. Mldl. Nat. 

44 :750-758. 

Tomllln. A. 0. 1957. Zverll BSSR .I prflahaechchlgh &ran. Tom 9. Kltoobraznye. 

(Mammals cU the U5SR and adjacent wun- trlcs. Vol. IX. Cetsces.) M-W. AM. 

Nauk. &3SR. 766 p. Trans]. by IPST, Jerusalem. 1967, xxll plus 717 p.) 

GANGES RIVER DOLPHIN 

(Platanbta gangetica) 

Distribution and Migration.-Thls species (with which the Indus dolphin, P. minor, was formerly thought to be 

identical) ls confined to the Ganges- Brahmaputra river system of Mda and 

Bangladesh, from tidal limits to the.foothills, and the Karnaphuli River, a small 

river that empties into the Bay of Bengal 

east of the mouth of the Ganges. Dufing 

the summer monsoon season, these dolphins extend their distribution up stream 

into the smaller tributaries; during the 

winter dry season they retreat into the 

larger mairi streams. 

Abundance and Trends.-No data are 

available on population size, but the 

species is still fairly numerous, and there 

is no indication that it fs currently endangered. A few are captured incidentally 

in seines by Ashermen, who attempt to 

release the dolphins alive. 

General Biology.-Sexual maturity is 

attained at an average age (estimated irom growth layers in the teeth) of 10 

years, when females have attained a body 1-ngth of 170-200 cm, and males a length 

of 170 cm. Physical matirrity is attained 

at an age of about 20 years. and a body length of 250 cm,for females and 200-210 

cm for males. Mating is said to occur 

from July to September, and the single c~lf, 70-75 cm long, is born between April and July after an apparent gestation pe- riod of 8 to 9 months. Such a short ges- tation Period is highly questionable, and 

Pilleri (1971) suggests evidence for mating in April. The calves are weaned by the beginning of the next winter. The 

mean interval between successive calves 

b at least two years. These dolphhs, which are blind, feed on shrimps and 

mud-frequenting fishes which they ap- parently catch by probing about in the 

bottom of the rivers. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None at present. Current Research.--Several field studies have recently been made by biologlsb from the University of Tokyo, the Bangladesh Agricultural University, and the 

University of Berne. 

Anderson, J. 1878. A monogragh of the two 

cetacean genera Platanisto and Orcella, 

pp 356-550. In Anatomical and 20010glcsl 

Researches. Vol. 1. Bernard Quaritch, ' London. 

Harrison. R J. 1972. Reproductlon and re- proUuctive organs in PZatanCta fndi and 

PlatanCta gangetfoa. Cetacea 4: 71-82. 

Kasuya, T. 1972. Some .)niormationa on the 

growth of the Ganges dolphlns wlth a comment on the Indus dolphln. Scl. Rep. 

Whales Res. Iast. 24: 87-108. plus 3 plate%. 

Kasupa, T.. and A.K.M.A. Haque. 1972. Some 

informations on dlstrlbutlon and seasonal 

movement of the Ganges dolphln Bcl. Rep. 

Whales. Res. Inst. 24: 109-115. plw, 1 plate. 

Wleri, Ct. 1970. Observatlons on the behavla 

of Platanfsta gangetico in the Indus and 

Brrrhmaputra rivers. Invest. Cetacea 2: 27-60. 

-1971. Observatfon on the copulatory 

behavlor of the Gangetic dolphln. PlatanCta gamgetica. Evest. Cetacea 3: 21-33. 

IHDUS RlVER DOLPHIN - 

(~litanista minor) b 

Distribution and Migration.-The spe- cies (which until recently was thought 

to be the same as the Ganges dophln, 

P. gangetica) is confined to the Lndus 

River system of Pakistan and India. It 

originally occurred throu,ahout the system from tidal limits to the foothills, 

but Is now absent from any sectors. Its 

movements have been restricted by the 

-construction of many dams ("barrages"), which have split it into several separate populations. Abundance and Trends.-In 1974 the 

total population was estSmated to be between 450 and 500 animals, the majority 

(350-400) of which inhabited the 100- 

mile (160 km) sector of the lower Indus 

between the Sukkur Barrage and Gaddu 

Barrage. The population appears to be 

decreasing at a rate of about 10 percent 

per year (Kasuya and Mishiwaki. 1975). These dolphins are captured with hoop 

nets by the local people who eat the 

meat and use the oil for its alleged medicinal properties. 

General Biology.-Almost nothing is 

known of the life hishry and ecology of 

this species, but it is presumably similar 

to the Ganges dophin. The gestation pe- riod is said to be one year, with mating and calving occurring in March and 

April. The annual reproductive rate has 

been roughly estimated at 0.05, and the 

annual mortality rate at 0.16. 

Ecoloaical Problems.-The habitat has 

been greatly altered by the construction 

of barrages as part of the extensive irrigation system in Pakistan. 

Allocation Problems.-The marked 

lowering of the water during the dry sea3018.3 6 * -).. 

son greatly limits the area available to 

the dolphins. A more economical utflization of the water for irrigation, so as 

to maintain water levels ab~ve a certain 

nainimum in the reservoirs and main river 

channels, would benefit the dolphins. Current l2esearch.C-veral field studies have recently been made by biologisk from the University of Tokyo, the University of Beme, the California Academy ' 

of Wiences, and the International Union 

for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources. 

R-NCES 

Harrison. R. J. 1972. Reproductlon and reproductive organs in Platanisto fndf and 

Platanbta gangetfca. Invest. CetaceR 4 

71-82. 

Herald, E. S.. R. L. Brownell. Jr.. F. L. 14yc. 

E. J. Morris, W. E. hrans. and A. B. Bcott, 

1969. Blind rlv~ dolphins: flrd Side6wlmm@g CetPcean. Science lM(3911). 

1408-1410. 

Kasuya, T. 1972. &me Informations on the 

growth of the Ganges dolphln with 8 com- 

' ment on the Indus Uolphln. 8c1. Fiep 

Whales Res. Inst. 24:87-108. plus 3 plates 

mya, T.. and M. Nishlwakl. 1976. Recent 

status of the population of Ilrdus Uolphln. 

Scl. Rep. Whales Re$. Inst. 27:8144. 

Pilleri, 0. 1970. Observations on the behavlor 

of Platanfsta gangeti-a In the Indus and 

- 

Bramuputra rivers. Invest. Cetacea 2:27-60 

1072. Obseroatlons avrled out on the 

Indus dolphln PhtanCta indi In the wlnter of 1872. Invest. Cetscea 4:2%29. 

FRASER'S (SARAWAK) DOLPRIN 

' (Lugenodelphis hosei) 

Dist+ibuticm and Migration.--Only a 

single specimen of the maser's dolphin. from Borneo, was known to science until 

25 of the mammals were taken in a tuna 

,purse seine in the eastern tropical Pacific. Bince then, it has been recorded 

from several widely reparated localities 

in the Pacific and Indian Oceans: Durban, South Africa; noar Sydney, Australia; Tokyo, Japan: and the Central. 

Pacific south of Hawaii. 

Abundance and Trends.-The animal 

Is rare in collections and presumably not 

common in its habitat (Perrh, et al.. 

1973). 

General Biology: Age-Growth Data.-Length at birth Ls 

approximately 1 m, and the adults are 

about 2.5 m long. Feed Habits.-This dolphin feeds on 

deep-living fishes and squids. Ecological Problem.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-Loss of Fraser's 

dolphins in the eastern Pacmc international tuna fishery is minor in terms of 

absolute numbers, but may be significant. considering the epparent extreme rarity of the animal. Twenty-nine of thlrty- four identified specimens worldwide have 

been taken incidentally by tuna seiners. 

Current Research.-None. 

REFERENCES 

F'raser. F. C. 1956. A'new Sarawak dolphffi. 

Sarawak Mus. J. 7:478-503. 

Perrln, W. F., P. B. Best. W. H. Dawbln, K. C 

Balcomb. R. Garnbel. and G. J. B. -9. 

1973. Redlscovery of Fraser's dolphln. 

Sarawak Mus. J. 478-503. 241 (5388) :346- 

350. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22. 1976 
SPOTTED DoLPW9 

(Stenella attenwta. S. frmtaMP. 

S. grai9maPi. S. dubfa) 

Distribution and Migration-Knowl- '' 

edge of the spotted dvlphins is scanty. nnd their taxonomy is confused, but two 

species probably exist. The taxonomy used here is provisional. One form is 

confined to warm waters of the Atlantic 

and probably is Stenella plagfodon which 

is discussed in a separate status report. The other apparent species occurs in all 

tropical waters of the world, including the Atlantic Ocean, and has been identified as belonging to the four abovelisted nominal speck. Taxonomists do 

not agree on the taxonomy. The two apparent species are different in basic 

color pattern but both have spots. The spotted dolphin occurs in the Gulf 

Stream adjscent to the U.S. east coast. 

Nothing is known of its migrations. It 

has not been recorded from the U.S. Pacific coast. but it is the primary cetacean 

species involved offshore in the international yellodn tuna fishery in the east 

em tropical Paclfic, from Cabo San 

Lucas to Peru and west to approdmately longitude 145" W. In the eastern tropical Pacific. this specks commonly associates ' with the spinner dolphin in mixed ag- gregations of up to several thousand 

animals 

Skull measurements and other features indicate that there are at least two 

races of spotted dolphin in the eastern 

Pacific and another in Hawaiian waters. 

They differ in several featufes. A coastal 

form is relatively large and robust, has 

heavy jaws and teeth. and is restricted 

to onshore waters from Guayrnas. Sonora, Mexico, to northern Peru. An oflshore race is relatively small and slender. has lightly built jaws and teeth. is 

spotted to varying degrees, and occurs in 

offshore waters west to about 145" W. 

longitude. The rages of the two forms 

may overlap. or the boundary between 

them may move seasonally or from year 

to year. They have not been observed or 

captured together, but In the central latitudes of the range the coastal form has 

been collected as far offshore as 50 km 

and the offshore form as far More as 

20 krn from the coast. The offshore form 

predominates in the eastern tropical Pacific yellowfin tuna fishery. Another 

race inhabits the waters around Hawail 

and may extend into the South Pacific 

and to the west. This form is also smaU 

and slender, but relatively lightly spotted. 

The maximum recorded straight-line 

movement of a single animal is 1,300 

miles (2.080 km) in 236 days. 

Abundance and Trends.-Revised extrapolation from a feasibility study of 

using aerial surveys for estimating the 

sizes of stocks of dolphins in the eastern 

tropical Pacific resulted in a first-order 

approximation of the magnitude of the 

offshore population of spotted dolphins available to the flshery to be between 3.1 

and 3.5 million anlmals in early 1974. 

The final estimate of incidental kill in 

the international tuna fishery during 

NOTICES 

1974 was 72,000 anfrnals. resulting in a 

first approximatiorl of the annual rate 

of incidental mortality for the spotted dolphfns available to the fishery to be 

between 2.1 and 2.3 percent. Revised 

estimates of Incidental kill in previous 

years are 185,000 animals in 1971, 270,- 

300 animals in 1952 and 114,000 animals 

in 1973. First-order estimates of the annual capacity for increase (total births 

minus natural deaths) are 1.4 to 4.0 per- cent. Another estimate of sustainable 

yield at present population size was calculated from the incidental kill rate, an 

estimate of gross annual reproduction (14.4%). an an estimate of average natural mortali 4 y in the western Pacific of 

the same species (8.7%). yielding an estimate of 4.4 percent. The range of estimates of incidental kill rate falls within 

the range of estimated sustainable yield. leading to the conclusion that the offshore stock of spotted dolphin is prob- ably stable or increasing or decreasing 

at a low rate. 

AU the above Arst estimates are based 

on a number of presently unverified assumptions. In addition it is not possible 

at this time to make a probability statement that the above ranges include the 

true values of stock size, mortality. and 

mortality rates. Unverffled assumptions 

under examination. which would signifl- cantly alter the populations size and rate 

estimates above, include: (1) that the 

geographical boundarigs are known and 

(2) that sdmol size estimates are unbiased. Other significant assumptions not 

readily veriflable for these years include: 

(1) composition (mcie~, Sex, age. etc.) of the observed kill is representative of 

the total kill and the populations. (2) 

the species commxltion is the same for 

inside and to the west of the yellowfin 

tuna regulatory area. (3) the observed 

kill is the only significant Ashery-related kill, and (4) incidental kill rates of (a) 

regulated and non-regulated fishing trips and (b) U.S. and foreign fleets are 

the same. No estimates of abundance 

and trends are available for the other 

stocks. The preliminary estimate of pre- dicted incidental kill in 1975 of all species 

is 93.000 to 214.000 anlmals. 

General Biology.-Average length at 

birth is 82.5 cm. Gestation is 11.5 months. 

Average length at 1 year is 138 cm Age is 

estimated from dentinal layers in thin 

sections of teeth. A two-phase LairdGompertz growth model has been fitted 

to layer-length data. Direct calibration 

of the dentinal layers beyond the first 

year (two layers) is not possible, and 

three alternative hypotheses are considered: (1) two layers per year, until 

pulp cavity occluded. (2) two layers per 

year in first year. and the one per year thereafter. and (3) two layers per year until puberty, and one per year thereafter. The second alternative is most 

probably the correct one. but reproduc- tive parameters below are estimated in 

terms of layers. Breeding is diffusely seasonal, with prolonged calving seasons in 

spring and fall and a pronounced low in 

winter. A third calving season may exist in the summer. Average age at attainment of sexual maturity of males is ap- 

.c* - 

proximatelr 12 laye&- (avemge length about 195 cm and average weight about 

75 kg). Females attain sexual maturity 

on the average at about 9 layers and 181 

cm. Apparently post-reproductive females are encountered in'the samples. Corpora albicantia of ovulation and preg- nancy persist indefinitely in the ovaries. 

It is not passible to distinguish between the two types of corpora. Ovulation rate 

changes mth age, from about four per . layer in very young adult females, to 

about one per layer in older females. The 

average reproductive cycles lasts 26 

months and consists of 11.5 months of 

pregnancy, 11.2 months of lactation. and . 3.3 months of "resting" (not pregnant or lactating). About 4% of lactating females are pregnant. Pregnancy rate decreases wiJh age. from about 0.6 per year 

at 8 to 10 layers. to about 0.3 at 16 layers. The sex ratio in the population overall b 

44.9% males and 55.1% females. Sex 

ktio changes with age, from near. psrfty 

at birth. indicating higher mortality 

rates for males. Gross annual production 

of calves, based on age and sex structures of the saniple and the estimated 

pregnancy rate. Ls 14.4% of the pop&- 

tion per year. No evidence has been found * 

of age or sex segregation in schooling. The estimated parameters difler in a 

consistent way from those estimated for 

a population of Stenella attenuata In the 

western Pacific. possibly reflecting the 

exploitation in the eastern Pacific. 

Feeding Habits.-Spotted dolphins feed on small mesopelagic and eplpebgic Ashes and squids. Ecolopical Problems.-None known. 

Azlocatfon Problems.-Because of thefr 

association wfth yellowfin tuna, many of 

these mammals are taken incidentally during tuna harvesting operations by flshennen from the United States. Canada. France. Japan. Mexico. Panama, 

and other countries in coastal and international waters In the -tern tropical Pacific. 

The foreign share of the tuna catch 

has been Increasing in recent years resulting in an increasing proportion of 

the total incidental kill being caused by foreign fishermen. (The above estimates 

are based on the assumption that incidental kill per set on tuna associated 

with porpoise 1s the same for foreign vessels as that observed for US. vessels.) 

Current Research.-The National Marine Fisheries Service and the tuna industry are assessing the effects of por- poise mortality and improving rescue methods and gear to eliminate losses as- sociated with the tuna harvest. No other 

nation invohed in the Pacific tuna fishery is conducting research aimed at improving rescue methods and gear to 

eliminate porpoise losses associated with 

the tuna harvest. 

Other research includes systematic 

and ecological studies by P. J. H. van .. Bree at the Zoological Museum in Amsterdam. W. Dawbin at Sydney University. and E. D. Mitchell at the Arctio 

Biological Station of the Fbherles Research Board of Canada in Ste. Anne de 

Bellevue, Quebec. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
Best, P. B. 1960. A dolphin (SteneUo dtcnuata) from Durban. South Africa. Ann. 8. 

Afr. Mus. 62(5) :121-135. 

Caldwell. D. K., M. C. Caldwell. W. F. Rathjen. 

and J. R. Sulllvan. 1971. Cetaceans from 

the Lesser Antlllean Bland of St. Vincent. 

Fish. Bull. W(2) :303-319. / 

maser, F. C. 1950. Description of a dolphln 

Stenella jrontalfs (Cuvler) from the coast 

of Fhnch Equ~tOrlal Africa. AtlantldeReport No. 1 Sclentlfic Results of the 

Danlsh Expedition to the coasts of tropical 

West Africa 1945-1946. Danlsh Press, Copenhagen, 83 p. 

Green. R. E.. W. F. Perrin. and B. Petrich. 

1971. The Amerlcan tuna purse selne fishery. In Modem flshlng gear of the world. 

Vol. 3. United Natlons FAO, Flshing Boats. 

Ltd., London, 537 p. 

Kasuya. T., N. Mlyaurkl, and W. IT. Dawbln. 

1974. Growth and reproduction of Stmelh 

attenuata In the Paclflc coast of Japan. 

Sci. Rep. wales Research Inst. (Tokyo) 

26: 167-226. 

Mlzue. K.. and X. Ycehlda. 1962. Studies on 

the Ilttle-toothed wh@les in the West Sea area of Kyusyu. IX. About Prodelphinus 

sp.. so-called "Madara . lruka" in Japan 

caught at Arlko Wa In Ooto Is.. Nagasaki 

Pref. Bull. m. Nagasaki Unlv. ia!i-8. 

Nationel Oceanlc and Atmospheric Admlnistratlon. 1972. Report of the NOM TunaPorpolse Review Cornmlttee. Processed re- port. 63 p. 

Natlonal Oceanlc and Atmospheric Adminlstratlon. 1976. Progress of research on porpoise mortality Incidental to tuna purreselne flshlng for flscal year 1075. Southwest 

Flsherles Center Admintstratlve Report No. 

W-7566. 

Nlshlwakl. M. 1966. A discussion of rarltles 

among the smaller cetaceans caught In 

Japanese waters. P. 192-202 In Norris. K. 9.. 

(ed.). Whales. dolphins, and porpolw. 

Unlv. Callf. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles..789 p. 

Perrln. W. F. 1969. Uslng porpolse to catch 

- 

tuna. World Ffshlnn. 18f81 342-41. 

1970. Color 6attim of thC eastern 

Paclfic spotted po+lse, Stenelln graflmcmf 

Lonnberg (Cetacea. Delphlnldae) . Zoo- 

- 

loglca 54'(4) :134-162. 

1976. Dlstributlon - and differentlatlon 

of populatlon of dolphlns of the genus 

Stenella In the eastern troplcal Pacific. J. 

Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 32: 1059-1067. 

Perrln. W. F., T. D. Smlth. and G. T. Bakagawa. 1974. Status of populatlons of spotted 

dolphln., Stenella attenuata, and splnner 

dolphln. Stenella Zongfrostris, In the eastern troplcal Paclflc. Working document presented at meetlng of Ad Roc Consultants 

Oroup on Small Cetaceans and Slrenlans 

(Ad Hoc Oroup 2). Worklng Party on Marine Mammals, ACMRR. FAO. La Jolla. 

Callf.. 16-19 Dec. 1974, 22 pp. (proc.). 

Perrln. W. F.. R. R. Warner. C. H. Flscus. 

and D. B. Holts. 1973. Stmmach contents of 

porpolse. Stenella spp., and yellowfin tuna. 

Thunnus albacares, In mixed-specles aggregatlons. Plsh. Bull. (U.S.) 71(4): 1077- 

1092. 

ATLANTIC SPOTTED DOLPm 

(Stenella plagiodon) 

Distribution and Migration.-The Atlantic spotted dolphin (exact taxonomlc 

position not yet known) 1$ probably con- fined to tropical and subtropical waters 

of the. Atlantic Ocean. It occurs on the 

U.S. Gulf coast and off the east coast 

in Gulf Strem waters. and may be restricted to continental waters, being replaced In the West Indies by some other 

species in this genus (probably Stenem 

jronta2fs 1. Seasonal inshore-off shore 

migrations occur In Florida waters, and 

perhaps elsewhere in the Gulf of Meldw, 

with animals moving close to share in 

late spring. Abundance and Trends.-Population estimates have not been made for this 

species. The only known fishery for the 

species has taken 12 or fewer animals 

per year for display, however. these admals do not easily withstand handling and captivity. Thus, an increased fishery for display animals is not likely. General Biology.-The newborn are 

about 0 8 m long, and the adults reach 

2.0 to. 2.2 m in length. Little is known of 

the life history of this species. Except for the annual spring migrations to near 

shore, this species is considered a mammal of the outer continental shelf or 

adjacent high seas. Spotted dolphins appear to feed primarily on squid in the 

wild, but they readily adopt to a fkh diet 

in captivity. Newborn and young antmals are not spotted, but progress' through a series of color changes unUl 

the adults become spotted all over except for the ventral surface near the 

belly. This species is subject to infestations exernally by ba acles and whale 

lice, internally by tfrematodes in the 

stomach, liver. and pancreas, and nematodes in the lungs and stomach. In cap- tivity and in coldk?ather, these anha& 

easily contract pneumonia. Ecological Problem.-Little is known 

about the ecology of this dolphin, but 

because it normally lives well offshore, it 

seems likely that it is little affected by man. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-Some information 

on this species has been gathered incidental to studies by the Ofece of Naval 

Research on the bottlenosed dolphin. M6st of the recent research has been on various aspects of sound production by this species. However. Dsvid K. and Melba 

C. Caldwell have long been gathering general biological information at the 

Marine Mammal Center of the Communication Sciences Laboratory of the 

University of Florida located at Marineland, Florida (near St. Augusthe). 

R-mCES 

Cadenat. J. 1559. Rapport sur les petlUi 

Cetsces ouest-afrlcalns. Resultat. des re- cherche~ entroprises sur ces anlmaux jusqu'au mols des mars 1959 Bull. I.F.A.N., 

Ser. A 21(4) :1367-1409. pls. I-XXXl. 

Caldwell. Davld K., and Melba C. Caldwell. 

1966. Observations on the dlstrlbutlon, 

eoloratlon, behavlor end audible sound 

production of the spotted dolphln. Stenello 

plagfodon (Cop,). Lo6 Angeles County 

Mus.. Cont. ln Scl., 104: 1-28. 

Caldwell. Dsvld K., and Melba C. Caldwell. 

1971. Underwater pulsed sounds produced 

by captlve potted dolphlns, Stenelto plgfodon. Cetology, 1: 1-7. 

Caldwell. Melba C., Davld K. Caldwell, and 

J. Frank Miller. 1973. Statistical evldence 

for lndlvldual slgnature whistles In the 

spotted dolphln, Stenella plagiodon. CeZology. In press. 

cald%lIT Mds C.. Ni.~holas R. Ball. and 

Davld K. Caldwell. 1971. Ability of an Atlantlc bottlenosed dolphin to dlscrlmlnate 

between, and potentially identify to lndlvidual, the whistlei of another specles. 

the spotted dolphln. Cetology. 6 : 1-8. 

Perrin. W. F. 1972. Variatl-n and taxonomy 

of spotted and spinner-porpolaes of the 

eastern troplcal Paclflc and HawaLI. PhD. 

dissertatlsn, Unlv. Callf.. Los Angeles. xxvl 

+ 590 p. 

Zam, Stephen 0.. Davld K. Caldwell, and 

Melba C. Caldwell. 1971. Some endoparasltes from small odontocete cetaceans Collected in Florida and GRorgia. Ceblogy, 

2:l-11. 

SPWNER DOLPHIN 

(Stenella Zongirostris) 

DLstributfon and Mimation.-The 

spinner dolphin inhabits tropical inshore and oEshore waters around the world. In 

the United States, it his been recorded 

on the Gulf of Mexico but not on the 

U.S. Paciflc cmt. Ln the eastern &ical Pactflc, this species commonly associates with the spotted dolphin in mixed 

aggregations of up to several thousand 

animals. It is involved in the internatJona1 tuna fkhery in the eastem tropical Pacmc, from Cabo Ban J,ucas to Peru and 

west to about longitude 145"W. Little is 

known of its migrations. There are at le-st three races of sphner dolphin in the eastern Pacific and 

one in Hawallan waters, differing mod- ally in several characters. One form that 

occurs very near the co~t of Central 

America, referred to below as the "Costa 

Rlcan" form, is relatively long, slender. 

and gray. A second race, call& "eastern spin- ner." occurs along the coast of Mexico 

and seaward about 800 km and is relatively short, slender, end gray. A third, 

called "whitebelly spinner." occurs in far 

ollshore waters west to about 145"W 

longitude and is relatively short, robust. 

and white below. A fourth form, relatively long, robust and white below, occurs in Hawaiian waters and possibly to 

the south and 'west. The ranges of the 

eastern and whitebelly forms overlap. In 

the area of overlap, the two forms are 

occasionally captured together. A few apparent intergrades have also been collected. The eastern and whitebelly forms are involved in the international tuna 

Ashew. 

The maxhnum recorded straight-hne 

movement of a single animal is 280 miles 

(448 krn) in 396 days. Abundance and Trends.-Revfsed extrapolations from a feasibility study of 

using aerial surveys for estimating the 

sizes of stocks of dolphins in the eastern 

tropical Pacific resulted in a first-order 

approximation of the magnitude of the 

stock of one of the three eastern Pacffic 

forms, the eastern spinner, of 1.1 to 1.2 

milllon animals. The Anal estimate of incidental btll In the international tuna 

flshery during 1974 was 21.000 animals. 

resulting in a flrst approximation of the 

annual rate of incidental mortality for 

the eastern spinner dolphins available to 

the 5shery to be between 1.8 an 1.9 perFEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY. JULY 22. 1976 
cent. Estimates of incidental kill were 

not broken down by race for the years before 1974. Estimates of total incidental kill of all spinner dolphins in earlier 

years are 130,000 animals In 1971, 65.000 

animals in 1972. and 72.000 animals in 

1973. The predicted estimate of incidental kill of all species, including the 

spotted porpoise and others, for 1975 is 

93,000 to 214.000 animals. Estimates of 

natural mortality are not available for 

the eastern spinner, precluding an impact assessment like that done for the 

spotted porpoise, but the incidental kill 

rate for 1974 of 1.8 to 1.9 percent than that for the offshore spoLt~~~ poise (2.1 to 2.3 percent). and if the assumption is made that the two species have similar reproductive capabilities and rates of natural mertality, it seems 

likely that this population, like that of 

the offshore spotted porpoise, b either 

stable or hcreasing or decreasing slightly. General Biobgy.-Average length at 

birth is 75.7 an. Gestation is 10.5 months. 

Aversge length of mdes at attainment 

of sexual maturity is 170 cm. Average length of adult males is 175.5 cm (range 

160 to 192 cm). Average length of females at attainment of sexual maturity 

is 167 cm. Average length of adult females is 170.6 cm (range 153 to 187 cm). 

Approximately 1% of adult females are 

post-reproductive. Estimates of annual 

pregnancy'rate range from 0.266 (based 

on 1973 data) to 0.437 (based on 1974 

data). The pooled estimates for all pears' data is 0.358. The corresponding estimates of calving interval (recipmcal of 

pregnancy rate) are 3.77 years. 2.29 years, 

and 2.80 yearn. respectively. Overall sex 

ratio is 1.02 males : 1 female. The ratio 

changes from 1.22:l at birth to 0.95:l 

in adult-sized admals. Estimate of gross 

annual reproductive rate based on the 

1973 and 1974 dsta rue 0.064 and 0.098. 

respectively. The estimate based on 

pooled data for the 2 years is 0.083. 

Feeding Habits.-The spinner dolphin feeds on small pelagic Bshes and squids. 

Ecologfcal Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Probhw.-Bemuse of its 

association with yellowAn tuna, this spe- cies is taken incidentally by Mermen 

from the United States, Canada. France, Japan, Mexlco. Panama, and other countries in coastal and international waters 

of the eastern tropical Pacific. 

The foreign share of the tuna catch 

llas been increasing In recent years re- sulting in an increasing proportion of the 

total incidental kill being caused by foreign fishermen. The increase is expected 

to continue. The above estimates are 

based on the aasumptlon that incidental 

kill per set on tuna associated with por- poise ts the same for foreign vessels as 

that observed for U.8. vessels. 

Current Research.-The National Marine Fisheries Service and the tnua Ming industry are assesW the effects of 

porpoise mortality and improving rescue 

methods and gear to eliminate losses assodated with the tuna harvest. No other 

nation involved in the Psciflc tuna flshcry i.5 cdnducting research aimed at hnproving rescud methods and gear to eliminate porpoise losses associated with the 

tuna harvest. 

Other research includes systematics and ecological studies by P. J. H. van 

Bree at the Zoological Museum in Amsterdam, W. Dawbin at Sydney Univer- sity and E. D. Mitchell at' the Arctic 

Bfologfcal Station of the Msheries Board 

of Canada in Ste. Anne de Bellevue. Quebec; and ethological studies by K. 5. 

Norris at the Univexkity of California at 

Sanh Cruz. 

REFERENCES 

Bree. P. J. H..van. 1971. On skulls of SteneUa 

Iongfrmtrls @my 1828) from the eastern 

Atlantic. (Notea on Cetacea. Delphinoldes 

IV.) Beaufortla 19:%105. 

Mtch, J. E., and R. L. Brownell. Jr. 1968. Msh 

otolith8 in cetacean stomachs and their 

importance In lnterpretlng feedlng habits. 

J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25(12) :2M)l-2574. 

Green, R. E.. W. F. PerrIn. and B. Petrich. 

1971. Tae American tuha purae seine Mery. In Modern flshlng gear of the world. 

Vol. 3. Vnlted Nations PAO. Flshlng Book& 

LM., London. 537 p. 

Heater. F. J.. J. R. Huntn. and R. R. Whltney. 

1063. Jumplng and spinning behavlor In 

the spinner porpoise. J. Mammal. 44:- 

588. 

Mlme, K.'. K Yoehtda, and 8. Sonoda 1964. 

Studies on the IlUle-toothed whales in the 

West Sea area of Kpqu. X About Prodelphfnw sp, so-called "-a Iruka" 

In Japan c&@t In the ses arei around 

&to Is.. Nagasalri he!. Bull. Fac. Fish. 

Nagasakl UnIv. 17: 10-24. 

Morris. R. A, and L. 8. Mowbray. 1966. An 

unusual barnacle attachment on the teeth 

of the Hawailan spinning dotphin Norsk 

Hvalfangst-Tld. 65(1) :,%16. 

ristlonal Oceanic and Atmospheric Adminfgtratlon. 1972. Report of the NOAA TunsPorpolse -view Committee. Proceased re- 

- 

port. 63 p. 

1075. Progress of research on porpolse 

mortsllty Incidental to tuna purse-aelne 

&s?ifng for fld year 1916. Southwest Piaherles Center Admtnlstratlve Report No. LJ- 

'7M. 

Perrin. W. F. 1069. Ualng porpoise to catch 

- 

tuna. World Phhlng. 18(6) :4!2-45. 

1972. Color patterns of splnner parpol= (Stenelb cf. S. hgirootrb) of the 

eastern Paciftc and Hawail. with comments 

on delphinld pigmentation. Plsh. Bull. 

70:983-1CKB. 

-1972. Variation and taxonomy of 

spotted and splnner parpoises of the east- ern troplcsl Paclflc and Hawall. Ph.D. 

dissertation. Univ. of Calff.. Los Angeles. 

xxvr + 590 p. 

Perrln, W. F.. and E. L. Roberts. 1974. Organ 

weights 'of noncaptlve porpolse (Stenella 

spp.). Southern Calif. ~md. Sci. BUN. 

¶%. 5- 

nese currently take a%"ut 5,000 stripe? dolphins per year (Kasuya. 1972). 

General Bfology.-(Biological data arc 

based on studies carried out on the popu- lation off Japan.) Reproductive Data.-The gestation period is 12 months long. Lsctation lasts 

about 18 months, and the mean length ol' 

the reproductive cycle is about 3 years. Schools of striped dolphins segregate somewhat by age and sex. 

Age-Growth Data.-The mean length of the newborn is 1 m. The mean age at 

sexual maturity in males and females is 

9 years at 2.2 and 2.1 m, respectively. Feeding Habits.-The stomachs of 27 

specimens taken off Japan contained remains of mesopelagic fishes, squids, and 

crustaceans; myctophid fishes dominated. 

Ecologfcol Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-The striped dolphin is involved in the eastern PacUl~ 

international tuna Ashew tq a minor 

extent. 

Current Research.-A Federal program of research recently begun by Japan b 

expected to yield an estimate of popul* tion size in the northwestern Paca 

Ocean. Studies of striped dolphins incidentally killed in the international tropi- cal tuna flshery are underway at the 

Southwest Fisheries Center. 

EtEFmzNclsa 

Fraser. F. C., pd B. A. Noble. 1070. Ve'riation 

of plgmentatton pattern In Meyenk dolphln. Stenella coeruLeoaIba (Meyen). 

P. 147-184 In PiIleri. O. (ed.), Investlgatlons on Cetacea. Vol. 11. Bentem, Berne. 

206 p. 

Glrh, M..'and C3. Piller!. 1869. On the anatomy 

and blometry of Stenella styz Oray and 

Delphfnuo delphis L. (Cetscea, Delphtnldae) of the western Medlterranean. P. 16- 

66 In Pillerl. O. (ed.). Investlgat!ons of 

Cetacea. VoL I. Bentelk Berne 210 p. 

Hubbs, C. L.. W. F. Pertfn. and K. C. Balcomb. 1073. Stenelh cmleoalba Ln the eastern and central troplcaI Paclflc. J. 

Mammal. 64:64B-662. 

Kasuya. T. 19'72. Growth and reproduction of 

Stenella coe~uleoalba (slc) based on the 

age determfnation by means of dentlnal 

growth layers. Scl. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 

24 : 67-79. 

IvIlyazaIcl. N.. T, Kaaaka, and M. Nishiwakl. 

1073. F'ood of Stenella coe~uleoalba. ScL 

Rep. Whales ILes. Inst. (Tokyo). 25 :265-275, 

Mlyazakl. N., T. Kasuga. and M. Nlshlwakl. 

1074. Dlstrlbution and migration of two 

specles of Stenella In the Paclflc coast of 

Japan. Sci. Rep. Whales Res. Inst. 26:227- 

243. 

71 : 19-32. COMMON DOLPHIN, WHITEBELLY PORPOISE 

STRIPED DOLPHIN 

(StmUa comcleoalba) 

Distribution and migration.-The striped dolphin inhabits temperate and 

tropical waters around the world. and 

has been recorded from both U.S. coasts. 

Nothing is known about the movements 

of striped dolphins In waters contiguous 

to the United States. 

Abundunce and Trends.-Population 

estimates and information on trends are 

not available for the U.8. or eastern 

tro~ical Pacific populations. The JapaDistributfon and Migration.-This species is worldwide in distribution in 

temperate to tropical waters of from 

12'-28' C. There may be more than one 

species; pronounced variation in size. 

shape. and coloration has been demonstrated for three distinct populations in 

the eastern Pacific (W. E. Evans, pers. comm.). In the northwestern Atlantic 

Ocean, where this animal is also known as the saddleback dolphin, this mammal 

ranges from Newfoundland to the Caribbean Sea. In the northeastern Pacific 

RMRAL RKiISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY. JULY 22, 1976 
Ocean, the primary distriblilion of thh 

species is from the California-Oregon border to Costa Rica, but one stranded 

animal was found in British Columbia. 

Large populatisns occur off southern 

California (Santa Barbara to San 

Giego) , the west coast of Baja California. 

Mexico (Cedros Island to. Cape San 

Lucas), and Costa Rica. A relatively large population also occurs in, and may 

be a resident of, the Gulf of California. 

In soulhern California waters Delphinus 

it present throughout the year but is most 

abundant from August to January. An 

observed decrease in herd size during the 

spring and summer may be due primarily to the animals breaking up into small 

subgroups of 50 to 200 animals, and a general movement offshore and northward. 

Abundance and Trends.-No estimates 

have been made on stock sizes. 

General Biology: Reproductive Data.-Males and. females may segregate between mating seasons, especially when the latter are nursing calves or are about to bear their 

young. The gestation period lasts 10-11 

months with a ~ost-parturition estrus. 

The young dolphin is weaned-at- about 

age 5-6 months (110-120 cm overall 

length). but may stay with the female 

up to 1 year. In the.northeastern Pactfic 

Ocean, this species appears to have two 

mating seasons (January-April and August-November) , and two calving sea- sons (March-May and AugustOctober). Age-Growth Data.-The young are 75- 

85 cm at birth. The males grow to'2.6 m and are an average of 14 'cm longer 

than females. The average iridividual of 

the northeastern Pacific Ocean is larger. 

than that of the Black and Mediter- ranean Seas. The largest known speci- men from the Black Sea was 212 cm; 

however, in the northeastern Pacific 

Ocean a male 259 cm long was taken. 

Parasites and Disease.-Parasitism has 

been implicated in natural mortality. 

The brains of 12 stranded specimens contained flukes and their eggs, which in 

most cases had caused abscesses and 

lesions. 

Feeding Habits.-This specles is seldom found'inside the 100-fathom line; 

but It frequents seamounts, escarpments, . and other prominent offshore features. 

The animal makes most of ikdivea in excess of 10 fathom after sunset. The 

deepest dive recorded is 140 fathoms, but 

the average dive is to 30 fathoms. During feeding the animal stays under water for 

2 to 3 minutes, but dives of 5,minutes 

have been recorded. It feeds mainly on anchovy, sprat, pelagic ripetizh. and 

cephalopods in the Black Sea: whiting. horse mackerel. sardine. and hake in the 

Atlantic Ocean: and anchovy. ccphalo- pods. myctophids, and hake in the northeastern Pacific Ocean. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problcmr.-Becsuse the 

northern anchovy and squid constitute 

the bulk of this mammal's diet in the 

northeastern Pacific Ocean. rt si.rbctanthl increase in the fishery for these re- sources might have a noticeable effect 

on the porpoLe populations. Delphinus is 

the ihud most important species of yor: 

poke taken incidentnlly in the eastern 

tropical Pacific inter:lational tuna 11111.se 

seine fishery. The final estimated incidental kill in 

the international tuna Ashew during 

1374 was 4,000 animals. =timates of incidental kills in previous years are 4,000 

animals in 1971, 9,000 animals in 1972. 

and 22,000 animals in 1973. 

Curret~t, Research.-The National Mnrine Fisheries Service and the tuna Ashing industry are =essing the effects of 

propoise mortality and improving rescue mebhock and gear to eliminate los!cs as- sociated with the tuna h2rvest.. Studies 

of behavicr, distribution. and abundance 

have been conducted by the Nasal Undersea Center, San Diego, California, 

~ince 1968. This research termirated at 

the end of FY '73 at NUC but wlll 'continue at the Southwest Fisheries Center. 

Evans. W. E. 1971. Orientatton behavlor of 

Drlphinus: radlo telemetric studles. Autl. 

N.Y. Acad. Sci. 188: 142-162. 

Gihr, N.. and G. Pjllerl. 3969. On the anammy 

and blometry of. Stenella styz Gray and 

Delphinus delphfs L,/(Cetacea, Delphln- 

' Mae) of. the western -Medlterranenn. P. 

15-65 In Plllerl. O: '(ed.), Investlgatlons on 

cetseea. Vol. I, Berne, Switzerland. 219 p. 

Nationni Oceanic anb Atmospheric Adrnlnlstratlon. 1972. Wpcrt of the NOAA TunaPorpolse Revlew Committee. Processed report. 63 p. 

Norrh, K. S.. and .J: R: Presccltt. 1961. Observations on Pablflc cetaceans of Call- - . fomla and Mexfcsn waters. Unlv. Cal. Publ. 

Zool.. 63f4) :291-402. 

Sleptsov, M. M. 1940. Deterrnlnatlon of the 

age,. of Delphinus delphis L. Bull. . Soc. 

Mwcow. 5. Blologlque. 4912) :43-61. Fish. 

Res. Bd. Can. Transl. No. 45. 1957. 

Tomllin. A. G. 1948. On the blologg and 

phyrlolorry of the Black Sea dolphln. Zoc.1. 

Zhur.. 27( 1) :5344. 

NORTHERN RIGHT WHALE DOLPHIN 

I Lissodelphis borealis! 

Distribution and Migration.-Little is 

krioe about. the distribution of the 

northern right whale dolphin.other than 

that it inhabits temperate waters of the 

North Pacific Ocean. 

In the western North Pacific Ocenn, the 

northern right whale dolphin is found 

from Cape Inubo, Japan, north as far as 

Etorofu and Poramushir Islands, from 

-here it apparently migrates southward 

in autumn or winter to near the southern 

Kurils and is common, at lea.st sewon- ally. in the northern Sea of Japan. 

In the eastern North Pacific. this 

species has been reported from 29' to 

50" north latitudes, though mostly from 

California. It occurs Lr the snut,hern 

California continental borderland only 

from October 01- .Novcmb?r to nbout 

April. 

Thouzh jt is also @ccanic, the r~ght 

whale dolphin has beell observcc; most 

frec\umtly along the continanta! ~l .I~P 

alld near such features as rca r.!ounk 

and banks. It has been seen cloce to thc 

Czlifornia Channel Islands and the 

mainland coast near San Diego and P;lloz: 

Verdes. Two sightinzs and one sj~erim~n 

Yrom the central PacVlc suggest that the 

301ri *? -.. species may 'be continilalig distribute:; 

 cross the temreratnre North Pacific. 

A bundancc and Trends.-Groups ip: 

200 are most common, but. herds of c!~ 

estimated size of from 300 to 1,000 cT: 

Japan and up to 2,000 off southern California have bcen sccn. Althcuah the 

species was once thought to be uccom- n1011, aerial surveys have revealed thav 

it is abui?dnnt off the PacLfic Coast of 

North America (Le~therwood, pers. 

comm.!. This species is re~rtedly com- mon in the northern Sea of Janz:~ 

(Okada and Hnnaoka, 1913). where it I. 

harvested. 

Gerzeral Bio1oqy.-?rewborn anima!~ are about 0.6 m in length and generally lirhter in color than sdults and grow to 

5.1 m. The snecies is grega.rious and Is 

frequently reported in close association 

with the white-sided dolphin, with which 

it shares an extensive common range. 

Rieht whale dolphins may reach 

speeds in exces of 25 knots in bursts. 

.One entire kerd averaped over 15 knots 

for 30 minutes whils attempting escape , from a helicopter. When awro~ched, the 

animals may move awav qiiietly-or in a series of low angle leaps. mch covering as much as 7 m. Individunls th~t are widely 

scatt.ered when ~nnronchPd bunch together tiqhtlv whlle fleeing from the 

catlee of their dktvrbance. 

Food is prlmaril~r sni+-?. but also misce!laneous fishes. jnclirfling mvctophids 

and enmulids. Pnra.,cit.es include tremr+t.ocies nnd cectodes. 

Ecolooical Prnhla*.-Tf migrations are food dependent. as they appear to 

be. decimation or cnntamlnntion of food 

sumlies in the so1tt.h-m end of its range 

coald adversely Met the specks. 

Alloca+ion Problems.-Nope known. 

Current Research.-The only research 

known is an unfunded exami~ation ofall 

nluseum materials, collection of beached 

specimens, and survey of literature being 

conducted by J. S. Leatherwood. NUC. 

- San Diego, R. I?. Green. Ventura College. 

Chf., and W. A. Walker, Falos Verdec. 

.California. 

Rw-ffs 

~?ro\~:iieli. R. L. 1084. Ob$ervatlo~~, of odo~,- 

I.ocetes in central Callfor~iia waters Nor.!: 

Hvalfa~~gst-Tld. 3:60-86. I'ECUS. C. 11.. ana K. Ktggol. 1965. Observatlolls of cecacems ofl Californls, Oregoli. 

:~nd W-shlngton. E S. Fish Wilcll. Scri. .. Spec. Scl Rep. Fish. 4C8, 27 p. 

Len~.!>r:\\wnri. 3.. and R. F. Grcen. 1976. Thr 

rlgl:; whale doly5lns. Li.rsorlelphrr -l)p . :: 

syrlopur ar.;.nlrllt of t.1-c g.'nrih. !:: S H. 

Rldgeway bird R. Harrlson (ed.). A 11~iidbook uf n:iur:]t' ma~nrnnls of the u.u;!c: 

Nav Turk Ac'aIezi; Prses (112 pi-epar;i- 

:!<>I)), 

Le.lthe:\~m~d, S., R. F. Green. n:icl \Y A. 

Waiker. 1976. Sonie cbs?rvatichin uf ti:(, 

113: !he1 :I I :g:!L wh;l!c dolphln. I.is.*od~~i!i~~ i.? 

'v,rr:u;:.: ::) :he e&stcbrtl i1nr:b P:t. :;:. , 

TYAKY. ::ac E:qc :>x K&t. H:.. !:I> :<- 

YIP~ 1. 

N!shirnk!. 3T :972 Cencrcl >lol.ng!:' (.tln~~:.: 

11: !~!;1mx;!!*. r?f Lhr! sea, hI(G?;y j,~?d TC<!.- 

r!!:~. S::- I? 7?!*.?,!~j !rd. I. (:h: :-.: t ' 

rli~>nl.~.~, Spriilgfie!d 

?*''-:* K. 5. ~!ib J. H. PY~C:):.!. 1953. 0':. 

.r-?atinn% of P~#:Ifis ~~tncr.3rh:: in Cn::fc:-:!:.. 

-:ld ~~I~YI~~~ll w:~te~". 1':::~. C:ti::. !'.. .!.: . ZCJ,,;, (::a 11:; I 6lp2, 

-FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-IICURSDAY. JULY 22. 197C 
30188 NOTICES 

okada. Y.. and T. Hanaoka. 1940. A study of 

.Japanese Delphinidse. Scl. Rep. Tokyo 

Bunrlka baljaku 4 (77) :285-306. 

Tomilin. A. G. 1957. Mammals of the USSR 

and adjazent countries. Vol. 9. Cetaceir. 

Izd. Akad. Kaub 'SSSR, Mmkva. mansl. 

IPV. Jerus>lern, 1967. 

MELON-HE:'.DED WHALE 

(Pepmoc-phala electra) 

Distribution and Migration.-Peponocephala inh3bit.s the tropical Atlantic. 

Indian, apd Pacific Oceans. 

Abundance and Trends.-The status 

of this species is vnknown, except that 

tt is apparently rare (Nishiwaki and 

Norris, 1966). 

General Biology.-Unknown. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-A few are taken 

annually in the eastern F'aciAc International purse seine fl~hery for tuna. ThLs 

small take is probably insignificant. 

Current Research.-None. 

R-ENCES 

Nlahiw&l, M. and K. S. Norris. 1868. A new 

genus Peponoce?hlrla for the odontoceta 

cetacean specles Electra electra. Sci. Rep. 

Whalea Res. Inst. 29:95-100. 

Perrin. W. F. (In pr?ss). First record of the 

melon-heade3 whsle Peponocephala electra, in the eastern PaclAc. wlth: ,a sum- . mary of world dktributlon. FIYh. Bull. 

(U.S.) . 

PYGMY KILLER WHALE 

(Feresa attenuata) 

Dfstribution and Migration.-The 

pygmy killer whale probably inhabits 

most tropical waters. 

Abundance and Trends.-The status of 

this species is unknown except that it is 

apparent1 y rare (Calriwell and Caldwell. 

1971). The species has been captured for 

exhibit in the oceanaria oT Hawaii and 

Japan. In the continents; U.S. it has been 

recorded only twice, once in Florida. once 

in Texas. 

General Biology.-The adults reach 

about 2.4 m. In appearance they resemble a small false killer whale. They are aggressive in c~ptivity, with captives of 

other species showing fright reactions to 

them. 

Nlshiwakl. M.. T. Kasuya. T. Eamiya. T. 

Tobayama, and M. Nakajlma. 1965. Perem ntterruata captured at the Pacirlc Coast of 

Japan In 1963. Scl. Rey. Whales Res. Inst. 

19: 66-90. 

Perrin, W. F., and C. L. Hubbs. 1969. ObserVatlolls on a young pygmy klller whale 

(Feresa attenuata Gray) from the eastern tropfcsl Pacific Ocean. Trans. San Diean 

SOC. Nat. Hbt. 15(18) :297-308. 

FALSEKILLER WHALE 

(, Pseudwca crassidens) 

Distribution and Migration.-The false 

killer whale ranges through all temperate and tropical seas. It is an oceanic 

form. found on the Atlantic side of the 

United States from North Carolina south. 

and on the Pacific side from the Aleutian 

Islands south. 

Abundance and Trends.-This species 

is uncommon throughout most of its 

range. It is seldom caught in the Japan- ese small whale flshery but is common on . the Pacific side of Honshu (Ohsumi. 

1972). 

General Biology.-The males grow to 

6.1 m and the females to 4.9 m: adult 

animals weigh up to 1,360 kg. Mating 

appears to be over a protracted period, 

with young born at about 1.E m. Fplse 

killer whales are found in schools of both sexes and all ages. They have been seen eating dolphinfkh (mahi-mahi) off 

Hawaii. 

ECO~O~~CQ~ Pr0tlems.--Schools of up, 

to 835 of these animmls have stranded. 

AlIocation Problems.--The Japanese 

state that a toothed whale (shachi), 

which mayor may not be the falze killer 

whale. does much damage to their long-' 

line tuna industry by feeding on hooked 

Ash. 

Ctirrctlt Research.-None. 

R~RENCES 

Bullis. H. H.. and H. C. Moore. 1956. Two oc- currences of false klller whales, and a summary of American records. Am. MIIS. 'Nov. 

1756: 1-5. 

Mizue. K.. A. Takemura. and K. Nakaeai. 

1969. Studles on the Ilttle-toothed whales 

in the West Sea area of Kyushu. XVI. Underwater sound of the false klller whale. 

Bull. Facult. Flsh.. Nagasaki Unlv. 28:14- 00 

Ecological Problems.-None known 

Allocation Problems.-This species has 

been reported as captured to a very minor 

extent in the yel!owfin tuna fishery in 

the eastern tropic-.l Pacific. 

Current Research.-Nom. 

REFERENCES 

Best. P. 8. 1970. Records of pygmy killer 

whale. Feresa attenucta, from southern Afe-. 

Ohsuml. 8. 1972. Catch of marlne mammals 

mainly of smnll cetaceans. by local fisheries along the coast of Japan. Bull. Far 

Seas Flsh. Res. Lab. No. 7. 137-168. 

Tamaguchl. Y. 1964. On the predation of tuna 

longline catches by the smaller toothed 

whales (Sachi) Maguro Gyogyo (TUM 

Fishlng) 27:59-73. (Transl. by T. Otsu. 

NMPS. Hawaii. June 1972.) 

LONG-FINNED PILOT WHALE 

6' 

land stock prior td-1947 at less than 

60,000. There are no estimates for other 

parts of its range. About 40,000 'were 

killed from 1951 to 1959 in local Newfoundland Asheries (Sergeant, 1962), but 

only 6,902 have been taken between 1962 

and 1973. About 177,C00 were taken in 

the Faeroe Islands from 1584 to 1883 

(Tomilin, 1957). and 16,564 were taken 

by Norway and Denmark between 1962 

and 1973 (Christensen. 1975). A total 

of 468 were driven ashore in Ireland in 

1840. 1844. 1851. 1853, and 1957;' one school of undetermined number was 

taken in 1965 (ORiordan, 1975). 

General Biology.-The adults grow to . about 6.5 m: females are usually mature 

at, age 6 to 7 years and males at about 

age 12. Calves are about 1.8 m long at 

birth. in July to August. although fullterm fetuses have been found yearround. Cows probably bear calves every 3 

years. gestation period is about 16 

months, and lactation lasts about 2 

years. Pilot whales are gregarious, and occur in schools of hundreds and thousands. They have a distinct social organization: however. the sex ratio is not 

always equal in stranded groups. They are believed polygymous, with bachelor 

males sometimes forming separate 

schools. They travel in tight schools 

when not feeding, and disperse into scattered groups when on feeding grounds. 

Captive pilot whales feed at night and 

sleep days. They have a top swimming 

speed of over 25 mph. and a longevity 

of about 50 gears. They feed -almost ex- clusively on squids, but also eat small 

Ash such as clupeid's and gadids. Swgeant (1962) estimates food intake per 

year at about 11.5 times the weight of 

the animal. 

Ecological Prob1ents.-Whole schools 

sometimes strand. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-None. 

REFERENCES 

Cljristensen. I. 1975. Prelimlnarg report on the Norwegian flshery for small whales: 

expanslon of Norwegian whaling to Arctic 

and northwest Atlantic waters. and Norwegian investlgatlons of the biolo,g of 

small whales. J. Flsh. Res. Bd. Can. 32(7) : 

1083-1094. 

Sergeant. D. E. 1962. The blology of the pilot 

or pothead whale Globicephala melaena 

(Tralll) In Newfoundland waters. Bull. 

Flsh. Res. Bd. Can. 

Mercer, M. C. 1975. Modified Leslie-DeLury 

populatlon models of the long-finned pilot 

whale (Globfcephala melaena) and annual 

production or the short-finned squid (IlZeX 

illecebrosus) based upon thelr interaction 

at Newfoundland. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 

32(7) :1145-1154. 

rica, with notes on bthavlor in captivity I Globicewhala melaem) o'R~o~B~. C. G. 1975. U~R-finned pilot 

Ann. 5. Mr. Mus. 57(1) :1-14. 9 pls. whales. Globicephala meiaena, diiven 

Caldwell. Davld K.. and Melba C. Caldwell. Distribution and Migratio78.--This ashore ilj ~~~~~~d

1800-1973. J. ~~1,. -. 

1971. The wemy killer whale. Fe~esa ut- pilot whale ranges from Greenland. Ice- sd. - -~. can. - 32171 - :1101-1103. tenuatn. in tie %tern Atlantlc. wlth a sum- jand. and the ~arents Sea south to Vir- Tomilin. A. G: 1'957. mammals of the USSR 

mary of world records. J. Mammal. 62:206- 

209. 

Caldwell. D. K.. and M. C. Caldwell. 1975. 

Pygmy klllw whales and short-anout apinner dolphins in Florida. Cetology. No. 18. 

5 P. 

James. P.. F. W: Judd. and J. C. Moore. 1870. 

Pht western Atlantlc occurrence of the 

pygmy klller whale. Fieldlana. Zoology 

m!l) :13. 

.-~--. -.-. ~ ~ - -- - ~~ 

glnia and the Mediterranean. It is a schooling mammal and appears regdarly off the Canadlan and United States 

coasts. It also inhabits temperate waters 

of the Southern Ocean. It generally 

favors pelagic regions, but often mova , 

close to shore in search of food. 

Abundance and Trends.-Mercer 

(1975) estimates the original Newfoundand adjacent countr~es. VOI. Q Cetacea) 

Izdatel. Akad. Nauk. SSSR. IPST Transl. 

No. 1124. 1967. 

SHORT-FINNED PILOT WHALE 

(Globicephala ntacrorhynchw) 

Dbtribution and Abundunce.-In the 

North Atlantlc Ocean. this ~Uot whale 

hss been reported from New Jersey , 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES 30189 

cthorrch It, is far more common south 

of itborlt. C:we Hatteras) and Madiera allti ~-;:llo-esouth to at I-as, northern 

LI- ail and Dakar, Senegal. ' t.he North 

Pncific Ocean it is focnd from Japan and the Aleutian Islands to probably Peru. 

li is nn oceanic species with a very aide 

rc:;ge. Schools of pilot whales appear r:gularly off U.S. coasts. It generally favors oRchore watcrs, but often moves c1o:;er to lnnd in search of fc~od. Greatest. 

111imicrs are seen in the eastern Nor31 

Pncific in winter, fewer :-I summer. Absndance and Trends.-The status of 

th:s species is unknown except that it is 

f9ir.y abundarrt aroun.; the California 

Ghannel Islands (Norrfs and Prescott, 

ISS1). The popu:ation of pilot whsl?s 

around the Channel Islands has been 

fished for live specimc:ls to supply U.S. 

oceanaria since abcnt 1985. Many pilot 

whales are taken in the Japanese smallwhale fishery. This species is also taken 

in the lesser Antilles. 

General Biology.-The adults grow 4.6 

tn 6.7 m. Little work las been done on this species, but indicaticrs are thr.t the 

general biology is similar to G. melaena. 

Ecological Problems.-Schools of this 

species often strand. 

Allocation Problem.-None known. 

Cui'rcnt C zsc .~rch.-The taxonomy f 

Pacific Globicephala is being studied by 

R. L. Brownell and D. K. Caldwell in the 

United States, and T. Kasuya and M. 

Nishiwaki in Japan. The U.S. Naval Undersea Center is studying the behavior 

and distribution of the pilot whale in 

southern and Baja California. 

REFERENCES 

Bree. P. J. R. van. 1971. On Clobfcephala 

seiboldi Gray. 1846, and other specles of 

pllot whale (Notes on Cetacea. Delphinoidea. 111). Beaufortla. 19(249) :70-87. 

Norrls. Kenneth S., and John H. Prescott. 

1961. Observations of PaclIic cetaceans of 

Californlan and Mexlcan waters. Unlv. 

C:Ilf. Publ. Zool. 63:291-402. 

Tomllln. A. 0. 1057. (Mammals of the USSR 

and adjacent countries. Vol. 9 Cetacea.) 

IsdRrel. Akad. Nauk. SSSR. WST Transl. 

No. 1124, 1967. 

KILLER WHALE 

(0rcinu.s orca) 

Distribution and Migration. - The. 

killer whale is worldwide and ranges north and south to polar ice. It is more common in cooler waters. and In more productive coastal areas. The Strait of 

Georgia in Britbh Columbia, Prince William Sound in Alaska. and Puget Sound 

In Washington State are areas of concen- tration. Migratory habits are probably dependent on food supply, and killer 

whales are most numerous in Puget Sound in November and late summer. In Japan. most of these mammals are takrn from April to November, with the 

greatest number from August to November. In the Norway fishery, killer whales scem dependent on distribution and migratior. of herring. capelin, and cod. 

 bund dance and Trends.-Authoritative estimates of the world population are not available. A limited cooperative 

effort of the Flsheries Research Board 

of Canada and the Washington State Department of Game primarily in the inside 

\mtcrs of Wxh:ngton and British Columl~ia gave counts of 459 killer whales in 

1971, 255 in 1973, and 249 in 1973. About 

65 individuals have been removed from 

inside wzters of British Columbia and 

northern Washington State since 1962 

for display by marine aqu~riums in 25 

captlve operations. Eleven of these 

ahales were killed during U.S. capture operations, mostly during the early years. 

Two killer whales were killed in Canadlan capture operations. The Japanese fisheries took 1,439 killer whales from 

the Okhotsk Sea to south of Japan from 

1948 to 1974. Norwegians harvested 2.096 

in the northcaztern North Atlantic between 1938 and 1974. The U.S.S.R. took 

444 animals in the Antarctic and North 

Pacific between 1958 and 1974. South 

Africa took 27 whales from 1972 to 1974. 

General Biology: 

Species Statistics.-Females grow to 

7.0 m and males to 8 2 m. Malos weigh 

up to about 8.000 kg. with about 4,000 kg the apparent limit for females. An adult 

male dorsal An may be 1.8 m high. con- siderably higher than that of the female. 

The body has conspicuous white markings on a black background. 

Reproductive Data -Breeding appears 

to occur year-round although it may peak in May to July; gestation lasts 13 

to 16 months. In the northern hemisphere births occur mostly in autumn. 

Age-Growth Data.-Newborn calves are about 2.4 m long and weigh about 

180 kg. 

Feeding Habfls.-Killer whales usually are found in groups of 10 to 100 or even more. The males are probably polygy- nous. Killer whales hunt successfully in 

packs, but there are no records of attacks on people. 

The stomach contents of 364 killer 

whales taken off Japan from 1948 to 1957 

included (in order of occurrence) : fish 

(mostly cbd, flatfish, and sardines), 

squid, octopus, dolphins, whales, and 

seals. Salmon constituted 1.6% of all 

shmach contents. Soviets in the Kur~ls 

recorded "fish and squid" but no marine 

mammal remains in 10 animals. Of 8 kill- er whales examined by the National Marine Fisheries Service, Seattle. 6 adult 

males had only marine mammal remains 

except for 1 squid; 1 adult female and 1 

immature male had only fish remains. 

Food consumption h2.s been estimated at 

4% of the body weight per day. Parasites and Diseases.-The most 

common diseases are those caused by wearing of tooth crowns and denudation 

of the pulp cavity, which results in ab- scesses. Other diseases include bony outgrowths and bone tumors. Parasites include nematodes. cestodes, and trematodes. One Puget Sound killer whale 

stomach contained 5,000 nematodes. 

Ecological Problems -This species has 

no natural enemies except man. Stranding probably is the greatest nonhuman 

hazard. 

Allocation Problems.-Public interest 

in killer whales was stimulated by the 

first live capture in 1964 in British Columbia. Growing public interest is increasing in killer wha.les as a recreational 

resource. especially in Puget Sound 

(Haley , 1970). The animals are comrners* -- cially valuabie in the United States for 

display in oceanariums. US., Japanese, and Canadian fishermen contend that 

the whales cause gear damage and interfere with salmon and tuna longline fisheries. Many consider killer whales an important predcttor of salmon and herring; others defend them as the natural enemy 

of other fl* eaters, including harbor 

seals and sea lions. Some sports salmon 

fishermen claim their presence spo% 

fishing. 

Current Research.-The National Marine Fisheries Service and the Fisheries 

Rezearch Board of Cannda are studying 

killer whale distribution in western U.S. 

and Canadian waters. 

REmmENJFs 

Bigg, M. A., nnd A. A. Wolman. 1975. Llvecapture killer whale fishery. Brltlsh Columbia md Washington, 1962-73. J. Flsh. 

Res. Bd. Can.. 32(7) :1213-1221. 

Haley, D. 1970. Vlews on the klller whale dlspub. Pa~lfic Search. 5( 1 ) : 1-3. 

Jon~ard. A,. and P. B. L-yihoel. 1970. A con- trlbutlon to the knowledge of the blology 

of the killer whale Orcinus orca (L). Nytt 

Magarln for Zoo!. 18:41-48. 

Nlshlwakl. M.. nnd C. Hands. 19E8. Killer 

whales caught In the coastal waters off 

Japan for recent 10 years. S-1. Rep. Whales 

Res. Inst. 13:85-96. 

Rice, D. W. 1968. Stomach contents and feedlng behavlor of killer whales In the elstern 

North Paclfic. Norsk Hvalfangst-Tid. 57:35- 

38. 

HARBOR PORPOISE 

(PhOcoena sinus and Phocoena 

phocoena) 

Distribution and Migration.-The harbor porpoise k circumpolar in distribution in Ice-free seas, ranging south ir 

the Atlantic Ocean to the Delaware River 

and the Mediterranean Sea. In the PaciRc Ocean it is found south to Japan and 

southern California, although it is not 

abundant south of Snn Francisco. 

The harbor porpoise is an inshore species, frequenting coastal waters, the 

mouths of large rivers, hnrbors, and bays. and sometimes ascending freshwater 

streams. 

Abundance and Trends.-The harbor 

porpoise is especially abundant in the 

waters of Washington (Scheffer and 

Slipp, 1948) and western Canada (Pike 

and MacAskie. 1969). It is common off 

the coast of Maine near Boathbay Harbor 

during the summer (Gaskin. Arnold and 

Blair, 1974). T~milin (1957) reports single catches of 2,000 to 2,500 harbor por- poises at the time they migrate between 

the Sea of Azov and the Black Sea. 

Mohl-Hansen (1051) reporting on biological Investigations of the harbor por- poise in Danish waters examined 188 harbor porpoises in 194142. 230 in 1942-43, 

and 212 in 1943-44, so at least those num- bers were commercislly harvested in 

Denmark during those years. He also 

states that these harbor porpoises were 

from the Baltic Sea populations. 

Catches of P. phocoena in west Greenland recently have averaged over 2,500 

annually. During 1972. an estimated 1.500 

animals were taken in the nonGreenlandic salmon driftnet fishery. No estimates are available for Greenlandic 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41. NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
30190 NOTICES 

driftnetters. In addition. about 1,000 are 

taken annually in direct catches (Kapel, 

1975). In the Black Sea. where a moratorium has existed rince 1967, an estimate 

of the present population is 25,000 to 

30.000. Incidental catches of P. sinus have 

ranged from tens to the low hundreds 

annually. General Bio?ogy.-This species grows 

to 1.8 m, and weighs up to 72 kg. The 

females are sexually mature at about age 

3 to 4 yesrs. Ne-?]born calves are half the 

length of the moth-r. They breed annually during late spriilg and summer. The 

gestation period is 10 to 11 months, and 

the calves nurse up to 8 months. Harbor 

porpoises travel in pairs and schools of 

up to 200 or more, especially on the feeding grounds. This sp?cies is less playful than most dolphins or porpoises; they seldom jump out of the water, and usually ignore passing boats. Schools containing all "bachelors" are common; the females stay in groups of mixed sex. Usually they swim just below the surface, rising about 4 times per minute to breathe 

when not feeding. Th?y feed mainly on 

bottom fishes such as cod, herring fry. flounder, and occasionally on invertebrates such as squids, clams, and crustaceans. Parasites of the alimentary canal 

and respiratory system are common 

(Gaskin, Arnold and Blair. 1974). 

Ecological Problem.-These animals 

occasionally strand for unknown reasons. and because of their feeding 11abit.s. 

a few tend to get trapped 'n fishermen's 

nets (see Abundance and Trends). They 

are preyed upon to an unknown degree by Greenland sharks, great white sharks 

and killer whales. Significant residues of 

chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides 

and PCB's have been recorded from the 

Baltlc, United Kingdom and Eay of 

Fundy. Allocatim Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-None. 

RnzRENcES 

Flsher. H. D.. and R. J. Hamlson. 1970. Reproduction in the common porpoise (Phocoena phocoena) of the North Atlantic. J. 

2001. 161:471-486. 

Gaskin. D. E.. P. W. Arnold, and B. A. Blair. 

1974. Phocoena phocoena. Mammalian Rpecles. NO. 42.8 p. 

Kapel. F. 0. 1975. Preliminary notes on the occurrence and exploration of smaller cetacea in Oreenland. J. Plsh. Res. BoRrd 

Can. 32(7) :1079-1082. 

Lear, W. H. and 0. Christensen. 1975. Bycatches of harbour porpolse (Phocoem 

phocoena) In salmon driftnets at West 

Greenland in 1972. J. Flsh. Res. Boflrd Can. 

32(7) :1223-1228. 

Xfohl-Hansen. U. 1954. Investlgatlons on rcproduction and growth of the porpolse 

(Pl~ocoena phocoena L) from the Baltic. 

Vldensk. Medd. fra Dad Naturh., Foren.. 

116: 369-396. 

Norrls. K. S.. and W. N. McF'arland. 1958. A 

new harbor porpolse of the genus Phocoena from the Gulf of California. J. Mammal. 3832239. 

Pike, 0. C.. and I. B. MacAskie. 1969. Marllle 

mammals of Brltlsh Colnmbla. Flsh. Res. 

Bd. Can. Bull. 171.54 p. 

Scheffer, V. B.. and J. W. Sllpp. 1948. The 

whales and dolphlns of Washington State 

wlth a key to the cetaceans of the west 

coast of North America. Amer. Mldl. 

Tomilin. A. G. 1957. Zveril SSSR i ?rile= sumcs squid %d-'suthffsh as sauw, heke. 

hashchlkh stran. Tom 9. Kltoobrazyne. herring. jack mackeral, and bathypela- (M-als of the USSR adjacent - gic and deep-water benthic fi~h. ' countries. vO1. IX. Cetac*.) Akad' Ecological pyoblems.-None known. 

Nauk. SSSR. 756 p. Transl. by IPST. Jeru- ..-.-. ~alrm -. 14G7 --".,"-.. WYII n1-t- "."" 717 .-. rn r. Allocation P~oblenls.--K~SUY~ ! 1974) 

reports on annual accidental catch 01 DALL PORPOISE more than 20.000 Dall porpoise in the 

(Phocoenoides dalli) Japanese high seas salmon gillnet fishery in the northern North Pacific and Bering Distribution and Migration-The Dall Sea west of 175'~ longitude. Mbe and porpoise inhabits the North Pacific Yoshida (1965) state the Dall porpoke 

Ocean from Japan and central Baja is abundant east of 1750~ longitude but 

California north into the Bering and Ok- that the Japan-e flshing fleet does not 

hotsk Seas. Ill both areas the southern operate east of the boundary. limits of distribution appear to expand Current Research.-W. J. Houck is 

wlth the cooling of waters to at least 

56" F, and individua!~ are seen in areas 

having surface temperatures of up to 

62" F. It has been observed in the aering Sea in locations and at periods when surface waters were 36" F. In the northeastem Paciflc, Dall porpoises are year round residents as far south as the northern 

Channel Islands but are found further 

south and further inshore. as faf as Cedros and Guadalupe Islands, from about 

October to late May. They are observed 

studying P. dalli and P. truei at Hum- 

.boldt State College in California. and 

M. Nishiwaki is studying these syecies in Japan. G. V. Morejohn is studying feeding habits, migration, behavior, and 

morphology of the species at the Moss 

Landing Marine Station, California. 

S. Leatherwood is monit,oring seasonal 

movements of the species into waters 

of southern and Baja California. 

RE-NCES 

off Monterey Bay &roughout the year, Kasuya. T. :974. Biology. catch. and ncplllathough there to be a separation tions of Pl~ocoenoides 111 the western North 

Paclflc. FAOIAChlRR Renort. DOC. 2. 20 p. Of juveniles jnshore from katherwood. S.. and M R. FleldlnR. 1974. heterogenous groups offshorel and ap- Distribution and movements of tho Dsll 

parent inshore migrations tend to in- porooise phocoeltddes dalN In the tem- crease numbers of all animsls there dur- perate eastern Pacific. Working naper s,,bing winter and early spring. Dall por- mltted bv PAOIACMRR Group. Dec. 1074. 

wises are revorted off San Francisco La Jollo. California. 

Bay from at iemt March through November. The southern and inshore movements appear c!osely related to movements of squid, a primarg food item. The 

species is found offshore of the eastern 

PaciAc coast to at least 650 miles. The 

Marine Mammal Division has many records of Dall porpoise ranging from the 

Bering Sea and the eastern Aleutian Islands south to latitude 34 in California 

waters (MMD flles. Marine Mammal Observations, 1958-12). The NMFS Southwest Fisheries Center and the Naval Undersea Center, San Diego, have similar 

detailed records of occurrences south to 

Cedros and GuadaIupe Islands. 

Abundance and Trends.-The DaU 

porpoise is one of the abundant small 

cetaceans found in Alaskan inside waters 

(U.S. Forest Service) and in British Columbia waters (Pike and MacAskie, 

1969). It is commonly seen off northern 

California (W. J. Houck, pers. comm.!. 

The species appears to be abundant 

throughout its range. Kasuya (1974) also 

stated that between 4,500 and 7.500 are 

caught annually in coastal eastern Japan waters, but there has been a decrease 

in catch per unit effort in recent years. General Biology.-There may be two 

forms of Dall porpoise (P. dalli and P. 

truei) . They grow to lengths of about 2.2 

m and weights of about 218 kg. They and 

the killer whale have the most conspicuous color patterns among cetaceans. Calves are born in the spring and summer, and young are observed in August. These animals are usually found in 

groups of 2 to 20, but occasionally 200 or 

more are seen on favorable feeding grounds. It plays in the bow waves of 

ships, and is among the swiftest of all 

hlizue. K.. and K. Yoshlda. 1965. On tl-e ncrpoises caught by the salmon fl~hfll~ RlII~lct 

in Berlng Sea and the North PaclAc OCeRn. 

Bull. Fncult. Wsh. Nagasakl Unlv. 19~1-36. 

Mizue. K.. K. Yo-hlda, and A. Tekemura. 

1966. On the ecoloey of the Dall's porpolse 

in Bering Sea and tho North Pacific OcPnli. 

Bull. Facult. Flsh.. Nagasakl Unlv. 21 : 1-21. 

Plke. G. C.. and I. B. MncAskle. 1969. hfarlnc 

mnmmals of Brltich Columbln. Flsh. Res. 

Bd. Can. Blrll. 171.54 D. 

U.S. Pore?t Servlce. 1972. Marine mamnlal observations In southeastern Alaska and 

Prince Willlnm Sound. rnp~~blished field 

rec~rds. 

BELUGA WHALE. BELUKHA 

(Delphfnapterus leucas) 

Distribtrtion and Migration.-The beluga inhsbits the Arctic Ocean and adjacent Eeas. including the Okhotsk and 

Bering Seas. Cook Inlet, Hudson Bay. and Gulf of St.-Lawrence. Belugas ascend several hundred miles up the large rivers . of Siberia and Alaska. Populations of 

white whales from different areas shot\- 

marked size differences through the Arctic. Three races are recogrdzed by some 

authorities: dorofeevi from the Okhotsk 

Sea; marisalbi in the Barents and 'White 

Seas: and leucas in the rest of the range. In the Pacific, belugas are common along Alaska as far south as Btistol Bay: the 

population found in Cook Inlet is ap- parently separate. Abundance and Trends.-The popula- tion in the Soviet Arctic and Far East 

is estin~ated at between 32.000 and 58.000 

(Yablokov, 1974). The population in the 

Canadian Arctic numbers at least 30.000 

animals (Sergeant and Brodie, 1975). 

The Cook Inlet. Alaska, population is 

estimated at 300 to 500: in Bristol Bar -. ...~ the vovulation - .~ is estimated nt 1.600 to 

~atur.. 39(2) :267-337~ marine manlmals. This mammal con- 1.500 and is considered stable; the siza 

FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 41. NO. 141-THURSDAY, JULY 27, 1976 
NOTICES 30191 

of the beluga population in Alaska north 

of Bristol Bay is unknown, but is much 

greater than that residing in Bristol Bay (Alaska Department of Fish and Game, 

1973). In Alaska belugas have been used as a source of muktuk, meat, and oil for 

both people and dogs by residents of villages on the Bering Sea and Arctic Ocean 

coasts and along rivers that belugas pe- riodically ascend. Bdugas also provide a significant amount of fresh and pre- served food for native peoples in the 

MacKenzie River delta region and Bamn 

Island, where beluga hunting is culturally and economically important 

(Brodie, pers. comm.) . In recent years 

the demand for beluga products has been 

reduced in the Arctic. In Bristol Bay only a few belugas are now taken, and the 

estimated annual harvest of the Bering 

Sea and Arctic Ocean coasts of Alaska is 

150 to 300 (Alaska Department of Fish 

and Game, 1973). Sergeant (1962) states 

that from 1948 to 1960 the catch of belugas tn the Canadian Arctic averaged 

1,200 annually. The present catch in 

Canada averages 500 animals per year 

(Sergeant and Brodie. 1975). In the Iate 

1950's the annual catch of belueas aver- aged 3,000 to 4,OOV in the U.S.S.R.. 500 

to 800 in Greenland, and 100 to 200 from 

Spltsbergen (meinenberg, et al.. 1964). 

Present catches in the Asian Arctic range 

from.530 to_ 825 annually. General Biology.-Males grow to 4.6 m and the females to 4.0 m in the Beaufort 

Sea. and to 5.2 m and 4.8 m. resuectively. 

In the Soviet Arctic. The beluga Is polygamous, breeds in the spring, has a gesta- tion period of 15 months, and newborn are about 1.5 m in length. Lactation lasts 

about 20 months, with a 3-year repro- ductive cycle. Thev are gregarious and 

travel in groups of 2 or 3 to hundreds. 

Belugas feed from midwater to the bottom, with a diet includinq Ash such as salmon, capelin, cisco, pike, char, cod, 

squid. crustaceans, and nereid wonns. They frequently occur in shallow areas with a bottom of mud, sand, and stones. 

The beluga produces high-pitched whistles and squeals, ticking and clucking sounds, and have been given the name "sea-canary." Animals break the ice with 

their backs to reach air forbreathing. Parasites include nematodes in the 

respiratory organs, ears, circulatory system, intestine. and urogenital system: trematodes are found in the intestine, as well as cestodes and acanthocepha- lans. Helminths are apparently one cause of mortality. 

Ecological Problems.-Known natural 

enemies include the killer whale and 

polar bear. Allocation Problems-mese mam- mals take salmon at the mouths of large 

Alaskan rivers. apd are important predators of salmon. smolt in Bristol Bay, Alaska. Recorded killer whale sounds 

have been used experimentally to prevent 

beluga predation in the Kvichak River. 

Current Research.-Research on the 

beluga is being conducted by the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. 

R-ENCES 

Brodie, P. F. 1971. A reconsideration of as- pects of growth. reproductlon, and behavlor of the whlte whale (Delphinupterw 

leucas), with reference to the Cumberland 

Sound, BaWn Island, population. J. mh. 

Res. Bd. Can. 28(9) : 1309-1318. 

Flsh. J. F., and J. S. Vanla. 1971. Klller 

whale, Orcinus orca, sounds repel whlte 

whales, Delphtnapterus leucas. Flsh. Bull. 

69:531-536. 

Kleinenberg, 8. E.. A. V. Yablokov, B. M. 

Bel'kovlch and M. N. Tarasevlch. 1964. Beluga (Delvhinaptetw 1:uca.s) lnvestlgation of the specks. Akad. Nauk SSR. 

Transl. by IPST, Jerusalem, 1969. 

KHrlkhsrt. E. 0. 1966. The beluga whale In 

Alaska. Unpublished report, Alaska Department of Fish and Game, Juneau. AK. 

Sergeant. D. E. 1962. The biology and huntIng of beluga or whlte whales in the 

Canadian Arctlc. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. Clrc. 

8. I3 p. 

Sergeant, D. E. 1973. BIology of whlte whales 

(Delphtnaptenu leucos) in western Hudson Bay. J. Flsh. Res. Board Can. 30:1066- 

1090. 

Sergeant, D. E.. and P. F. Brodle. 1969. Body 

slze In whlte whales. Delphtnapterus 

leucas. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26:2681-2580. 

Sergeant, D. E. nnd P. F. Brodle. 1975. Identlty, abundance and present status of populatlons of white whales. Delphfnapterus 

Imccu, In North America. J. Fhh. Res. 

Board Can. 32:1047-1054. 

Yablokw, A. V. 1974. Present status of beluw and narwhal ln USSR Arctlc and Pacific waters. FAO/ACMRR Report. Doc. 39. 

NARWHAL . (Monodon nonoceros ) 

Distn3ution and Migration.-The nar- whale is the most northern cetecean and occurs in north polar seas, mainly in the 

Ndh Atlantic sector. It is most common in northwestern Greenland and the east- ern Canadian Arctic, particularly Jones 

and Lancaster Sounds, the north and 

east coasts of Baffin Island. Repulse Bay, 

and occasionally in northern Foxe Basin 

and Hudson Strait. Norwh~ls also occur near Franz Josef Land and Novaya Zem- 

.lya. They are rare in the Laptev, East 

Siberian, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas. 

Abundance and Trends.-The Canadian and northwest Greenland population is at least 10,000 (Mansfield, 1975). 

Numbers elsewhere are unknown. Rare occurrences in Great Britain (4) and 

Holland (1) are documented. Narwhals are hunted in Greenland and the eastern 

Canadian Arctic for dog food, muktuk, 

sinew, and ivary. 

General Biology.-Females attain a 

length of 400 cm and a weight of 900 kg. 

Each female bears a single calf about once every three years. Mating takes 

place in April, and thel.5 m long young are born in July after a 14.5 month gestation period. Lactation probably lasts 

about 20 months. Narwhals are grep~ri- ous. forming schools of up to one or two 

thousand, and made up of small groups 

of up to about 20 (Mansfield, pers. 

comm.) . Food of the narwhal consists 

mainly of cephalopods, Arctic cod. 

Greenland halibut. and shrimps. 

Ectonarasitic whale lice occur in cuts, 

skinfolds, and .around the base of the 

Eco&&dl ,<wblems.-Narwhals are occasionally trapped in large numbers by 

rapid freeze-up. In such situations. 

Greenlanders may kill entire groups of 

these mammals.' Although ft is not 

adapted to drift ice areas, the killer 

whale probably occurs there and may be a natural enemy of the narwhal. 

Allocation Problem.-None known. 

Current Research -The narwhal is 

being studied by the Fisheries Research 

Board of Canada. 

R?ZFEUEN3S 

Best. R. C.. and H. D. Fisher. 1974. Seasonal 

breedlng of the narwhal monod don monoceros L.) . Can. J. Zool. 53:429-431. 

Degerbol. M.. and P. Freuchen. 1935. Mammals: Report of the Flfth Thule Expedl- tlon. 1921-24. Vol. 2. Nos. 4 and 5. Nordlsk ' 

Forlag. Copenhaqen. 278 p. 

MmsAeld. A.W.. T. a. Smith. and B. Beck. 

1976. The narwhal. Monodon monocetos. in 

eastern Canadla? waters. J. Flsh. Res. 

Board Can. 32:lPll-1046. 

Peterson, R. L. 1960. The munmals of eastem Canada. Oxford Univ. Press. Toronto. 

4&5 p. 

Tomllln, A. G. 1957. Zverli SSSR 1 prueeha- 

&chUrh stran. Tom 9. Kltoob-Ye. 

(Mammals of the U.S.B.R. and adJ-nt 

countries. Vol. PC. ceta-ea.) MC%COW, 

m. auk GSSR. 756 p. (Trans]. 

ImT. Jerusalem. 1967. xx'l plns 717 P.). 

Vlbe, C. 1960. Thc narwhal. P. 77-84 In The 

msrine msmmals and mlrine fauna ln the 

Thule District (Porthwest Greenland) 

with cb?ervationT on 1:- conditions in 

1939-41. Medd. om Gronland 150(6) :I-116 

SPERM WHALI: 

(Physeter catodon) 

Distribution and Migration.-The 

sperm whale is nearlv worldwide in distribution except for the rack ice of the 

polar regions. Females ?nd immature 

animals are generallv found between 40"s 

and 5O0N latitudes. Sporm nrhaleS appear 

to migrate north during the northern summer and south dnrinq the northern 

winter. In the North P~clflc, male sperm 

whales are found as far north as the 

Bering and Ohhotsk Sws: in the North 

Atlantic thop move into Davis Strait and near Spikbergen. 

Abundance and Trerd-.-Information on this section is from the annual reports 

of the International Whaling Commission and from recent reports of the Bureau of International Whsling Statistics. The original world stock of exploitable males (i.e.. males over -the legal 

length limit of 30 feet) and sexually mature females was about 872 thousand, of 

which 49 percent were males. The present 

stock is about 590 thousand, of which 

only 35 percent are males. These are distributed by major ocean areas as follows: 

Occsn Oripinal Current 

population populal~on 

Norlh Atlantic.. . . . . .. . ...- 1 (22") 1 '-e 

Norlli Pacific. -. .... . . .. . .- 3.17 216 

Solilli Allunlic.. . . .-... ~.- 112 80 lndinn 3.. . . . .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . 157 109 

South Pacific .... ........... ?.I5 174 --- -. 

Alaska Department of Flsh and Game. 1973. tusk. Endoparasitic nematodes occur oc- -- 

I Efliniate of rotnl populalion, inrluding I~r;u,alurs Marlne mammal status reports. Unpub- cwionall~ in the stomach, and fie- n~iima~~. AII fimrrs in tholirand*. 

Ilshed, Juneau. AK. quently in basicraniol sinuses . 2 NO( Including rrntral Indian Ocran. 

. FEDERAL PEGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THULSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
30192 NOTICES 

The total populations, including irnmature animals. are roughly *ice the 

above estimates. . The sperm whale is currently the most 

important species of the world whaling industry. Stocks ir. most ares are above 

maximum sustainable yield levels. Catches of sperm whales in recent seasons have been: - - -- - - - . - 

Norl h Goulhwn S~uLhern 

Sumon Pacific Alhollc oceans, land ~IWIO YL&Llon$ 

1 Revised. 

2 No data lrom Azwes, or MadeIra, or Spain a No day, from Chile. 

In .most areas, males comprise the 

majority of the catches, and in the Antarctic (south of 40' S lat.) the catch ls 

almost exclusiVely males. . General Iliology : 

Spedes Statistics.-The sperm whale's 

large squarish. head is distinctive because 

it bears a tank-like "case" containing .spermaceti. The lower jaw is long and 

narrow, and has about 25 pairs pf teeth. 

Females reach 11.6 m in body length. males 16.8 m. 

Reproductive Data.-The,. females 

mature sexually about age 8 to 11 years when body 1engt.h is about 8.5 to 9.1 m, 

physically at 25 to 30 years and body length of 11.0 m. Males are not sexually 

mature until about 10 years and 11.9 m. 

and are not "socially" mature until about 

age 25 years. Females and juveniles of 

both sexes form schools of 10 to 50 animals. averaging about 25. Younger, sexually mature males (ca. 11.0 to 13.4 m. 

age 15 b 25 years) form "bachelor" 

schools usually containing not more than 

10 animals. Older males (13.7 m. 22 to 27 

years) are usually solitary except when with schools of females for breeding for 

about 5 months in the spring and early 

summer. The female bears a calf (about 

4.0 m) once every 3 to 5 years. Gestation last 14 to 15 months. and the calf 

nurses 1 to 2 years an<. is weaned at 

about 6.7 m long. Age-Gromth Data.-Newborn calves 

are about 3.5 to 5 m, and weigh about 

1.000 kg. Growth of males continues until 

they are 45 to 60 years old, and about 

15.5 m long. Feeding Habits.-This .species dives to 

at least 1,000 m.,can remain submerged for about an hour. and feeds mainly on 

large squid. It also consumes signif- icant quantities of octopuses and demersal and mesopelagic Ashes. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current ~esearch.L~he Natlonal 

Marine Fisheries Service is studying the 

life history of the sperm whale. Other 

organizations carrying out research on 

this species are the Japanese Whales 

Research Institute and Japanese Far 

Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory (North Pacific and Antarctic). Fisheries 

Research Board of Canada (North Atlantic). British National Institute of 

Oceanography (South Africa and western South America). South African Division of Sea Fisheries (South Africa), 

Australian Commonwealth Scientific 

and Industrial Research Organization (Australia), the University of Chile 

(Chile). the Marine Institute of Peru 

(Peru), and the Marine Department of 

New Zealand (New Zealand). 

Benin. A. A. 1971. Kashalot. Izdatelktvo. 

Plshchevaya Promyshelennost. Moscow. 

368 D. 

Best. P. B. 1967. The sperm whale (Physetcr 

catodon) off the west coast of South Affrlca. 1. Ovarian chanles and their sientflcance. Invest. Rep. 6v. 'sea Flsh. 5.-Afr. 

- 

61: 1-27. 

1968. The sperm whale (Physeter 

catodon) OR the west coast of South Af- ' rlca. 2. Reproduction ln the female. In- 

- 

vest. Rep. Dlv. Sea Flsh. S. Afr. 66:l-32. 

1989. The sperm whale (~hyset& 

catodon) off the we3 coast of 8011th Africa. 3. Reproductlon In the male. .Invest. 

- 

Rep. Mv. Sea Ftsh. 5. Af?. 72:l-20. 

1963. The sperm whale (Physeter 

catodon) of! the west coast of South Afrlca. 4. Dlstributlon and movements. In- 

- 

vest. Rep. Dlv. Sen Fhh. 8. Air. 78: 1-12. 

1970. The sperm whale (Phtrseter 

catodon) oU the west coast of South Afrlca. 5. Age. growth and mortality. Invest. 

Rep. Dlv. Sea Flsh. 8. Alr. 79: 1-27. 

Oambell. R. 1972. Sperm whales OR Durban. 

Dlsc. Rep. 35: 199-358. 

Internatlonsl Commldlon on Whaling. 1973. 

'pventy-thlrd report of the Commlsslon. 

lnternatlonal Commlsslon on Whallng. Scl- , entlflc Gonutilttee. 1971. Report of the svecia1 meetlng on sperm whale brology and 

stock asessments. pp. 40-50 ln Intl. 

Comm. Whallng. 2lst Rep. Comm, London 

Ohsuml. S. 1965. Reproductlon of the sperm 

whale in the Northwest Paclflc. Scl. Rep. 

Whales Res. Inst. 19: 1-35. 

PYGMY SPERM WEALE 

(Kogfa brevfceps) 

Distribution and Migration.-The 

pygmy sperm whale occurs In all the 

warmer seas of the world. In the Pacillc 

Ocean it ranges north to Washington and Japan: In the ,Atlantic' Ocean it 

ranges north to Nova Scotia and the 

Netherlands. Its southern range limit fs 

not well known. 

Abundance and ~rendL-The status of 

tais species is unknown other than the 

fact that it is apparently rather rare. 

There are many more records of stranding than there are for Kogia sinus. the 

dwarf sperm whale (C. 0. Handley. Jr., 

pers. comm.). This species Is occasionally taken in the Japanese small-whale 

.fishery (Yamada, 1954). 

General Biology.-Adult pygmy sperm whales are 2.7 to 3.4 m long. Their dorsal 

fln is low and posterior to the center of 

the back. This species was long confused with the dwarf sperm whale. and 

the following composite statement is 

based on both species. They are usually solitary or In smnll pods. They feed 

mostly on squid but also take pelagic 

crustaceans such as shrimps and giant 

mydds. Females simultaneously pregnant and lactating have been found, 

t P 

suggesting that they'-my bear a calf 2 

years in succession. 

Parasites include tapeworm cysts In 

the blubber, roundworms Ln the stomach, 

and giant kidney worms: 

Ecological Problems.-N.one known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. ' 

Current Research-D. K. Caldwell and 

M. C. Caldwell have been gathering data 

on the life history in Florida (D. K. Caldwell, pzrs. comm., 1974). D. K. Caldwell. 

M. C. Caldwell. and C. 0. Handley, Jr. 

have been working on the distribution 

(seasonal as well as geographical) in 

southeastern U.S. (Caldwell, pen. comm.,. 

1974). 

Allen, G. M. 1941. Pygmy sperm wh~le in 

the Atilntlc. Zool. Ser. Field Mus. Nat. 

Hlst.. 27: 17-36. 

Handley, C. 0.. Jr. 1966. A eynopsls of the 

genus Kogia (pygmy sperm whales). P. 

62-89 In K. 8. Norrls (ed.). Whales. dolc 

phlns. and porpolses. Unlv. Callf. Press. 

Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

Yalpada. M. 1954. Some remark8 on the 

pygmy sperm whale. Kogia. Scl. Rep. 

Whales Res. Inst.. 9:37-58. 

NORTH SEA BEAKED WHALE 

(Mesoplodon bidens) 

Distribution and Migration.-The North Sea beaked whale ranges mostly from the western Baltic Sea and central 

Norway south to the Bay of Blscay. It 

has been recorded in the western North 

Atlnntic Ocean from Newfoundland and 

Massachusetts. Its migrations are un- known. ~ -- 

~bunda&e and Trends-The sBtu3 

of this speciea is unknown, except that 

it is apparently rare (Moore, 1966). 

General Bfolo~.-This species is the 

only. one of its genus for which even 

rudimentary life history data are avaflable. The bded whales attain a maximum length of 5.5 m for males and 419 

m for females. Mating and birth usually take place in late winter and spring. The 

gestation period h about 1 year. At birth 

the calf ts between 1.8 and 2.1 m long. 

nurses for about 1 year. and at weaning 

is probably about 3.0 m long. 

Ecologfcal Problems.-None known. 

Allocatfon ProWm.-None known. 

Current Research.-None. 

Jonsgard. A.. and P. Roldal. 1957. Strandlngs 

of Sowerby's whale Mesoplodon bidens on the west coast of Norway. Nor* Hvalfangst-Tld.. 48(9) :507-512. 

Kukenthal. W. 1914. Zur Kentnlss dm MeSOplodon bfdens (Soberby). Jenalsche Z. 

Naturwlss.. 51~93-123. 

Moore. J. C. 1968. Diagnoses and dlstrlbutlon 

of beaked whales of the genus Memplodon 

known from North Amerlcan waters. P. 

32-61 In K. S. Norrls (ed.). Whales. dolphlns. and porpolses. Unlv. Callf. Press. 

Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

Nlshlwakl. M.. and N. Oguro. 1972. Catch of 

the Cuv1er;s beaked whales off Japan In recent years. Bcl. Rep. Whales Bes. Instl,. 

24:35-41. 

Omura. H.. K. FuJlno. and 9. IUmura. 1955. 

Beaked whale Berardius bairdi of Japan. 

wlth nates on Ziphiw caoirostrfr. 8cL Bap. 

Whales Bes. Inst.. 10:89-132. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 
- 

NOTICES 

DWARF SPERM -ALE 

(Kogia simus) 

Distribution and dbi&ation.- he 

dwarf sperm whale apparenA& has a discoctinuous distribution around the 

world. It has been found in the seas 

adjacent to South Africa, India. Ceylon. Japan, Hawaii. South Australia. and the 

west and east coasts of the United States. 

On the west coast it has been recorded 

only from Cabo San Lazaro, Baja California, and San Luis Obispo County, California. On the east coast it ranges from Cape Henry, Virginia, south and 

west to Texas. 

Abundance and Trends.-The status of 

this species is unlmown other than the 

fact that it is apparently rather rare over 

much of its range. However, it strands 

rather frequently on the southeast coast 

of the United States and is taken in the 

Japanese small-whale Ashery (Yamada, 

1954). 

.General Biology.-~ddt dwarf sperm whdes are 2.1 to 2.7 m long. Thelr dorsal 

fin is high and near the center .of the 

back. 'I'hb species was long confused with 

the pygmy sperm whale, and the following is a composite statement based on 

both species. They are usually solitary or 

In small pods. They feed mostly on squid but also take pelagic crustaceans such 

as shrimps and giant niysids. Females 

simultaneously pregnant and lactating have been found, suggesting 'that thcy 

may bear a calf 2 years irrsuccession. 

Parasites include tapeworm cysts inthe blubber, roundworms in the stomach. 

and giant ktdney worms. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-D. K. Caldwell and 

M. C. Caldwell have been gathering data 

on the life hisbry in Florida (D. 7. 

Caldwell, pers. comm., 1974). D. K. Caldwell, M. C. Caldwell. and C. 0. Handley, Jr. have been working on the distribution 

(seasonal as well as geographi-d) in 

southeastern U.S. (Caldwell, pers. comm., 

1974). 

R.EFEREN~ 

Xandley, C. O., Jr. i966. A synopsis of the 

genus Kogid (Pygmy sperm whales), P. 

62-69 In K. 8. Norris (ed.). Whales, dolphlns. and porpolses. Univ. Calif. Press, 

Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

Yamada. M. 1964. Some remarks on the 

pygmy sperm whale, Kogia. Sci. Rep. 

Whales Res. Inst. 9:37-58. 

ANTILLEAN BEAKED WHALE 

(Mesoplodon europaeus) 

Distribution and Migration.-The Antillean beaked whale ranges from Trinidad. Jamaica. and the Gulf of Mexfco, 

north to Long 'Island, New York. One 

record for the English Channel has been 

obtained. Its migrations are unknown. 

Abundance and Trends.--The status of 

this species is unknown, except that it is. 

apparently Lare (Moore, 1966). 

General Biology.-These whales are 

known niostly from stranded individuals, 

which suggest that they are usually solitary. Otherwise, nothing is known of 

their biology. 

EcoloOfcal Problems.-None known. 

ARocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-None. 

RlwEmNQS 

Moore. J. C. 1966. Magnosef~ and dlstributions of beaked whales of the genus 

Mesoplodon known from North American 

watere. P. 32-61 In K. 8. Norris (ed.), 

Whales, dolphins. and porpolses. Unlv. 

Calif. Ress, Berkeley and Lo8 Angeles. 

Distribution and Migration-The True's beaked whale has been found in 

the western North Atlantic Ocean from 

Nova Scotia south to Northern Florida, 

and in the eastern North Atlantic Ocean 

from the Outer Hebrides south along the 

west coast of Ireland. There is another 

population off the coast of South Africa. 

Its migrations are unknown. 

Abundance and Trends.-The status of 

this species is unknown, except that it is 

apparently rare (Moore. 1966; l968). 

General Biology.-These whales are 

known mostly from stranded individuals. 

which suggest that they are usually solitary. Otherwise, nothing is known of 

their biolom. 

~cologfc;;l Problems.-None known. 

Allocation ProbZerns.-None known. 

Current Research-None. 

RmTaENCEB 

Moore. J. C. lD66. DiW- 8Dd dtgtrlbutlo~ 

of beaked whales of the genus Mesoplodon 

known from North American waters. P. 

32-61 In K. 9. Nods (4.). Whales, dolphlns, and porpolses. Unlv. Callf. Prem. 

- 

Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

1968. Relatlonshlpe among the llvlng 

genera of beaked whales wlth clafsltlcstlons, diagnoses and keys. Fleldlsna: Zoology, 53(4) :209-298. 

BERING SEA BEAKED WHALE 

(Mesoplodon stqnegeti) 

Distribution and ~fgmtion.-The 

Bering Sea beaked Whale is endemic to 

the North PacLfic Ocean. It ranges from 

the Commander and Pribilof Islands. 

Bristol Bay, and the northern Gulf of 

Alaska south to the Sea of Japan on the 

western side and Oregon on the eastern 

side. Its migrations are unknown. 

Abundance and Trends.-The status of 

this species is unknown, except that it is 

apparently rare (Moore, 1966; 1968). 

General Biology.-These whales are 

known mostly from stranded individuals, 

which suggest that they are usually solltary. Otherwise, nothing is known of 

their biology. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-None. 

REFEZIEN& 

Moore. J. C. 1963. Recognlzlng certain specles 

of beaked whales of the Paclflc Ocean. 

Amer. Mldl. Natur. 70(2) :39-428. 

- 1966. Diagnoses and dlstributlon8 of 

beaked whales of the genus Mesoplodon 

known from North Amerlcan waters. P. 

92-61 In K. s. orris (ed.1, mes, dolphins, and porpoises. Unlv. Calif. Pw. 

Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

-. 1968. Relatlonshlps among living 

genera of beaked whales with classiflcatlom, diagnoses aqd keys. Fleldiana: 2001. 

ogy. 63 (4) : 209-ZD8. 

rjfahlmura, 8.. and M. Nlshlwakl. 1964. Reo 

ords of the beaked whale Mesoplodon from 

the Japan Sea. Publ. &to Mar. Biol.. 12 

(4) :823-334. 

ARCH-BEAKED MALE 

(Mesoplodon carlhubbsi) 

Distribution and Migratiun.-The arch-beaked whale has been recorded 

only in the North Pacific Ocean, from the 

Sanriku coast of Rvkkaido on the west 

ern side and from Britith Columbia 

south to southern California on the eastem side. Its migrations are unknown. . Abundance and Trends.-The status 

of this species is unknown, except that it 

is apparently rare (Moore. 1966; 1968). 

General Biolo~~.-These whales are 

known mostly from stranded individuals, 

which suggest that thev are usually solitary. Otherwise, nothing is known of 

their biolow. 

~culogical Problems.-Hone known. 

Allocation Problems-None known. 

Current Research.-None. 

Moore, J. C. 1963. Recoptllzlng certaln species 

of beaked whales of the Paclflc Ocean. 

- 

Amer. Mldl. Natnr. 70(2): 398-4126. 

1966. Dlagnoses and dlstrlbutlon of 

beaked whales of the genus Mesoplodon 

known from North Amerlcan waters. P. 

32-81 In K. 5. Norris fed.). Whales. dolphlns and porpolses. Unlv. Callf. Pressi 

Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

.- 1968. Relation-hips . among llvlng 

genere of beaked whales with classlflcatlons, dlegnoses an4 keys. Fleldlana: Zool- 

- ogy, E8 (4) :209-298. 

Plke, 0. C.. and I. B. MacAskle. 1969. Marlne mammals of Brltlsh Columbia. Fish 

Res. Bd. Can. Bull. 171 :1-54. 

(Mesoplodon gtnkgodens) 

Distribution and Migration.-The ginkgo-toothed whale has been recorded 

from Ceylon. in the western North Pacmc Ocean from TaiwPn to the- Banriku 

coast of Hokkaido. and in the eastern 

North PacLfic Ocean at Del Mar in 

southern California. Its migrations are 

unknown. 

Abundance and Trends.-.The status of 

this species Is unknown, except that it 

may not.be so rare in the western part of the North Pacific as once thought (Nishiwaki. et al.. 1972). 

General Biology.-These whales are 

known mostly from stranded individuals, 

which suggest that thev are usually solitary. Otherwise. nothing is known of 

their biology. 

Ecoloeical Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-None. Present 

knowledge k based on opportunistic ex- amination of specimens. 

Moore, J. C., and R. M. Gilmore. 1966. A 

barlred whale new to the weatern hemisphere, Nature, 205 (4977) : 1239-1240. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY. JULY 22, ,1976 
301W NOTICES 

4;" -, 

~l~hlwskl. M.. and T. Kamlya. 1958. A beaked about 7.0 m. These whales,usually travel Bureau of International haling Statkt.ics 

whale stranded at Oiso Beach. Japan. 6ci. i, tight schools of up to about 10 in- 1952-1972. Lntsmatlonal. Whallng StntbRep. Whales Res. InsL. 13:63-83. tics. 

Nishlwakl. M.. T. KPrmya. K. Kureha. and N. dividuab, but old males are often soli- Nlshlwakl, M.. snd N. Oguro. 1971. Bairdss 

Ogara 1972. Further commenta on Meao- Their main are squids and beaked whalw caught on the WWt of 

p- ginkgodens. scl. mp. Whales Reg. deepwater fishes. Sexual maturity is at- Japan in recent 10 years. SC~. Rep. Whaler 

~wt. 24:43-56. tained at a length of bout 5.5 rn in both Res. Inst. 23:111-122. 

Sexes. Omura. H.. K. FuJlno. ~nd S. Klmura. 1955. 

DENSE-BEAKED W-SALK Ecological Problems.-None known. Beaked whales Berardius bafrdi of Japan, 

(Mesoplodon densiroslris with notes on ZIphfua cavlrostris. Scl. Rep. Allocation Problems.-None known. . Whales m. Inst.. 10:89-192. 

Distribution and Migration.-The dense-beaked whale is widely. but perhaps dbcontinuously, distributed )n tropical and warm temperature waters 

around the world. In the NortkPacific 

Ocean it has been recorded from Taiwan, 

Japan, and Midway Island. In the North 

~tlantic Ocean it has been recorded from 

Nova Scotia south to the Bahamas on 

the western side, and from Madeira on 

the eastern side. 

Abundance and Trends.-The Status 

of this species b unknown, except that it 

is apparently rare (Besharse, 1971: 

Moore, 1966). 

General Biology.-These whales are 

known mostly from stranded individuals. 

which suggest that they are usually soutam. Otherwise, nothing ls known of 

their biology. 

Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-None. 

REFEUENCEs 

Besharss. J. C. 1871. Maturity and sexual dimorphism in the skull. mandible, and teeth 

of the beaked whale. Mesoploda densfrostris. J. Mammal. 533287-316. 

Moore, J. C. 1998. Dlsgnoaes and distrlbutlonr of beaked whah of the genus 

Mesoplodon known from North American 

waters. P. 32-61 In K. 8. Norrls (ed.). 

.Whales. dolphin& and porpoises. Unlv. 

Calif. Pms, Berkeley and Los Angeles. 

GOOSE-BEAKED WHALE 

(Ziphius catrfrostris) 

Distribution and Migration.-The goose-beaked whale I3 found in all oceans 

except Arctic and Antarctic waters. In 

the North PacLfic Ocean it ranges north 

to Hokkaido. the Coamander and Aleutian Islands, and the Queen Charlotte Islands. In the North Atlantic Ocean t 

ranges north to Cape Cod. Massachusetts, on the western side and theJShetland and Orkney Islands on the eastern 

side. Its migrations are not understood. 

Abundance and Trends.-The status 

of this species is unknown. The goose- beaked whale is the most frequently observed ziphiid. at least in the eastern 

North Pacific Ocean. and throughout its 

range has been found stranded far more 

often than any other species of the 

family (Mitchell, 1968). Between 13 and 

16 goose-beaked whales have been-baken 

annually in the Japanese small-whale 

flshery during the past 5 years (Nlshiwaki and Oguro. 1972). 

General ~w1ogy.-The goose-beaked whale is distinguishable from other 

ziphiids by its relatively short beak, the 

dorsal profile of which forms an almost 

straight line with. the steeply sloping forehead. and by its brown coloration; 

older males have snow-white heads. The 

maximum body length in both sexes is 

Current Research.-Research on this 

species has been conducted incidentally 

to other studies in Japan by the Whales 

Research Institute and the Ocean Research Institute. . 

Mitchell. 6. 1968. Northeast Paciflc stranding 

dLstributlon and seasonality of Cuvfer's 

befbked whale Ztphiw cavirostris. Can. J. 

ZOOl.. 46:265-279. 

Nlshlwakl. M., and N. Oguro. 1972. Catch of 

Cuvler's beaked whales off Japan ia recent 

years. ScL Rep. Whales Res. Inat. No. 24, p. 

35-4 1. 

GIANT BOTTLENOSE WHALE 

Lnstribution and Migration.-The 

giant bottlenose whale is endemic to the 

North Pacific Ocean, where it ranges from St. Matthew Bland in the Bering 

Sea south to central Honshu on the western side and southern California on he 

eastern side. Its migratiow are p orly known. 

6 

Abundance and Trends-The status of 

this species is unknown except that it 

Is uncommon but not rare. According to 

information taken from the Bureau of 

International Whaling Statistics, between 100. and 400 giant bottlenose 

whales have been taken annually in the 

Japanese small-whale fkhery during the 

past 20 years. 

Genera2 Biology.-This species is the 

largest of the beaked whales. Males attain a maximum length of 11.9 m and 

females 12.8 m. Their long narrow beak, 

bulging forehead, and size distinguish them from other species of beaked 

whales in the North Paciflc Ocean. They usually travel in tight schools of up to 

30 individuals. Their main foods are 

deep-water Rshes and squids. Males attain sexual maturity at a length of about 

10.0 m. and females at about 10.3 m. 

Sexual maturity b not attained earlier 

than age 3 years, and probably much 

later. Mating takes place mostly in 

February, and calves are born in December. 

Ecologfcal ProbIems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-Research on this 

species h~s been conducted incidentally 

to other studies in Japan by the Whales 

Research Institute and the Ocean Research Institute: in California by the 

National Marine Msheries Service; and 

in British Columbia bv the Fisheries Research Board of Canad+ 

Betesheva. E. I. 1960. Pttanle ksshalote 

(Phynetm catodon L.) I berardiusa (Berardlus bafrdi Stejneger) v ralone KurU'shot 

gryady. Trudy Vses Glbroblol. Obshch. 

10~227-234. 

NORTH ATLAHTIC BOTTLENOSE WHALE 

Distribution and Migratfon.-This species of bottlenose whale is endemic to 

the, colder waters of the North Atlantic 

Ocean. On the western side it ranges from Davis Strait south to Rhode Island; 

on the eastern side it ranges from Novaga Zemlya south to the Azores and English Channel. It migrates south in the autumn 

and north in the spring. Abundance ami TrenSk;.-The initial 

population in all waters east of Greenland is estimated to have been between 

40,000 and 100,000: by 1915 it was reduced to about half its initial size 

(Christenkn. 1974). It is not known 

whether it has since increased. Norwegian catches in the North Atlantic 

ranged- from 2,000 to 3,000 annual19 between 1890 and 1900. Catches ranged 

from 20 to 100 per year from 1920 to 1954. 

From 1955 t.6 1971, a few hundred have 

been caught anually, peaking at about 

700 in 1965. Catches have been near zero 

since then. A few individuals Pre sometimes taken by whalers operating from 

Nova Scotia and the F'aeroe Islands. 

General Biolom.-The bottlenose 

whale is easily recognized by a conspicuous beak that is sharply demarked 

from the htgh bulging forehead which, in 

old males. becomes almost vertical and 

flattened in front and slightly overhangs 

the base of the beak. Bottlenose whales 

are black when young, turn brown when 

adult, and almost yellow with a white 

head when very old. Males attain a , maxi~nurn length of 10.7 m. and females 

9.7 m. Pemales attain sexual maturity 

at about ~'~eam, males at 9 to It yesrs. 

Mating occurs in April, and the 3.0 m 

calf is born about 12 months later. Bottlenose whales usually travel in small 

heards of 4 to 10, but the adult males 

are often by themselves. Their food appears to be mainly squids. Females attain 

sexual maturity when about 6.5 m long. 

The calves are born from early spring to 

early summer. , Ecological Problems.-None known. 

Allocation Problems.-None known. 

Current Research.-This species is 

being studied by the Statens Institute for 

Hvalforskning, Oslo, Norway. 

Bureau of International Whallng StatlstlCa. 

lQSfFl972. lnternatlonsl Whallng Statistics. 

Benjamlnsen. T. 1972. On the biology of the 

bottlenose whale. Hyperoodon ampullahu , (Forster). Norw. J. Zool. R0:233-241. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41. NO. 142-THURSDAY. JULY 22, 1976 
chrtetsnaen. I. 1873. Age determination. ag6 

distribution and growth of bottlenose 

whales, Hypermdoa onpullatus (Pbrster) . in the Labrador Sea. Norw. J. 2001. 21 331- 

340. 

Christensen, I. 1874. The history of explolta- tion and the lnltlal status of the northeast 

Atlmtlc bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon ampullatus). FAO/ACMF~E(, Report. Doc. 

21. 23 p. Gray. D. 1882. Notea on the characters and 

hablto of the bottlenose whale (Hypetoodon rostratw). Roc. Zool. Soc.. London. 

1882:126-731. 

Jonsgard. A. 19S1. Om bottlenosen (Hyperoodan rostrata) og spekkoggern (Orcinw orca). Fauna (1) :]-la. 

Murray. J.. and J. Hjort. 1912. The depths of 

the ocean. McMman and Co.. London. 821 

P. 

CONTP.~ORS Oasmr rm! DEPARTXENT OF 

c- TO TAWS OF S~oclVl m- ra 

grodie, Paul F.. mherfes Research Board of 

Can&. Marh Emlogy LaEoratory, Bedford IoaULute. DPtmouth, Nova Bcotla. 

Canada. 

Brooks. James W.. Alaska Department of Flsh 

md we. Subport BuIldlng. Juneau. AK 

90801. 

Brownell, Robert L.. Jr.. Mvlslon of Mammals. 

National Mwm Natural Hbry, Bmlthaonlan Imtitution, Washington. DC. 

Buras. John J.. AllrsLB Depertment of Fish 

and Qame. 1300 College Ffoad, Fairbanks, 

M 89'701. 

CalQ.atl, DsvM EL. Gommunlcstfon Sclences 

Laboratory. Route 1, Box 122, St. Augusthe. 

n 32804. 

Caldwell. Melba C.. Oommu~icatlon 5clences 

Laboratory. Route 1, Box 122, Bt. Augustlne, 

n 32804. 

Carllsle. John 0, Mlomla State Fisheries 

Laboratory. Marlne Besrources Region, SBO 

Golden Shore. Loag Beach. CA 90801. 

Chaprara. 'Dougt.s O, College US Flaherfeq. 

U- of Washlngtoo, Sesttle. WA 

88185. 

Evans, WUhm X. Raw lhdmm Rasearch 

'and Development Center, San Diego. CA 

92132 

Fay. FraneQ EL, Unbrstty of ALasha, College, AK m1. 

Oatw. Doyb. CaIlfornLa Department of Flsh 

and Oame. Marlne Resources Regton. 360 

OM- M, Lang Beach. CA 90801. 

Handley. Charlea 0.. Jr.. Department of ' Verkbrate Zoology. Bmtthcoz&m Instltutlon. Washtngton. DC 20560. 

Xouck. Warren J.. DlvLslon of Bbloglcal 

Sciences. Humboldt State University, 

Arcatb CA 95621. 

Kenyon, Karl W.:11964 Lake* Phce N.E.. 

Seattk WA 981%. . Leathemood. J. Stephen. Marlne Life 8cl-. 

ences Laboratory. Naval Undersea Research 

and Development Center. Ssn Dlego, CA 

92132. 

MaWeld, mhur W., Arctic Biological Station, Plsherh ainearch Board of Canada. 

P.O. Box 4W, Bte. Anne de Bellevue, P.Q.. 

Canada 

Mead. James a, Smlthsonbn Institution Natbnal Museum of Naturrrl RLatory, Washingtoq DC ~OMKI. 

Norrls. Kenneth 8. Unlverslty of Callfornla 

at Banh cmz, Bank, cruz CA 95080. 

Rap, ~.(Cnrtetvn. Department of Pathobiol00, Johns Hopklns Unlverslty. 615 North 

WoUe Street. Baltlmo~e, MD 21205. 

Scheffer. Victor B.. 14808 S.E. 64th St.. Bellevue, WA 98006. 

Siniff, Don B., Department of Fhlogy and 

BehavW. JW Mmm of Natural Hlstmy, 

University of Mtnntsota. Mtnwapolls. MN. 

Vania John 8.. Marine Mammal Studies. 

~laika ~epar&nt of ?%?& and Game, 1018 

Internationel Airport Rd. Anchorage, 

AK 99502. 

Xlmenez. Isaias. SOYP Depto Clentlflco y 

Tecnico del Servlc!o. Oceanomaflco v de 

Pesca, Juan Licdoifo C'ueslss i409. ~intevideo, Uruguay. ' 

Each marine mammal d U.S. concern 

Is protected by one or more U.8. laws 

or acts, and the c~nservation of some 

species is at least partially assured by internationa1 treaty or law. A summary of 

the various hws, conventions, and com- missions desfgned and enacted to protect marine mammals follows: 

1. Maaim? Xcnnmd AotecUon Act of 

1972.-A US. Federal law that prohibits 

U.S. citizens from taking, harasdng, or 

importing any marine mammal or tkr 

byproducts into the United States, except when authorized to do so by special 

permit. Indians. Wfmoe, and Aleuts of 

the North PsdAc and Arctic Omns can tahe marine mammals for subsistence, 

and far creating end selling handicraft 

items and clothing a8 long as the stocks 

can sup- the harvest. 

a. Endnngered specieo Act of 1973.- 

The purposes of this U6. F'ederal law. 

which became effective December 28. 

1973, are to provlde'a program for the 

conservatibn of species that are either 

endangered (presently) or threatened 

(within the foreseeable future) with extinction and their dependent ecosystems. 

and implement certatn international conservation conventions (including the 

Convention on International Trade in 

Endangered Species of Wlld Fauna and 

Flora). The primary oblective Is to bring 

these species to the pdpt at which they are no longer in danger of extinction.' 

The Act prohibib taking (eg. killing, 

capturing. harassing). importing, export- W, and interstate commerce, involving 

endangered species and authorizes protective regulaUons for threatened specks. 

Controls aflectparts and products as well 

as live animals. The Act also provides 

limited exceptions to these prohibitions 

for. among other things, certain subsist- ence tam in Alaska and permits to 

allow sctentiflc pnrvoses, enhancement 

of propagation, and survival of the 

species. 

3. IntematW Whaling Convention.-The Ln tern& onal Whaling Commission was established.under a conven- tion signed in Washington, D.C. tn December 1946. The membership includes 

811 countries that catch significant num- bers of whales except Spain. Portugal. 

Chile. Peru, and Brazil. The IWC fs responsible for whale conservation worldwide. Since 1964. the TWC has wted to 

bring world whaling under control by 

prohlbiting worldwide the Wing of some 

species, sharply reducing the authorized 

catches of species in certain areas, establishing catch quotas by species, and 

implementing an international obsex-vrr 

plan for policing quotas and regulations 

at land stations and on factory ships. 

The IWC appears to be extending its authority to cover all cetaceans and to hplement regulations for threatened species. The IWC now regulates the harvest 

of fln, sei, Bryde's, minke, and sperm 

whales. A subcommittee of the lWC may 

be established to improve data collection 

on small cetaceans and review problems. 

The gray, bowhead, right. blue, and 

humpback whales are completely protected. except for some hunting by 

aboriginals. 

4. International Concention on Trade 

in Endangered Species of Wild ~au& 

and Flora-When this convention becomes effective. it will provide additional 

protection for the following species: Appendix I---gray. blue, humpback, bowhead, and right whales, northern elephant seal, Ganges River dolphia Caribbean and Mediterranean monk seals, 

dugong, and West Indian and South 

A.n6rican manatees; Appendix 11- - 

sobthern elephant seal, southern fur sed 

Galapagos fur seal. Juan Fernandez fur 

seal, Guadalupe fur seal, dugong <Atralian) , and West African manatee. 

5. Interim Cowention on North Pacific 

Fur Seals.-This commtion prohibits 

most citizens of Japan, Cansda, the 

U.S.SX, and the United States from taking northern fur seals. The exceptions are aboriginal Indians, Aleuts, and 

Eskimos. who may take them only at sea 

and by primitive methods. The c01fvmtion also provides for intensive research 

on this species by the four countries Tbe 

economic utlkbtion of northern f nr seals on their breeding grounds is conducted 

by the respective governments and is 

regulated on a s-c bas& 

6. Itrtmurtfonal Convention for Ue 

Northmest Athntic Ffshaies-Under 

terms of a convention signed in 1949. 

ICNAF is resiomthle for the tnvestigation. protection, and ccmservstlan of the 

&hems of the Northwest Atlantic in 

order to make possible the maintenance 

of a msximurn sustained cstch from 

these Asheries. The harp seal harvest Is 

regulated by ICNAP, which impc%es 

quotas for the bkhg of these mammals. 

7. Intmtfonal Convention for the 

Conservation of Antarctfc Seals, 1972.- 

The purpose of this convention is to safeguard all species of Antarctic seals and 

to ensure that, if commercial sealing 

begins on floating ice of the Southern 

Ocean. the killing of certain species will 

be prohibited and the taking of other 

species will In? subject to strict limitations. Measures adopted under the 

Antarctic Treaty of 1959 provide only for 

the protection of seals and other animal?! 

around the shoreline of the Antarctk 

Continent. but not on floating ice. The 

convention of 2972 may be applicable to 

any or all of the following seals: southern elephant. leopard, Weddell, crabeater, Ross, and southern fur seals. 

8. Canadtan-Nonocgian Agreement on 

Sealing.--On December 22, 1871. these 

two governments ratified an agreement 

on sealing and the conservation of seal 

stocks in the Northwest Atlantic. The 

agreement a~pliea to the harp seal. but 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22. 1976 

\ 
30196 NOTICES 

a" 

provision is made for extension to hooded 1. Walrus-In 1958, the U.S.S.R. and n. January 3. 1975: ~~~AL ELEGISTI~L refand bearded seals and to the walrus. Norway agreed to ban the hunting of erence, 40 FB. 784. 

9. Misce2laneow re0ulatfon.s and agree- walrus except to satfsfy locaI needs and APPENDIX D 

ments of some U.S. interest: those of expeditions. 

a. Harp seal-The U.S.S.R. and Nor- j. Guadalupe fur seal-Mexico has Amendment to On IncidenW Taklng in the Course of CommerciaI Flsh- n7zy signed an agreement in 1958 entitled safeguarded the breedlng grounds of the ing Operations, December 5, 1075: --,, "?reservation of Seals in the Greenland Guadalupe fur seal on the Guadalupe Is- REG- reference, 40 F.R. 56899. , Sea." The agreement provides for the lands by making this island a wildlife 

redation of ham seal catches by these refu~e. APPENDIX E 

two nations. he-u.s.s.R.. however, has 

not hunted harp seals since 1965. 

5. Gray seal-The U.S.S.R. has pro- hibited (since 1970) the hunting of gray 

seals for sport and by amateurs, but per- mits the taking of these animals for subsistence. Canada uses an 1886 law for authority in regulating the take of gray seals. England has prohibited the hunting of gray seals on the Fame Islands 

since 1932 and on Orhey Island since 

1923. Norway has forbidden hunting at 

Sor Trondelag (since 1923). Finland and 

Sweden offer bonuses for gray seals taken. 

c. Hooded seal4anada and Norway prohibit the :aking of hooded seals near 

Newfoundland before 10 March, near Jan 

Mayen Island before 13 March, in Denmark Strait from 15 June to 15 July, and 

in northern waters from 20 March to 5 

Mny. The U.S.S.R. and Norway in 1958 

agreed to prohibit the hamest of hooded 

seals near Jan men Island before 13 

March, and banned hunting in Denmark 

Strait. 

d. Bearded seal-The U.S.S.R. has. 

since 1970, banned the commercial huntIng of bearded seals from vessels, and 

regulates the take of this species by aborigines and the harvest from shore by others. 

e. Ribbon seal-Since the 1960's. 'the 

U.S.S.R. has forbidden the hunting of 

ribbon seals at sea from 1 March to 1 

September, and in 1970 stopped hunting 

by amateurs. 

f. Ringed seal-The U.S.S.R. banned 

sport hunting of Pusa hbpida hispfda be-' 

ginning in 1970. Sport hunting . of 

another subspedes (apparently accepted by the U.S.S.R. as P. h. krascheninikoui) 

was also banned by the U.S.S.R. In that 

year, local harvests were regulated, and 

hunting of the subspecies between 1 

March and 1 September was prohibited. The U.S.S.R. has also, since 1970, pre- vented commercial hunting of P. h. 

ochotensis from vessels, and regulated the take of this subspecies by aborigines and the harvest from shore by others. 

g. Harbor seal-Ice-dwelling popula- tions-The U.S.S.R. has prohibited sport hunting of these' populations of .the 

harbor seal since 1970, protects its 

rookeries from harassment and polIutlon, and regulates the harvest. Land-dwelli.ng populations-The U.S.S.R. has prohibited the sport hunting of these populations since 1970. and regulates the take of 

harbor seals from the White and Bsrents 

Seas. 

h. Northern sea lion-The U.S.S.R. 

regulates the harvest of northern sea 

Lions and protects its rookeries from 

harassment. . 

k.3out.h American fur seal--The Uruguayan and Argentinian Gavernments 

protect the South American fur seal on 

land and out to 200 miles at sea. In addition, the Uruguayan Government regu- lates the Barvest by protecting all female 

seals except the 1-year-olds, controlling take of pups by season restrictions, and 

imposing quotas in some instances.. 

1. South African fur seal-The harvest 

of South African fur seals is largely a 

state enterprise in South Africa, however, the system includes one of control 

and leasing of rookeries to private con- . tractors. The South West African Administration has not entered the hsrvesting business, but licenses private 

Arms, restricts gear to be used, establishes closed seasons. and places limits 

on sex and condttion of catch. 

m. Narwhal--Canada ~llows its Eskimos to take five narwhals annually for 

personel use and issues permits to cap ture this mammal for exhibition. 

n. Killer whale-Canada allon7s this 

species to be taken under a permit system. t 

PART ~~I.-A&ENDZCES 

APPENDIX A.----TABLES 

Table 1.-Common and Sc!entlflc Names of 

Marine Mammals Involved in Sclentmc 

Research/Public Dlsplay Permit Applicatlons 

Table 11.--Synopsis of Permit Applications 

Table =I.-Number of Cetaceans Requested 

Ln Sclentiflc Rezearch/Public Display Permit A~pllCrbtlons 

Table IV.-Number of Plnnlpeds Requested 

In Scientific Research/Publlc Display Permlt A~pllcatlons 

Table V.-Number of Cetaceans Authorimd 

to be Taken or Imported under Sclentlfio 

Resesrch/Public Dlsplay Permits: and 

Table V1.-Number of Plnnipeds Authorlzed 

to be Taken or Imported Under Sclentiflc 

Wesearch/Publlc Display Permits 

AP-IX B.-PERMIT ISSUANCE POLICIES 

1. Pollcy To Establtsh a Standardized Procedure Concerning the Processlng of Applications for Permlts and the Buspens!on of Activltles Pursuant to Exlstlng 

Permlts: FEDERAL REGISTER reference, 40 

FR. 24948. 

2 Prohibltlons Contained in Section 102(b) 

Would Be Consldered in Connection 

With Permlts. Waivers, and Foreign 

Programs; F'ED~L REGISTER reference. 

40 F.R. 17845. 

APPENDIX C.-REOWLATIONS ON INCIDENTAL TAKLNG IN THE COURSE OF COMMERCIAL Fxsmxqc 

OPrnATIONS 

I. September 5. 1974: F~ERAL RFCIS~R reference. 39 F.R. 32117. 

2. September 20. 1974: FEDERAL REGISIW 

reference. 39 FR. 33801. 

8. September 25. 1974: FEDERAL REGISTER rderence, 39 F.R 34417. 

blethodology for Comparing 1975 and 1976 

Porpoise Mortality ln the Yellowfln Tuna 

Purse Seinlng Flshery. Aprll 5. 1976: Peo- -I?RAL REGISTER referencc. 41 P.R. 14401. 

Notice of Hearing to Waive the Moratorium 

to Allow Importation of Fur Sealskins . Fmm South Africa. July 7. 1976: FEDERAL 

REGISm reference. 40 F.R 28169. 

APPENDIX G 

Alnelldment to Regulations Oovernlng the 

Taklng and Importlng of Marine Manunals, 

Regarding Penaltics and Procedure8 For 

Thelr ae~sment. November 24. 1975: FEDEBAL RRECISTER reference. 40 F.R. 64427. 

APPENDIX H 

Table : Marlne Mammal Conservatlon-Status of Authorizatton+Funding- W 1976+ 

1077. 

APPENDIX -4 

TARI.E 1.-f;'ommon and sn'e?ttifir: nume8 ol 

marine ntammals i~rz'olued in 8cit~tific 

t'ssearch/public display pomit applic.c~- 

lions . -- Comlnon uame Scientific name 

Dlwk Rlght Whale.. ....... Ralarna 0lacWis 

Rowheed Whale.. .......... Mama mysgictlua. Ora Whale--. ........... .. Kadrichtius robwiur. 

~ide,~hala.. ............. l?alnrnoplrra acutorosrmr.,. 

Bryde s Whale. ............ Bala~rra rdtni. 

Sei Whale ................... Ralarnoptna borealis. 

Fin Whale.. ............. ... RalarnopItra physalua. 

Blue Whale ................. Ralacnopfrra muaeulw.- 

Humpback Whale .......... Affgaptrra nocafonglior. Roo h toothed Dolphin.-. . Sfrno brrdanrnsla. 

~ottf~nosed Dolphins.. .... firaiw sp. Atlantic Botllenosed Dol- TursiopJ lruncaltlr 

phin. 

Pacific Botllenosed Dol- Tursiofw gNi. Phin. 

Risso's Dolphin. ........... Grumpus grisrua. Lagcnorhynchine Dolphin.. Lagcnorbgnchw s Whitebeaked Dolphin. .... Lapenorhynchuu aPdirwrrrr 

Atlantic White-sided Dol- lapcnorhynchua ac-w. nhh 

White-sided Dol- Laq~rhqnchccs obiqul&n,-. 

phin. Dusky Dolphin.- .......... Lagmothynchw obaean,~ 

Dolphin. - 

Melon-headed Whale. ...... Pepomcrphala rleclr#t 

Pygmy Killer Whale .... Fncsa altcnuafa. 

False Killer Whale. ........ Pamdmca craasfdenr. 

Pllot Whales. .............. L'lobiccphala sp. Long-finned Pilot Whale- .. L'lobiuphalu mclaneau. 

Short-finned Pllol Whale. .. L'1obicrphalarnaerorh~~ch1~d. 

KUler Whale ............... Orcinw orca. Harbor Porpoiw ........... Phococna phoecum. Cochilo. ................... Phocozna rlnus. 

Dall's Porpoise.. ........... Phmnoidra ddt. 

White Whale (Belukba. Dtlphinaplerus lturas. 

Beluga Whale). 

Spern~ Whale.. ............. Phyacttr cat.d.a Pygmy Sperm Whale ....... Kwia brrviupa. Eubb's Beaked Whale ...... bhrefled.? mrihubbdi. 

Cuvier's Beaked Whale.--.. Ziphirrr caoiru(ria. 

Bottlonw wh ales... ....... ~mro8dm sp. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY. JULY 22, 1976 
~oocb American sen Lion.- Oto* -. - Cslilorats &a Lion.. ....... dflbrrhrr. 

Notthem (Rdellar) MUon- El- War. 

Antarctk Rw &el.. , ...... Are(ooupAdw ma.. . 

South African Fur 6eal..... Ardoecphfw pusfilur. Norlhern Fur &el .......... CNlorhinw rrsiw. 

Paeifie Rsrbor 8caI.. ...... PAoca oitultru ricAordlL, 

lee-breeding Harbor &.el-.-, Photo vilullna &?#he. 

Atlantic Rlrrbor Seal ....... Phoca oildho sitdin& 

Westem H.AltsoticEbrku nacn vihJina cgacdp. 

Seal. 

Ringed fkd ................ Pudn (-PAW) AkpUa. Gray Seal ............... ... Halichomm mptu. . Ribbon Seal ................ Hihiophoco Joremb. 

Bearded Seal ................ MpnaLhw tarbdu~. 

Rawaiian Monk Seal ....... Monnchw 8cWnCI'OIIUI . Crabeeter Wsl .............. Lobodon corcla&am~. . Rm Seal. ................. ChnnaWm rouii. 

Leoperd Seal ............... Hvdnrrga Icpbuw. 

Weddell &a1 ................ Lr ~ho(u rcddrUI 

Southern Elephant Exale--- Menpa koafao. - Norlhern Elephant Beel.... Mbacnga anqurlhosbk 

- .. ... 

T& II.--S~~~,TIS 01 permit opplicat~ 

. . 

hLsd 

AS 01 Mar. 31. IWS Apr. I. 1gl5 to ~sr. ai. 1m MIW. 31. ISW 

GFIWI~IRO PU~I~O Beimtim PTI~H~ C-h 

maerch dlsphy rmeareb disptsr totd 

. . - - 

. . - .......... c .. - 

Hmmtmr ol appllcstions submitted ..... :... .. ' 68' .' . BS, , P ' 4 

Number ofanlmds requested: 

Taken by kilUng. ....................... 3, i21 0 1,280 0.. 4.'FDC Taken and ke t sllve 694 18 62 . Killed In esptPdty..-::::::::::::::r :%(so) o 37 o ns7108) 

Taken and released. ..................... 10.634 0 S1.116 ". 0 B0.850 

Found dead. . r .................... :--- .. 702 . . 50 57e - -. - 0 1.a31 

Total.. .-...-. .: ...................... 24, 010 044 a3,2?1 62 .l57,OM ... 

~f a~pllcatlons retmnbd due lo loappropriate submittnl ...................... Number of applicalions Insetlvated .......... Number of appllcallons denled ............... Numk of wpIhtfon(r apprwbb.. ......... 

Nnmtcr of sntmab appmrsd: Tshm by klHing.. ............ L ......... Taken and kept alive .................... Ki)bd in cqplivlty ..........-.. ----; .... .Taken and releaEed ...................... Found d@ ............................. 

Total.. ................................ 

:'Included In the ap UcaUon totab above are 11, applicatlaw In whlch no nwnben of anl& are spsellled: T~IO 

total numbex of anid regwtsd. therefore. doas not Include the animals which would be taken undtr thw apptf- ealions. * In some auss, permlt'applleaUom and permits specify-allrmate means of tnklng. whlch f@ Into more Lhsn 1 

(aklng category. The laklng calegory smlw and curnula re totals in surh c& m entrred under 1 alrernatn 

category. and an Indlcared, In parenibeses. under the othkt allernab category. ~hb parenlhelleal enlrlea are not 

included lo the mlels. 

FEDERAL RK;ISTER, VOL 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES 

TABLE 111.-Nunlbcr oj cataceam requested in ser^Lnl$c rc~earchlpublie di~phy perma ap@cJio,i9- -- - . - -- . -. ..... 

Requested (as of Apr. a0.1575) Requested (Apr. I. 1575 through Mar. 31. 1976) ~;UIUII;,II,,~~ 

Common name told 

Taken by Takm and IWed In Tnkm and Found Taken by Taken and gUkd ln Taken and Found reguc.qk4 1 

Mllog kept alive cnptivity released - dead kiJllng kept &re capttvlty reled dead 

-- ---- - . 

Black ripht whale .... ...... ........................................ 625 ................................................ 120 ............ Bowhead whale 

a5 ............................................................. 50 40 .................................... 80 .--......... Grey whale ................................................................. a4 11 .................................... 170 - 290 .-.......... m.5 Minke whale ................................................................ 049 3 ..................................... 710 ............ 1, Wi Bryde's whale ............... .. .............................................. 550 ................................... .... ..*.. an ............ W) 

Eei whale .................... ... ........................................... goo ................... .. .............. ... ........ 325 ............ 025 

Fin whale ................................................................... 675 ................................................ a00 ............ 87.5 Blne whale ................................................................... 525 ................................................ loo ............ 6'25 

Humpback whale ........................................................... 545 10 .................................... 230 20 W5 

Rough-tdolhed dolphin ............................. 7 ............ 100 ........................................................................ 107 

Botllenosed dolphins ..... .,..... ............................................ . ...................................................... 50 ............ .%I 

Allantic botllenosed dolphin ........................ 227 ............ 474 ........................ 15 ............ 1 50 ............ n ... Wi 

Pacific bottlenosed dolphin .......................... ........... ........... 3 .................................... 130 ............ I.\? 

Risso's dolphin ..................................... 2 ............ 24 ...........-...-................................ 150 ............ 174 

Lapenorhynchine dolphins ............................................................................................ --: ............... 30 ............ 60 

While-beaked doljhln ....................................................... 2.4 ........................................................................ 24 

Atlnntlc white-si ed dolphin ........................ 0 .......... r. 24 ........................................................................ 31). 

Pacinc whileaided dolphin .......................... 17 ............ 191 3 ............ 6 ............ a30 ............ 547 Dusky dolphin .............................................................. 61 ......................................................................... 151 

Fmser's dolphin ............................................................. 100 ........................................................................ 100 

Stenelline doll)hins ........................................ 1.. ....... = ....... 24 ................................................ I50 ............ 174 Spinner dolphin ............... .. ............ .... ... 17 ............ 1,500 ................................................ 8.000 ............ Spotted dolphin .............. .. ............................................. 1.500 3 .................................... 7,000 ............ Striped dolphin ............................................................. 100 .............................................. ... ....................... 2% 

Common dolphin .... l ............... z ............... 6 ............ 831 3 ..................................... 380 ............. . I. 020 

Nonhern right whale dolphin ....................... 2 ........................ a - . . --. - -. -- - - - . -. -. -. - - - . -. - - - - - - - 130 ............ 13'l 

Melon-headed whnle ............................. .--:- ....................... 100 ........................................................................ 100 

Pygmy killer whale ........................ .. ........ 4 ............ 100 ........................................................................ -IN Fnlse killer whale ................................... 7 ............ 24 ..... .:. ........................................ 50 ............ RI Pilot whales ............................................................................................................................. 160 ............ IW 

Long-finned pilot whale ............................. 2 ............ 24 80 ................................... : ........................ HI) 

Short-finned pilot whale ............................. 22 ............ 44 3 ............ 1 .......... l.-.. ‘l.1 ................... 70 

Killa whale ........................................ 8 ............ 84 23 .................................... 50 ............ 16'b 

Harbor porpoise ............... ... ................................................... a .................................... 50 ............ 53 

Cochlto ................................................................................... 2 ......................................................?..... 2 

Dall's porpoise ........................................................................... 3 .................................... 330 ............ a3 White whale ............................. 55 4 ......................... 50 ............................................................ 100 

Sperm whale ................................................................. 725 ................................................ 750 ............ I, .I75 

Pygmy sperm whale.. .......................................... ... ..................... a ............................................................ 3 Huhb's beaked whale.. .................................................................. 3 .................................. ... ...................... { 

Cnvier's baked whale.. ............................ ? ................................................................................................. 2 

Bottlenose whales ........................................................... 25 ........................................................................ 28 

Told 1.. .......................... 55 329 ............ 5,967 229 ............ 22 ............ .14,WS. PO 2487 

I Plewe refer lo table 1 of lhis oppcndix, entitled "Common and Scientific Names of Marine Mammals Invo!ved in BcicnliBc Research/Public Display Pemit Applicirtious," 

for the appropriate seientiRc nnmes. 9 In some cases, permit applications or qermits specib a number of animals to be taken, without smilying the numbers tobe taken from nparticular speclesor population stock. Therefore, the figurm given for a parlleul;rr smles represent the total number of animals which mlght be taken if all possible alternatives were selected for that spwie;l However the lolal number given for a cnlegory 01 Inking nclivity rrpresenls Ihe mnxlmum number ol anlmals which might be taken. discounlinp nny multiple Inki~~ps :rrisi~v., Imm the identinrolion of more lbnn 1 species. As a result, taking cntegory totals may be less thm the sum of Lbc Jndividud enlries for thnt category. 

.- 

Requested (as of Mar. 30, 1975) Requested (Apr. 1.1975 through Mw. 31,1976) CUWU~.I~VI' 

Common nnmc 1 tot:r! 

Taken by Takeu and Killed in Taken and Found Taken by Taken and ~illed In Taken nnd Found rcqu*tt-.l' 

killlng kept alive caplivil y released dead kilUng kept 'alivc captivity relrsscd dead 

Antwctic lw sen1 ........................ 8 ...................... .. 100 .............-....... ..................................... Eoulh African fur seal ........................ .. ................................................................................................................ 0 

Nor! hern fur seal ........................................................................ 3 ............ 12 .................................... 15 

Pacific harbor scol ....................... 5167 197 20(30) 6M) a 430 10 ........................ 2,500 .1,336 

Icebreeding hnrbor sen1 ................. 70 6 (30) . 300 ............ 100 ...................-.-.........---.....---.--... .liii 

Allnnlic harbor seal ................................. 1 ................................................................................................ 1 Western Norlh Atlantic harbor seal .....-..........-. 33 ............ 145 20 ............ 2 .................................... 3rX) 

Rinped seal ............................. 1.120 4 (30). ........... 25 100 ................................................ >, 24!1 Grny seal ........................................... 28 ................................................................................................ 28 

Ribbon seal ............................. 40 ............ (10) ........................ loo ............................................... 1.11! 

Bearded wa1 ................................................ ............................ 7'90 -........... (10) ............ 10 100 '.W 

Hnwaiinn monk senl ................................ 2 .. t^rnbealer sd... ........................ 24 ........................ 300 ........................................................................ 82.1 ............ Ross seal.. .............................. 8 ........................ 100 ............................................. G I I4 

Leopnrd seal ............................ 24 2 ............ 200 ........................................................................ :::G 

Weddell ............ seal .............................. 48 ........................ 3,596 .................................... 37 33 3. ilO Southrrn rlephnnt sen1 .................. 8 ........................ 100 ..........-.........---...........-...................----........---... I(P1 

Northern rlcpllnnt scnl .............................. 1% ............ 4.036 276 ............ 6 ............ 5.010 ............ 9.963 -. - - - . - 

Total' ........................ .... 3,368 517 a YO(30) 13,567 .. 533 1,280 53 37 li, OGI 550 37, Qi'3 

-- 1 Pleaserercr toTable I oft his Appendix, entilled "Common and Scicntifie Nnmrs of hlarine Mammals Involvcd in Scientific R~earcl~,'Publie Uislrloy I'ennil A~q~licntio!~~" 

for 1I1e appropriate scicnlinc names. 2 In some case-, permit applicntlons or permils ~pecify n number of ~nimnls to bc taken, withou: s eclfylng the numbers lo bc taken In1111 a pnrricttlnr sprcic~s or populnllol~ 

stock. Therefore. Ihe figures givcll for a particular species represent Ihc 10131 number 01 :~nimnls wllict might be taen if all wible nllrrilnlivrs wcre r;elrclrd lor that sveci~s. 

llowever I he total number glven lor a cntegory of laklng activily represents the mnximuni number of a~limals whlch ;night be lalien. discounting any mulliple tnklngs nrisi~ll: 

(ram the fdentifiealion of more than onespecies. Asaresult. takingcategory totnlsmay beless thnn thesumof the individual entrics lor that rulrpory. r In some cases. permit npplicalions or permits specify dt~r~lafe mwns 01 Inking. which fall info more thnn one taking category. The Inking culgory, speeib nnd ru~nulntir~' 

totals, in such cases, are entered under one nlternnte category, nnd orc ~ndicnled, in parellthrses, undrr tbe oLhcr ollrrl~;llr. The pnrenlhstiral cl~trirs are not included i0 lhr 

\oIa!s. 

I 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY. JULY 22, 1976 
NOTICES -7 -... TABLE V.-Nu& of cetaceans auflrorized to be taken or imporled umleder scientific reeearch/p?tb& &splay perniils -. -. 

Aulborimd (as of Mar. 31. 1835) AutBorired (Ap. 1,187.5 through Mar. 31.1976) Cumi&l ive 

Cotnmon name I lolal 

'I'&en by TsLm and Killed in Taken and Found Taken by Taken and Xllled,in Taken and Ymnd null~or~sc!c] ' 

killing kept Uve captlvitg released dead Ulllng kept dive capliv~ty releasod dend . . - - . -. . - . - 

I\IwL right whale ............2........ I1 ....................................................................................................................... Rowhed whale ......................................................................... 40 .................................... 50 ............ ')O 

.................................... ............ (:my whale ................................................................. 9 10 200 21'1 ............ Minke what ................................................................ 124 ............................................--.- 650 774 Bryde's whole ............................................................... 50 ................... ... .......................... 300 -..-.--.-... s50 ............ FQI whale ................................................................... 75 ................................................ 2% a30 

Pin whale ................................................................... 50 ..-L ............................................ Is0 ............ 230 

Blue whale. ............................................................................................................................ 30 ............ 30 H~tn~pback whale .............................................................................................................-...-..... 30 20 .%I 

Hou~~I-tonthed dolphin. ......................... ... 7 ............ 100 ..................................................................... I07 Hotlienosed dolphins. ..................................................................................................... : .................................... 0 

Alla~~lic bottlenosed dolphin ........................ 106 ............ 474 ........................ 31 .................................... 61: 

............ Pndlic bottlenosed dolphin .............. ....... .... 14 ..................................................... .... 130 141 

Ris??'s ................................................ ............ dolphin. ............................................................ 24 100 124 

Lagenorhynchine dolphins ....................................................................................................................................... 0 

White-baked dolphin ....................................................... 24 ............................... ................................ 21 

Atlantic whitesided dolphin ........................ 6 ............ 24 ........................................................................ 31 

........................ ............ ............ Pacific wl~itesided dolphin .......................... 6 ............ 191 '3 330 Wti 

Dusky dolphin.. ........................................................... 61 ........................................................................ GI 

Frwr's dolphin ............................................................. 100 ........................................................................ IW Stenelli~le dolphins .......................................................... 24 ................................................ 100 ............ I24 Spinner dolphin-. .................................. ll ............ l.So0 ................................................ Loo0 ............ 4.511 

fipottod dolphin. ........................................................... 1,500 ................................ .. ...... 7.000 ............ 8.501) Striped dolphin ............................................................. 100 ........................................................................ IOU 

Con~mon dolphin ................................... 6 ............ 831 ................................................ 330 ............ !I67 Northern right whnle dolphin ........................................................................................................... 130 ............ 130 

Melon-headrd whale ......................................................... 100 ....................................................................... IN1 

Yprrm killer whale ......................................................... 100 ........................................................................ 1011 ~n~st: Ei~ier wllale. .................................. 5 ............ 24 ........................................................................ 21 Pilot wl~ales ............ ............................................................................................................................. 110 110 

Ianp-finned pilot whale ................................ .... .... 24 60 ............ 2 .................................... XG Short-tinned pilot whale ............................. 13 ............ 44 ........................ 2 .................................... :,*I 

Kliier whnle ................... ............... ............ ......................................... 4 ............ 49 20 .... I0 W 

nnrbor porpoiw. ............................................................................................................................................... 0 (:white.. ............................................................................... 2 ............................................................ 2 

I3all's porpoise .......................................................................................................................... a30 ............ 3N 

Wh~te nllnlr ............................. 15 .................................... 50 ............ 4 W 

Sperm whale .................................................. 200 ................................................ 450 ............ GrdJ 

I'YR~IY sperm whale- ................................................................................................................-......................-.. 0 

Huhb's beaked whale .......................................................................................................................................... I1 

1:uvirr's beaked whale .......................................................................................................................................... o Hotlln~~ose whole ...................... ..................<.................................................................................. ................... 0 

I:rridentilied 1 ...-............................................................ 200 ............ 75 ................................................ T16 

- 

Pleaw refer lo Table I of thlJ Amendlr. entitled "Common and SclentiAc NamesolMorine Mammals Involved in Scientific RosearchlPublic Display . . Pmit ~ovllcu~ons"' . . for the appropriate scientific names.- - . 

2 In some cases. permit appllmlions or permils specify a number of animals to bk taken. without speeifylng the numbers to be taken from R particular specles or population stock. Therefore, the figures piven for a particular speciw represent the total number of animals which might be taken if dl possible alternatives were selected lor that speciw. However I he total number glven lor a category of tnking acrivit represents the maxlmum number of anlmak which mi ht be taken, discounting any multiple takir~ps arislng 

from the idenlificalion of more than a s~ies. As a result Jing utegory totals may be 1- than the sum or the in&vidual entries for that cateEory. 8 These figure. represent permits whic aulhorlsr, the taking of a specified number of marine mammals, either cetncenns or pinnipeds. with0111 ide~ilif?.lng lllr i11divir111n 

Vcfil6 ~nvolved. The figures apponr only in Tnhle V or this Appndix to yrwlltdc duplicnlion in or~nill taking cntngory totuls. 

TABLE V1.-Number of pinnipth authorized lo be token or i)nporlctf irirtler scientific research/public di.~pluy per~uiiu .. - -- 

Aulhorimd (as ol Mar. 31. 1975) Authorized (Apr. 1. 1975 through afar. 31. 1976) Cun~ulslirr 

C~IIIIIIOII name 1 totnl 

Taken by Taken and Kllled in Taken nnd FOUII~ Token by Taken sr~d Killed in Tqken nnd Found nothorizc?d * 

kllUog kept alirb captivity relewed dead killing krpt nllve cnplivity relcawd de8d -. , . .- - - - . -. ...... - ..... - . 

Pot~th An~rrican sea lion ............................ 5 ............................................... 4 .................................... 9 Colllori~in xa lion.. ..................... m 56 12 1.m 2.10 ............. C ........... 5 ............ ,?, 201 ' 

Northern frtellar) sea lion.. ............. IRO ............ (10) 3.000 ............ 200 ........................ 7.000 ............ 111. %O 

Anlnrcl IC fur seal ........................ 8 ........................ 100 ..................................................................... ll* ~OUIII Alricnn hlr seal ................................................................................................................----........-....-..-.---.. 0 North*n~ lur seal .......................................................................................................................-......................-.. 0 

Y;lellic harbor seal ....................... 510 I 12(30) 580 ............ 336 21 .................................... 1, 5!13 

Ire-breodine hnrbor seal ................. 70 6 (30) 300 ...................................................................... 37n Allantic harbor seal ...... ....... ..............................................................-........-............................................. 0 Western North Atlantic harbor seal ................. IS ............ 25 ........................ 7 ............ 1 L? 20 1!Y) 

Ringod wal ............................. 1. rm 4 (30) ............ 25 ........................................................... 1. 140 

Crny sed .......................................... 22 ............................................................................................... 2: Ribbon son1 ............................. 40 ............ (10). ................................................................................ 41) 

ncardcd s~al.. .......................... -790 ............ (10). ........... 10 ...................... .... ................................. 800 An*aiian hlonk wal. ................................................................................................................. 5 1 .......-.... T, 1 Cralwatcr wal ........................... 30 ........................ 400 ....................................................................... +:PI Ross xal ................................ !J ........................ 200 .......................--......-....-.-.......-. U ............ 216 

I~opard scdl-. .......................... ......... ................................ .................................. ? 2. .. a00 .... 37X Wedddl s~al ............................. .a ........................ 3.5% .................................... 3; 39 ............ 3.722 Rontl~ern elephant seal .................. 8 ........................ 100 ....................................................................... IUa No) ............ ............ llrl.r!~ (.Icplla~iL seal .............................. 1 ............ 4.038 275 ............ 6 5.010 9, .I53 -- - - . - - ,

'~I)IRI Y.. ......................... 3.371 a42 12(30) = 144~7 530 rn 70 3; 12.231 20 30. c.~ 

1 Plr~ refer lo Table 1 of this Appendix, rntitlcd "Conunon nnd Ecicnlific Names or Marine Mn~ornnls Inx.olvsd ill Sci~ntific Hr~e91cl1~1'uhli~: I>islrl:~y l'rn111t A~,l>lit:.l. 

8sunF". for the approprintc sclentiRe nnmes. 

In some cases. permit nppllcetions or permils specify n number olonlmals to be token, without s ifyinp the numbm to be Inken from a pnrlirulnr sprrirs or populntio*r stock. Therefore. the fipures ~lven for a pnrliculw specips reprwnt the total number of antmnls whicKight be taken If all psihle nII~rnatives were selected lor that spnrit,;i. However, the !olal number~tven lor a cntegory of taking nctirity repmnts the maxlmurn number of animals which might etslren, disronnting any multiple ink ill^ arisiny i.o:? the ldenttficatfon of more than one speclw. hs n resalt. taking cntegory totals may be loss than the sum of the individual entries for that categor). 

I? some.cnses, permlt n~~llmtionsorpe~lsapeclfy alternate meansof takln*. which fall into more than one taking catqory. The Inkine rotwory. and cum~~lntivn 

I(4hls. 111 sllc~l CRS-3, nre entered under onr alternnte rnlegory. ontl nrc indicntcd. in pnrmtllesrs, undcr tho other allnmntr. Tho ~APPIII hr.tiu1 entries nro not i11du11~d in 1110 l*,I~.l~. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 41, NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976 
The texts of Appendices B through G have been published prevl ously. For FEDEBAL EZEC~ references see the introduction to thls 

Part 111 Appendices. \ 

APPENDIX 11.-Marine mammal co?~servaciotr-status o/ auchorizarion plus funding-jiscal years 1976 and 1977 

- - - . . - . - - - - - - 

Fiscnl ycnr 193 lotals Fiscal year 1977 base Fiscnl year 19n increase Fisrd year 1977 tolals I Autharlzntlon 

requested A11111c.rizing lrgislalion - 

I'a%ilions I.'~lnding Positions Funding Positions lbndlng Pasitlons Funding Funding Explralinn level dale 

Mnri~~v Mnmn~nl Proteelion Act of 

1372 (MMI'A) 0'11l)lic Law 92.522. Ocl. 21. 1972): 

Prr. Ill)-11~seareh grJnts.. ... 0 ll.lM).OOO 0 Sl.100,000 0 $587,000 0 .$1.667,000 $1,667,000 June 30, Rrc. lI4-Admi11istrnlion, en- lorvc1nc111 an11 research ...... 62 1 1,697.000 W 1 1.403.000 4 463.000 W) 1, W.000 2.000.000 Do. 

3lMI'A-sul)Lol:\l.. . .. 6-2 2,797.000 58 2.503.000 4 1,030,000 - --- .-- -. - - - . - - 60 3.533.000 3.667.000 Do. ...... ... - - - --- - - - - - - P.nd~~ngcn:d Spwira AL% ...... ;.. .. 0 '0 6 12!34.000 0 0 6 2M.000 .......................... .. Fur Real Act of I'M ............. .. 14 505.000 4 h95.000 0 0 14 &A?, 000 (2) (') -- Olllcr anthor1zation~-sub 

totals.. ................... 4 5[M.000 20 ~3aO.000 0 0 20 BW.000 ............................ -... - . -. 

.. 

- . . . . -. - . . - - .- . - - - - - -- - - --- -- - - - - - .- - - . - - - - M:lrinc mawnl conwrvcl. 

lion tolal .................. ;6 3.332.000 78 8,392000 4 ~.&.Mx) . 80 4,422,000 .................... ... 

1 FY-I977 Bnse undrr Section 114 will he redr~r~d byn line item nrljnclrnpnf of6 pmiti~fhs nnd 6?94.000wl1irh will be runded under Endoncemd Speeeles A~~thori%?lion. This 

hnrlin~ vnrc.w?lits recanrch on lare wllnlrs t5144.000) RINI rnlorcrlllelli 01 thw SI,U.I,U (6 nosl~ions~1.W,000) and is bring cl~~ir it1 ;nicurda~~cr w1l11 Ole sblala 01 Ihesc illliinuls nlld 

tbe rpnukilions u~~dttr whicl~ III*:~ :irz Itcing ~)ro~ccled. 2 O~CII. 

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 41. NO. 142-THURSDAY, JULY 22, 1976